X-Git-Url: https://git.lyx.org/gitweb/?a=blobdiff_plain;ds=sidebyside;f=lib%2Fdoc%2FUserGuide.lyx;h=0def2b07faa14238b2ab3e70225c98e5066a4d8f;hb=c9b1b46796923b0453ccaed022448b61b5be6d8a;hp=3a8ddf60a340edc9ab461198e9d3945db292ea97;hpb=c29f0d21cd971f40e99ec38761c9dbda370a47aa;p=lyx.git diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index 3a8ddf60a3..0def2b07fa 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 575 +\lyxformat 615 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true @@ -54,28 +54,32 @@ customHeadersFooters enumitem logicalmkup \end_modules -\maintain_unincluded_children false +\maintain_unincluded_children no \language english \language_package default \inputencoding utf8 \fontencoding auto \font_roman "lmodern" "default" -\font_sans "lmss" "default" -\font_typewriter "lmtt" "default" +\font_sans "default" "default" +\font_typewriter "default" "default" \font_math "auto" "auto" \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false -\font_osf false +\font_roman_osf false +\font_sans_osf false +\font_typewriter_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false \use_dash_ligatures false \graphics default -\default_output_format pdf2 -\output_sync 0 +\default_output_format default +\output_sync 1 \bibtex_command bibtex -\index_command default +\index_command makeindex +\float_placement class +\float_alignment class \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single \use_hyperref true @@ -115,16 +119,17 @@ logicalmkup \justification true \use_refstyle 1 \use_minted 0 +\use_lineno 0 \notefontcolor #0000ff \branch Question \selected 1 \filename_suffix 0 -\color #00ff00 +\color #00ff00 #ff00ff \end_branch \branch Answer \selected 0 \filename_suffix 0 -\color #aa55ff +\color #aa55ff #55aa00 \end_branch \index Index \shortcut idx @@ -133,7 +138,7 @@ logicalmkup \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 \paragraph_separation skip -\defskip medskip +\defskip halfline \is_math_indent 0 \math_numbering_side default \quotes_style english @@ -144,11 +149,26 @@ logicalmkup \tablestyle default \tracking_changes true \output_changes false +\change_bars false +\postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict true +\docbook_table_output 0 +\docbook_mathml_prefix 1 +\author -1402925745 "Günter Milde" \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller" +\author -584632292 "Richard Kimberly Heck" +\author -563046850 "Jean-Marc LASGOUTTES" +\author -131811572 "Yuriy Skalko" +\author 177693 "x" \author 5863208 "ab" +\author 5863344 "Enrico Forestieri" +\author 244031559 "Yuriy" +\author 274215730 "scott" +\author 630872221 "Jean-Pierre Chrétien" jeanpierre.chretien@free.fr +\author 1549938239 "Kornel Benko" +\author 1675569489 "Stephan Witt" \end_header \begin_body @@ -166,9 +186,10 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent -If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please - send them to the \SpecialChar LyX - Documentation mailing list: +If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, + please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX + Documentation mailing list: + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" @@ -190,7 +211,13 @@ literal "false" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Version 2.3.x +Version 2. +\change_deleted -131811572 1600339801 +3 +\change_inserted -131811572 1600339801 +4 +\change_unchanged +.x \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed @@ -231,8 +258,14 @@ What is \SpecialChar LyX \SpecialChar LyX is a document preparation system. It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar softhyphen -scripts, publishable books, business - letters and proposals, and even poetry. +scripts, + publishable books, + business letters and proposals, + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598113909 + and +\change_unchanged + even poetry. It is unlike most other \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -241,9 +274,9 @@ word processors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core - editing style. - That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a + in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core editing style. + That means that when you type a section header, + you mark it as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -251,15 +284,19 @@ Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, not as +, + not as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Bold, 17 +Bold, + 17 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -pt type, left justified, 5 +pt type, + left justified, + 5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -269,7 +306,8 @@ mm space below . \SpecialChar LyX - takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts, + takes care of the typesetting for you; + so you deal only with concepts, not with mechanics. \end_layout @@ -279,8 +317,10 @@ This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the Introduction \emph default manual. - If you haven't read it yet, you need to. - Yes, we mean now. + If you haven't read it yet, + you need to. + Yes, + we mean now. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -289,16 +329,12 @@ The Introduction \emph default manual describes several things in addition to \SpecialChar LyX -'s philosophy: most importantly, +'s philosophy: + most importantly, the format of all of the manuals. - If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual. - You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead - of this one. - The -\emph on -Introduction -\emph default - manual describes that, too. + If you don't read it, + you will have a difficult time navigating the manuals. + Additionally it provides a high level content description of the other manuals giving the user an idea of where to look for specific information. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -307,25 +343,28 @@ How \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Like most applications, \SpecialChar LyX - has the familiar menu bar across the top of its - window. +Like most applications, + \SpecialChar LyX + has the familiar menu bar across the top of its window. Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons. - There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing - documents. + There is of course a work area for editing documents complete with a vertical scrollbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar. - This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional. - When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the - next line. - Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for - only a vertical scrollbar. - There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar. + This is not a bug or an oversight, + it is intentional. + When you read a book, + you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the next line. + Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, + hence the need for only a vertical scrollbar. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar. The first case is large images. - To avoid them being displayed larger than your screen, left click on the - image and use the option + To avoid images being displayed larger than your screen, + left click on the image and use the option \family sans Scale on Screen \family default @@ -336,17 +375,15 @@ Scale on Screen options \family default . - The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than - the \SpecialChar LyX + The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than the \SpecialChar LyX window. - You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but - this doesn't work for equations yet. + You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through both. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For a brief description of all \SpecialChar LyX - menus and toolbar buttons, have a look at - Appendix + menus and toolbar buttons, + have a look at Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -354,6 +391,7 @@ For a brief description of all \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-User-Interface" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -397,6 +435,8 @@ Preferences \family default . \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -406,15 +446,16 @@ Preferences \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX - is able to inspect your system to see what programs, \SpecialChar LaTeX - document classes + is able to inspect your system to see what programs, + \SpecialChar LaTeX + document classes, and \SpecialChar LaTeX packages are available. - It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences - settings. - Although this configuration has already been done when \SpecialChar LyX - was installed on - your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e. + It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences settings. + Although this configuration was performed when \SpecialChar LyX + was installed on your system, + you might have some items that you installed locally, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -423,16 +464,19 @@ g. \end_inset new \SpecialChar LaTeX - classes, and which are not seen by \SpecialChar LyX + classes, + which are not seen by \SpecialChar LyX . To force \SpecialChar LyX - to re-inspect your system, you should use + to re-inspect your system use \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Reconfigure \family default . \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -442,7 +486,7 @@ Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \end_inset - You should then restart \SpecialChar LyX + Then restart \SpecialChar LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account. \end_layout @@ -461,27 +505,55 @@ name "sec:LaTeX-Setup" \begin_layout Standard You can edit documents in \SpecialChar LyX without having \SpecialChar LaTeX - installed, but you will not be - able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it installed. - However, some \SpecialChar LyX - documents use DocBook as the “backend” that can produce - PDFs and the like, and every \SpecialChar LyX - document can always be output as plain text + installed but you will not be able to create PDFs +\change_deleted 5863208 1598122369 + or print your documents +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598122520 +Some \SpecialChar LyX + documents use DocBook instead of \SpecialChar LaTeX + as the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +backend +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + which can produce PDFs and the like. + +\change_unchanged +Even without \SpecialChar LaTeX + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598122546 +or Docbook +\change_unchanged +every \SpecialChar LyX + document can still be output as plain text +\change_inserted 5863208 1598122500 +, + as Docbook +\change_unchanged or as XHTML. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some document classes may depend upon specific \SpecialChar LaTeX - or DocBook classes or packages. - Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required - files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output. + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598122571 +or DocBook +\change_unchanged +classes or packages. + Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required files installed, + but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LaTeX packages that \SpecialChar LyX - has found on your system are listed in a file you can - view from the menu + finds on your system are listed in a file you can view from the menu \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX @@ -491,8 +563,7 @@ LaTeX Configuration \family default . - If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then - reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX + If you are missing needed packages then you must install them and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -500,6 +571,8 @@ Reconfigure \family default ). \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -514,7 +587,7 @@ Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX files \emph default - of the + in the \emph on Customization \emph default @@ -530,6 +603,8 @@ How to work with \SpecialChar LyX \begin_layout Section Basic File Operations \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -546,14 +621,14 @@ Under the \family sans File \family default - menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor - in addition to some more advanced operations: + menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations common to any word processor as well as some more advanced operations: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans -New, +New, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -583,12 +658,13 @@ from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Template, +Template, + \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" -arg "buffer-new-template" +arg "dialog-show lyxfiles templates" \end_inset @@ -597,7 +673,8 @@ arg "buffer-new-template" \begin_layout Itemize \family sans -Open, +Open, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -645,7 +722,8 @@ Example \begin_layout Itemize \family sans -Close, +Close, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -671,7 +749,8 @@ Close All \begin_layout Itemize \family sans -Save, +Save, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -697,7 +776,8 @@ Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -As, +As, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -724,6 +804,16 @@ As \end_inset Template +\change_inserted 630872221 1620202805 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\change_inserted 630872221 1620202811 + +\family sans +Save all \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -745,7 +835,8 @@ saved \begin_layout Itemize \family sans -Exit, +Exit, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -757,8 +848,8 @@ arg "lyx-quit" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with - a few minor differences. +They all do pretty much the same thing as other word processors, + with a few minor differences. The \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -777,7 +868,8 @@ Template \change_inserted -712698321 1553353491 and possibly propose text fragments \change_unchanged -for the document, features +for the document, + features \change_inserted -712698321 1553353500 and text \change_unchanged @@ -792,8 +884,8 @@ set or enter \change_unchanged manually. - They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters - (see section + They can be of use for certain classes, + especially those for writing letters (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -801,14 +893,14 @@ manually. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Document-Classes" +nolink "false" \end_inset ). \change_inserted -712698321 1553353657 - You can also add your own templates to this list by means of storing a - \SpecialChar LyX + You can also add your own templates to this list by means of storing a \SpecialChar LyX file with the \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -827,6 +919,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default There is no \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -853,8 +946,23 @@ scratch. \end_inset Unless you tell \SpecialChar LyX - to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank space - is just that — a big, blank space. + to open a file or create a new one, + that big +\change_deleted 5863208 1598174669 +, + +\change_unchanged + blank space +\change_inserted 5863208 1598174681 +on the screen +\change_unchanged +is just that — + a big +\change_deleted 5863208 1598174691 +, + +\change_unchanged + blank space. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -883,15 +991,61 @@ Version Control \family default - are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time. + are useful if +\change_deleted 5863208 1598174707 +more +\change_inserted 5863208 1598174708 +multiple +\change_unchanged + people work on the same document at the same time. \begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature - in \SpecialChar LyX - also. - Read Additional Features\SpecialChar endofsentence +If you plan to do this, + you should check out the Version Control feature in \SpecialChar LyX + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598174722 + also +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598174782 +Read Additional Features\SpecialChar endofsentence + +\change_inserted 5863208 1598174763 +Refer to section +\begin_inset Flex Emph +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted 5863208 1598174763 +Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX + +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + in the +\begin_inset Flex Emph +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted 5863208 1598174763 +Additional Features +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + help manual\SpecialChar endofsentence + +\change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -910,8 +1064,11 @@ to saved \family default will reload the document from disk. - You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document - and want to restore it to the last save. + You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document and want to restore it to the last save +\change_inserted 5863208 1598174796 +d version +\change_unchanged +. With \family sans Version @@ -920,13 +1077,399 @@ saved Control \family default -you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify - them as your changes. +you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify them as your changes. +\change_inserted -712698321 1676620203 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676622914 +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Safety-Nets" + +\end_inset + +Safety Nets: + Rescuing Files If Things Go Awry +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676623979 +\SpecialChar LyX + lays much stress on safety. + We know how much effort you invest in your work, + and thus the last thing we want is that this work gets lost. + However, + we cannot completely prevent bad things from happening: + \SpecialChar LyX + might crash (although we put in all effort that it doesn't), + you might face a power outage while you are working on a document with unsaved changes, + disks might get corrupt or files might get lost or damaged during synchronization or simply because you deleted it by mistake. + For such cases, + \SpecialChar LyX + provides a multi-layered safety net that will hopefully prevent you from major hassles. + This means that \SpecialChar LyX + does not simply make a backup file, + it makes several such files that might be useful in different scenarios. + Parts of this multi-layered net can be switched off, + if you prefer to go a bit more risky over having multiple files (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Backup documents" + +\end_inset + +), + but all measures are on by default to provide you with most possible security. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676624009 +In what follows, + we elaborate on the diverse files and when they might become useful. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676624109 +Backup Files +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676629660 +By default, + \SpecialChar LyX + makes backup copies of files when they are saved. + Normally, + these files are stored in the same directory than the original file and with the same file name but the extension +\family typewriter +.lyx~ +\family default + (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., + +\family typewriter +myfile.lyx~ +\family default +). + If you prefer to have all backups in a central place (and maybe on a separate disk), + you can specify a +\family sans +Backup Path +\family default + in preferences (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Paths" +plural "false" +caps "false" +noprefix "false" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +), + then all backups are stored there. + In order to prevent file name clashes, + the files then do not simply have the original file name, + but also the path in their name, + separated by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., + +\family typewriter +!home!paula!work!myfile.lyx~ +\family default +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676624464 +Note that some file managers hide backup files by default, + and you need to enable +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Show hidden files +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in order to see them. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676624516 +Backup files provide the latest saved version of a document. + They are never deleted by \SpecialChar LyX +, + but overwritten if new changes are saved in the original file. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676633415 +Auto-Save Snapshots +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676624657 +By default, + \SpecialChar LyX + also makes automatic snapshots of all opened documents that have unsaved changes in a regular time interval (which can be adjusted in preferences, + see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Backup documents" + +\end_inset + +). + As opposed to the backup files, + these also contain unsaved changes and thus might be newer than the backups. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676624841 +These files are always stored in the same directory than the original file and with the same name, + but embraced by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +# +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., + +\family typewriter +#myfile.lyx# +\family default +). + Auto-save snapshots are deleted when a document is closed normally, + i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e., + with all changes saved. + They are left on disk in case of non-normal termination (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., + program crash or power outage), + and this is when they might become useful. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676633419 +Emergency Files +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676629567 +If \SpecialChar LyX + crashes and documents have unsaved changes, + the program furthermore tries to write an emergency file, + which is a version of the document containing all unsaved changes, + even those that have been made after the latest snapshot. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676625158 +These files are always stored in the same directory than the original file and with the same name but the extension +\family typewriter +.lyx.emergency +\family default + (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., + +\family typewriter +myfile.lyx.emergency +\family default +). + When the respective document is reopened with \SpecialChar LyX + next time, + the application recognizes the emergency file and asks you whether it should try to recover your file to that last state. + If you agree, + it will do so, + and if this succeeds it will ask you next whether the emergency file can be deleted. + Agree on this only after you checked that everything has been correctly recovered! +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676633427 +Backup Files from Old \SpecialChar LyX + Versions +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676625452 +If you open a \SpecialChar LyX + document for the first time with a new major version of \SpecialChar LyX +, + it gets converted to the new file format (allowing for new features). + In such cases, + \SpecialChar LyX + keeps a copy of the old version, + named as +\family typewriter +-lyxformat-.lyx +\family default +, + where is the old format (e. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +g., + +\family typewriter +myfile-lyxformat-474.lyx +\family default +). + Those files are stored at the same location than the backup files, + that is alongside the original document or, + if specified, + in the backup directory. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676625483 +As with backup files, + these files are never deleted by \SpecialChar LyX +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676625510 +When to Use Which File? +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676625539 +Now why all these files? + Because they have different purposes. + Generally spoken: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676625820 +If \SpecialChar LyX + terminates unexpectedly, +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676625790 +first try to restore from the emergency file (by reopening the document in \SpecialChar LyX +). + This file has the latest changes, + even changes you made after the last auto-save snapshot has been made. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676634256 +If the rescue file way did not work because there is no rescue file (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., + after a power outage) or the rescue file is damaged (it might happen in mean cases that the rescue files contains just that latest addition that makes \SpecialChar LyX + crash!), + look if there is an auto-save snapshot. + If so, + remove the trailing # so that the file can be opened with \SpecialChar LyX + (not the first # in order to keep the original file until you checked the snapshot) and see if that works for you. + If so, + you will have lost five minutes of work in the worst case (with the default settings at least). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676626178 +If there is no auto-save snapshot or this one is garbled as well, + use the backup file. + It does not have all the unsaved changes, + but it might still be the most recent you can get. + This is particularly the case if the original file itself got lost or is damaged. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676626301 +The fourth type of file, + the backup file from old versions, + is useful if the conversion process did not work and results in a non-working document (although we put in all efforts to prevent this) or if you mistakenly opened and saved a document with a newer version (such as a development version) and actually want to keep on using the old version. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676629641 +So much for the safety net. + We hope you will not need it, + but if so, + that it catches you as high up as possible. + Now let us return to the actual writing process. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Section Basic Editing Features \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -946,23 +1489,26 @@ name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Like most modern word processors, \SpecialChar LyX - can perform cut and paste operations - on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can - delete whole words as well as individual characters. +Like most modern word processors, + \SpecialChar LyX + can perform cut and paste operations on blocks of text, + can move by character, + word, + or page of text, + and can delete whole words as well as individual characters. The next four sections cover the basic \SpecialChar LyX - editing features and how to access - them. + editing features and how to access them. We will start with cut and paste. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As you might expect, the +As you might expect, + the \family sans Edit \family default - menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with - various other editing features. + menu and the standard toolbar have the cut and paste commands, + along with various other editing features. Some of these are special and covered in later sections. The basic ones are: \end_layout @@ -974,6 +1520,8 @@ Cut \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -984,7 +1532,8 @@ Cut \family sans -, +, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -1012,6 +1561,8 @@ Copy \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -1022,7 +1573,8 @@ Copy \family sans -, +, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -1050,6 +1602,8 @@ Paste \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -1058,7 +1612,8 @@ Paste \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paste" @@ -1112,6 +1667,8 @@ Replace \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -1124,6 +1681,8 @@ Find \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -1136,12 +1695,13 @@ Replace \family sans -, +, + \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" -arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" +arg "dialog-show findreplace" \end_inset or @@ -1151,7 +1711,7 @@ arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" \begin_inset Info type "icon" -arg "dialog-show findreplace" +arg "dialog-toggle findreplace" \end_inset @@ -1160,11 +1720,12 @@ arg "dialog-show findreplace" \begin_layout Standard The first three are self-explanatory. You can also copy text between \SpecialChar LyX - and other programs by + and other programs using \family sans Cut \family default -, +, + \family sans Copy \family default @@ -1181,17 +1742,15 @@ Cut \family sans Copy \family default - put text in two versions into the clipboard (formatted and unformatted), - so that other programs can choose the most suitable form. + put two versions of text into the clipboard (formatted and unformatted) so that other programs can choose the most suitable form. \family sans Paste \family default - supports formatted and unformatted text as well, and additionally graphics. + supports formatted and unformatted text as well as graphics. It tries to interpret the clipboard contents in an intelligent way. - For example if the clipboard contains text in the format of comma separated - values (CSV) and the cursor is inside a table, the text will be pasted - into individual cells. + For example if the clipboard contains text in a Comma Separated Values (CSV) format and the cursor is inside a table, + the text will be pasted into individual cells. The submenu of \family sans Paste @@ -1200,9 +1759,8 @@ Paste Recent \family default - shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted. - You can insert one at the current cursor position by clicking on a list - entry. + shows you a list of the last several strings you have pasted. + You can insert one at the current cursor position by clicking on a list entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -1214,10 +1772,12 @@ Paste Special \family default - contains optional items for specific formats, depending on the clipboard - contents. - These include HTML, \SpecialChar LaTeX -, Linkback + may also contain optional items for specific formats depending on the clipboard contents. + Possible formats include HTML, + \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + PDF, + Linkback \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1231,9 +1791,10 @@ OS X only \end_inset -, PDF, PNG, JPEG and EMF. - These menu items are useful if the clipboard contains the same contents - in different formats, and you want to select one format explicitly. +, + PNG, + JPEG and EMF. + These menu items are useful if the clipboard contains the same contents in different formats and you want to select one format explicitly. (E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -1242,8 +1803,11 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -some programs put an image into the clipboard as graphics and as a short - text which is often meaningless.) The menu item +some programs put an image into the clipboard as graphics and as a short text which is often meaningless.) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The menu item \family sans Paste \begin_inset space ~ @@ -1268,22 +1832,20 @@ Lines \family sans Paste \family default -, with the only difference that it acts on text only. - It will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted - as one paragraph. - A new paragraph is only started when there is a blank line in the text. + with the only difference being that it acts on text only. + It will paste the text in the clipboard such that the whole text selection is inserted as one paragraph. + A new paragraph is only started where there is a blank line in the text. Without \family sans Join \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Lines +Lines, + \family default - the text is inserted as paragraphs where the line breaks of the text will - start a new paragraph. - This is for example useful to copy contents of tables from webpages to - a table in \SpecialChar LyX + line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph. + This is useful when copying contents of tables from webpages to a table in \SpecialChar LyX . The items \family sans @@ -1341,10 +1903,19 @@ and Replace \family default - dialog. - Once you have found a word or expression, \SpecialChar LyX + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613466403 +widget +\change_deleted -712698321 1613466406 +dialog +\change_unchanged +. + Once you have found a word or expression, + \SpecialChar LyX selects it. - Hitting the + +\change_deleted -712698321 1613466954 +Hitting the \family sans Replace \family default @@ -1357,16 +1928,111 @@ Replace with \family default field. - You can click the + +\change_unchanged +You can click the \family sans Find +\change_inserted -712698321 1613466364 + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +> +\change_deleted -712698321 1613466368 + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Next +\change_unchanged + \family default - button to skip the current word. - Hit + button +\change_inserted -712698321 1613466698 +(or the +\family sans +Return +\family default + key or the +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "word-find" +\end_inset + + shortcut) +\change_unchanged +to skip the curren +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126824 +tly selec +\change_unchanged +t +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126824 +ed +\change_unchanged + word +\change_inserted -712698321 1613466747 +, + or +\family sans +< +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Find +\family default +(or +\family sans +Shift+Return +\family default + or the +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "word-find-backward" +\end_inset + + shortcut) to search backwards +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613466989 +Even if you close the widget, + +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "word-find" +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Info +type "shortcuts" +arg "word-find-backward" +\end_inset + + will search further. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467040 +Hitting the +\family sans +Replace +\family default + button replaces the selected text with the contents of the +\family sans +Replace +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +with +\family default + field and searches the next match. + +\change_unchanged +Hit \family sans Replace \begin_inset space ~ @@ -1375,7 +2041,27 @@ Replace All \family default to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically. - The + +\change_deleted -712698321 1613467539 + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467537 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467208 +Furthermore, + the following options are available: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\noindent + +\change_deleted -712698321 1613467225 +The +\change_unchanged + \family sans Case \begin_inset space ~ @@ -1383,9 +2069,13 @@ Case sensitive \family default - option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search - word. - If the toggle is set, searching for + +\change_deleted -712698321 1613467228 +option +\change_unchanged +can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search word. + If the toggle is set, + searching for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1410,16 +2100,39 @@ test \end_inset . - The + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467232 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\noindent + +\change_deleted -712698321 1613467234 +The \family sans -Match whole words only +Match w +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467207 +W +\change_unchanged +hole words +\change_deleted -712698321 1613467237 + only \family default - option can be used to force \SpecialChar LyX - to only find complete words, e. + option +\change_unchanged + can be used to force \SpecialChar LyX + to only find complete words, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., searching for +g. +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126824 +, + +\change_unchanged + searching for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1444,8 +2157,85 @@ starlet \end_inset . - \SpecialChar LyX - offers also an advanced + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467241 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\noindent + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467258 + +\family sans +Selection only +\family default + will limit search and replace, + or replace all, + to the current cursor selection. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\noindent + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467288 + +\family sans +Search as you type +\family default + starts searching (forwards) immediately on input, + without pressing the +\family sans +Find +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +> +\family default + key. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467400 + +\family sans +Wrap +\family default + starts from the beginning/end of the document if the end/beginning has been reached without asking. + If this is not checked, + a dialog will pop up asking you what to do. + Note that responding to this dialog makes the cursor leave the search widget, + so you need to put it back manually. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\paragraph_spacing single + +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467875 +The widget also has a +\family sans +Minimize +\family default + button that lets you shrink the widget to only the first row (the search widget), + hiding replace and options. + If done so, + an +\change_deleted 630872221 1620400535 +d +\change_inserted -712698321 1613467875 + +\family sans +Expand +\family default + button brings you back to the full size. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\paragraph_spacing single +\noindent +\SpecialChar LyX + also offers an advanced \family sans Find \begin_inset space ~ @@ -1465,6 +2255,7 @@ Replace \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -1472,7 +2263,9 @@ reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Things like notes, floats, etc. +Things like notes, + floats, + etc. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset @@ -1485,10 +2278,8 @@ insets \end_inset ) can be dissolved. - This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal - text. - Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an - inset and pressing + This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal text. + Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an inset and pressing \family sans Backspace \family default @@ -1520,21 +2311,21 @@ type "shortcuts" arg "inset-select-all" \end_inset - consecutively will increase the selection to the whole inset and then to - the whole document. + consecutively will increase the selection scope to the whole inset and then to the whole document. The shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select" \end_inset - selects the whole document in every case and puts the cursor to the end - of the document. + selects the whole document in every case and puts the cursor to the end of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Undo and Redo \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -1545,6 +2336,8 @@ Redo \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -1564,7 +2357,8 @@ name "sec:Undo-and-Redo" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it. +If you make a mistake, + you can easily recover from it. \SpecialChar LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer. Select @@ -1578,8 +2372,9 @@ type "icon" arg "undo" \end_inset - to undo some mistake. - If you accidentally undo too much, use + to undo a mistake. + If you accidentally undo too much, + use \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Redo @@ -1606,8 +2401,10 @@ steps to minimize memory overhead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive at the document as it - was last saved, the + +\change_deleted -131811572 1600338243 +Note that if you undo all changes to arrive at the document as it was last saved, + the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1634,13 +2431,15 @@ Redo \family default work on almost everything in \SpecialChar LyX . - But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks - of text. + However they will not undo or redo text character by character, + but by blocks of text. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Mouse Operations \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -1683,7 +2482,7 @@ left mouse button \emph default and drag the mouse. \SpecialChar LyX - marks the text between the old and new mouse positions. + highlights the text between the old and new mouse positions. Use \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -1691,6 +2490,11 @@ Copy \family default to create a copy of the text in \SpecialChar LyX 's buffer (and the clipboard). + +\change_inserted 5863208 1598175891 + You can also use the context menu triggered by right clicking on the selected text. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -1705,13 +2509,16 @@ Paste \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate -Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.) +Insets (Footnotes, + Notes, + Floats, + etc.) \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Right-click on them to set their properties. - Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details. + Check the appropriate section of this manual for more details. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -1725,6 +2532,8 @@ name "sec:Navigating" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -1746,12 +2555,12 @@ The \family sans Navigate \family default - menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can - click to jump to the corresponding document part. + menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click to jump to the corresponding document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -The “Outline”, which is accessed either by the menu +The “Outline”, + which is accessed either by the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Outline @@ -1797,9 +2606,7 @@ Navigate Back \family default ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. - This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled - to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to - your last editing position. + This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled to another document part to look for something and want to go back to your last editing position. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -1821,16 +2628,30 @@ name "subsec:The-Outliner" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Navigating ! Outline +Navigating +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Outline +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -1843,10 +2664,9 @@ Outline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between - several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists - of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen -ces (see section +In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window you can choose between several different lists including other TOC-like objects such as lists of tables and figures, + footnotes, + labels and cross-references (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1854,10 +2674,13 @@ ces (see section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" +nolink "false" \end_inset -), or notes, or citations (see section +), + notes, + or citations (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1865,19 +2688,18 @@ reference "sec:Cross-References" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" +nolink "false" \end_inset ). - Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your - document. + Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context - menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements. - For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation - dialog and to modify the citation. +In many cases right clicking on elements in the Outline opens a context menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements. + For example with citations, + the context menu allows you to open the citation dialog and to modify the citation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -1885,13 +2707,14 @@ The \family sans Filter \family default - field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear in the outline. - For example, if you are displaying the list of + field at the top allows you to filter which entries appear in the outline. + For example, + if you are displaying the list of \emph on Labels and References \emph default - and wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text - + and wish to see only references to subsections, + you can enter the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1899,25 +2722,23 @@ sub \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed. + in the filter and only entries containing that text will be displayed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow - you further to control the display. +At the bottom of the outline are several buttons that allow you to further control the display. The \family sans Sort \family default option sorts the current list alphabetically. - Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the - document. + Otherwise the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the document. The \family sans Keep \family default option keeps it in the current view state. - Keeping means that when you have, for example, the subsections of sections + Keeping means that when you have the subsections of sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1925,7 +2746,8 @@ Keep \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -3, the subsections of sections +3, + the subsections of sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1939,8 +2761,8 @@ Keep \end_inset 3. - Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given - + Finally, + the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -1959,9 +2781,94 @@ type "icon" arg "reload" \end_inset - button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary). - Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections - in your document. + button refreshes the TOC ( +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 +tho +\change_inserted 5863208 1598176913 +usef +\change_unchanged +u +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 +g +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +l w +\change_unchanged +h +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +ile +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +edi +\change_unchanged +t +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 +h +\change_unchanged +i +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 +s +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +ng +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 +sh +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +if y +\change_unchanged +ou +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 +ld +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 + have +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +cha +\change_unchanged +n +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 +ot +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +ged +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 +u +\change_unchanged +s +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 +ually b +\change_unchanged +e +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +ctions +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +i +\change_unchanged +n +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 + th +\change_unchanged +e +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 + do +\change_unchanged +c +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +um +\change_unchanged +e +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 +ssary +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 +nt +\change_unchanged +). + Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections in your document. The \begin_inset Info type "icon" @@ -1975,7 +2882,8 @@ arg "outline-up" \end_inset buttons move sections up and down in the document. - So, for example, you can move section + For example, + you can move section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2011,7 +2919,7 @@ Tab Shift-Tab \family default ) you can change the level of sections. - So you can for example make section + You can make section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2027,42 +2935,54 @@ Shift-Tab \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -By right-clicking on a section in the outliner you can select the whole - section to copy, cut or delete it. +By right-clicking on a section in the outliner you can select the whole section to copy, + cut or delete it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Horizontal Scrolling \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Navigating ! Horizontal Scrolling +Navigating +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Horizontal \end_layout \end_inset +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Scrolling \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar LyX - does not have a horizontal scrollbar because the standard output page formats - like e. -\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g. -\begin_inset space \space{} + +\end_layout + \end_inset -ISO + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\SpecialChar LyX + does not have a horizontal scrollbar because standard output page formats such as ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -A4 are less wide than PC or laptop screens. - Therefore you will get troubles in the output of your document if document - parts exceed the width of the \SpecialChar LyX +A4 are not as wide as PC or laptop screens. + Therefore you will have trouble with the output of your document if document parts exceed the width of the \SpecialChar LyX main screen. \end_layout @@ -2079,7 +2999,7 @@ There are of course exceptions where horizontal scrolling is necessary. \begin_layout Itemize Wide tables that are rotated 90° to fit a whole page \begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout See section @@ -2108,10 +3028,9 @@ Math constructs with long command names \begin_layout Standard For these cases \SpecialChar LyX - has an mechanism that scrolls automatically when the cursor - is moved. - As example shrink the \SpecialChar LyX - windows so that table + has an mechanism that scrolls automatically when the cursor is moved. + As an example shrink the \SpecialChar LyX + window so that table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2119,14 +3038,13 @@ For these cases \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test" +nolink "false" \end_inset is wider. - You will now see a dotted red line at the right or the left side of the - table. - Put the cursor into the table and move it with the Tab or the arrow keys - to see the horizontal scrolling of the table. + You will now see a dotted red line on the right and/or left side of the table. + Put the cursor into the table and move it with the Tab or the arrow keys to see the horizontal scrolling of the table. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -2214,6 +3132,8 @@ name "sec:Input-Completion" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -2224,6 +3144,8 @@ Input completion \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -2259,10 +3181,8 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently - opened. - Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that - is used to propose completions. + provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently opened. + Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that is used to propose completions. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -2300,8 +3220,7 @@ Automatic popup \family default the completions are always shown in a popup. - The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option - + The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option \family sans Cursor \begin_inset space ~ @@ -2310,23 +3229,25 @@ Cursor indicator \family default . - With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and - popup completion, you can set the minimal number of characters a word must - have that it will be taken into account for a completion and you can choose - if long completions should be abbreviated. + With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and popup completion, + you can set the minimal number of characters a word must have that it will be taken into account for a completion and you can choose if long completions should be abbreviated. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there are - completions available. + displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there are completions available. Press the \family sans Tab \family default key to accept a proposed completion. - If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them. - You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys, + If several completions are possible, + a popup is opened showing them. + You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126826 +, + +\change_unchanged and accept the chosen completion by pressing \family sans Return @@ -2335,18 +3256,43 @@ Return \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond -ing options for text. - The special math option +The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the corresponding options for text. + +\change_inserted -563046850 1560340017 +Additionally, + +\change_deleted -563046850 1560340019 +T +\change_inserted -563046850 1560340019 +t +\change_unchanged +he special math option \family sans Autocorrection \family default enables characters to be composed. - If, for example, you want to insert the character + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598180192 +If, + f +\change_inserted 5863208 1598180192 +F +\change_unchanged +or example, + +\change_inserted 5863208 1598180208 + if +\change_unchanged + you want to insert the character \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ \end_inset -, you can then input the characters +, + you can +\change_deleted 5863208 1598180217 +then +\change_unchanged +input the characters \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -2358,27 +3304,102 @@ Autocorrection \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - to a formula to get it. - So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use - of the math toolbar. - A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598180228 +to +\change_inserted 5863208 1598180229 +in +\change_unchanged + a formula to +\change_deleted 5863208 1598180234 +get +\change_inserted 5863208 1598180235 +create +\change_unchanged + it. + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598180245 +So t +\change_inserted 5863208 1598180246 +T +\change_unchanged +his is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use of the math toolbar. + A list +\change_deleted 5863208 1598180267 +with +\change_inserted 5863208 1598180267 +of +\change_unchanged + supported character combinations can be found in the file \family typewriter autocorrect \family default - that is in \SpecialChar LyX + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598180288 +that is +\change_inserted 5863208 1598180288 +located +\change_unchanged + in \SpecialChar LyX 's installation folder. - Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation - mark key “!”. + +\change_deleted -563046850 1560340086 +Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation mark key “!”. Pressing \family sans Space \family default turns it off. +\change_inserted -563046850 1560340324 +Note that using +\family sans +Undo +\family default + after autocorrection has done its magic leaves the un-corrected sequence. + In the example above, + +\family sans +Undo +\family default + leads to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +=> +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, + and a second +\family sans +Undo +\family default + yields +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold += +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Section Basic Key Bindings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -2389,27 +3410,17 @@ Key Bindings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bindings|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +Bindings +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - Key Bindings -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -2421,27 +3432,17 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Shortcuts|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +Shortcuts +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - Key Bindings -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -2455,7 +3456,8 @@ status collapsed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are at least two different primary binding maps: +There are at least two different primary binding maps: + \family typewriter cua \family default @@ -2469,7 +3471,8 @@ emacs \family typewriter cua \family default -, which can be changed in the \SpecialChar LyX +, + which can be changed in the \SpecialChar LyX preferences under \family sans Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -2484,6 +3487,7 @@ Shortcuts \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2491,7 +3495,8 @@ reference "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Some keys, like +Some keys, + like \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ @@ -2499,7 +3504,8 @@ Page Up \family default -, +, + \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ @@ -2507,15 +3513,18 @@ Page Down \family default -, +, + \family sans Left \family default -, +, + \family sans Right \family default -, +, + \family sans Up \family default @@ -2523,7 +3532,8 @@ Up \family sans Down \family default -, do exactly what you expect them to do. +, + do exactly what you expect them to do. Other keys don't: \end_layout @@ -2544,7 +3554,8 @@ literal "false" \family default There is no such thing as a tab stop in \SpecialChar LyX . - If you do not understand this, go read sections + If you do not understand this, + go read sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2552,6 +3563,7 @@ literal "false" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Par-indent-intro" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -2559,10 +3571,12 @@ reference "sec:Par-indent-intro" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, especially section +, + especially section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2570,12 +3584,16 @@ reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Lists" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, right now. - Yes, right now. - If you are still confused, look in the +, + right now. + Yes, + right now. + If you are still confused, + look in the \emph on Tutorial \emph default @@ -2588,9 +3606,8 @@ In \SpecialChar LyX \family sans Tab \family default - key is only used to accept proposed input completions, to move the cursor - in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or - Enumerate. + key is only used to accept proposed input completions, + to move the cursor in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or Enumerate. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -2616,7 +3633,9 @@ cancel key. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - It is used, generically, to cancel operations. + It is used, + generically, + to cancel operations. Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this. \end_layout @@ -2624,23 +3643,12 @@ cancel key. \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans -Home -\family default - -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -and -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - -\family sans -End +Home/End \family default - These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line, - unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning - or end of the file. + These move the cursor, + respectively, + to the beginning and end of a line, + unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning or end of the file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -2674,8 +3682,7 @@ literal "false" \end_inset - in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending - on which keys it is used in combination with: + in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses depending on which keys it is used in combination with: \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -2688,7 +3695,8 @@ Backspace \family sans Delete \family default -, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character. +, + it deletes an entire word instead of a single character. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -2700,7 +3708,8 @@ Left \family sans Right \family default -, it moves by words instead of characters. +, + it moves by words instead of characters. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -2712,7 +3721,9 @@ Home \family sans End \family default -, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively. +, + it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, + respectively. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -2743,8 +3754,7 @@ literal "false" \end_inset - in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select - the text between the old and new cursor positions. + in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select the text between the old and new cursor positions. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -2774,10 +3784,10 @@ literal "false" \end_inset - in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless - your keyboard has a distinct Meta key. - If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs - the + in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, + unless your keyboard has a distinct Meta key. + If you have both keys, + you will need to try out which one actually performs the \family sans Alt+ \family default @@ -2785,18 +3795,20 @@ Alt+ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -This key does many different things, but it also activates the +This key does many different things, + but it also activates the \emph on menu accelerator keys \emph default . - If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a - menu or menu item, it selects that menu item. + If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a menu or menu item, + it selects that menu item. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard -For example, the sequence +For example, + the sequence \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -2870,18 +3882,14 @@ Alt \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard -You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use +You will learn more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use \SpecialChar LyX + because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the bottom of \SpecialChar LyX +'s main window describing the name of the action you have just triggered and any existing key bindings for that action. \SpecialChar LyX -, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at - the bottom of \SpecialChar LyX -'s main window which describes the name of the action you - have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action. - The \SpecialChar LyX menus also list the defined key bindings. - The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used - in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding - it. - However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so + The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used in this documentation so you should not have any problems understanding it. + However notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, + so \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -2908,11 +3916,23 @@ A \SpecialChar LyX Basics \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LyX - ! Basics + +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Basics +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -2923,10 +3943,22 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Section Document Types \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Types +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Types +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -2939,11 +3971,15 @@ Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you - need to decide what type of document you want to edit. - Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings, - numbering schemes, and so on. - Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments, +Before you do anything else, + before you ever start writing a document, + you need to decide what type of document you want to edit. + Different types of documents use different types of spacing, + headings, + numbering schemes, + and so on. + Additionally, + different documents use different paragraph environments, and format the title of your document differently. \end_layout @@ -2953,9 +3989,11 @@ A document class \emph default describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents. - By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties, + By setting the document class, + you automatically select these properties, making it easier to create the type of document you want. - If you don't choose a document class, \SpecialChar LyX + If you don't choose a document class, + \SpecialChar LyX picks one for you by default. So it is up to you to change the class of your document. \end_layout @@ -2963,10 +4001,22 @@ document class \begin_layout Subsection Document Classes \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Classes +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Classes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -2990,17 +4040,29 @@ Document Class \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset dialog. - Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options - you may need. + Select the class you want to use, + and make any fine tunings of the options you may need. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -3030,12 +4092,12 @@ Letter for US-style letters \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are also some non-standard classes, which \SpecialChar LyX - only uses if you have installed - the corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX - class files, though most \SpecialChar LaTeX - distributions will include - many of these. +There are also some non-standard classes, + which \SpecialChar LyX + only uses if you have installed the corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX + class files, + though most \SpecialChar LaTeX + distributions will include many of these. Here are some of the classes. The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter \emph on @@ -3053,23 +4115,24 @@ A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics \end_layout \begin_layout Description -ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry - Society +ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry Society \end_layout \begin_layout Description -AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical - Union +AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical Union \end_layout \begin_layout Description -AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American - Mathematical Society (AMS). +AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American Mathematical Society (AMS). There are three article layouts available. - The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that - prepends the section number to the number of the result. - All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced - together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence. + The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., + that prepends the section number to the number of the result. + All result-type statements (propositions, + corollaries, + and so on) are sequenced together, + but definitions, + examples, + and the like have their own sequence. The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -3078,8 +4141,8 @@ sequential numbering \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers - them throughout the article in a single sequence. + scheme does not place the section number with each result, + but numbers them throughout the article in a single sequence. Each type of result gets its own sequence. There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether. \end_layout @@ -3091,8 +4154,8 @@ Beamer Layout for presentations \begin_layout Description Broadway Layout for writing plays. It is not an existing \SpecialChar LaTeX - document class, but a new one that is distributed - with \SpecialChar LyX + document class, + but a new one that is distributed with \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout @@ -3119,14 +4182,13 @@ Foils Used to make transparencies \begin_layout Description Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry. It is not an existing \SpecialChar LaTeX - document class, but a new one that is distributed - with \SpecialChar LyX + document class, + but a new one that is distributed with \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description -IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical - and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) +IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -3138,8 +4200,9 @@ Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group \end_layout \begin_layout Description -KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features - like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc. +KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, + offers many useful features like caption formatting, + automatic print space calculation etc. (Is used by this document.) \end_layout @@ -3156,9 +4219,9 @@ REV \family sans TeX \family default - is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical - Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society - of America (OSA). + is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical Society (APS), + American Institute of Physics (AIP), + and Optical Society of America (OSA). This class is not completely compatible with all \SpecialChar LyX features. \end_layout @@ -3172,8 +4235,7 @@ SPIE \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society - for Optical Engineering (SPIE) +Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society for Optical Engineering (SPIE) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -3181,8 +4243,7 @@ Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes - here. +We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes here. You can find details about the non-standard classes in chapter \emph on Special Document Classes @@ -3192,8 +4253,8 @@ Special Document Classes Additional Features \emph default manual. - Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all - of the document classes. + Here, + we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all of the document classes. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -3206,18 +4267,30 @@ You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document Class +\family default + \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings \end_layout \end_inset - -\family default -are marked as + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + are marked as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -3226,27 +4299,28 @@ Unavailable \end_inset . - If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning - saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are - not installed. + If you open a document that uses such a class, + you will receive a warning saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed. So it may seem that something is wrong. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Nothing is wrong. \SpecialChar LyX - includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use, and - some of them, like + includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use, + and some of them, + like \family sans IOP \family default -, are highly specialized. +, + are highly specialized. \SpecialChar LyX - tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and - it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number. + tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, + and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, + with a growing number. No \SpecialChar LaTeX - distribution will install by default all files that might be needed - by some document class. + distribution will install by default all files that might be needed by some document class. There are just too many of them. That is why some of the document classes are unavailable. \end_layout @@ -3260,9 +4334,9 @@ Unavailable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, you just need to install the appropriate package files. - The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that - document class for a new file. +, + you just need to install the appropriate package files. + The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that document class for a new file. \SpecialChar LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files. See section @@ -3283,19 +4357,22 @@ Customization \begin_layout Standard Although \SpecialChar LyX - provides support for many different sorts of documents, it does - not include support for every document class people might want to use. - For example, many universities provide \SpecialChar LaTeX - class files to be used for dissertation -s submitted to those universities. + provides support for many different sorts of documents, + it does not include support for every document class people might want to use. + For example, + many universities provide \SpecialChar LaTeX + class files to be used for dissertations submitted to those universities. The \SpecialChar LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these. There are too many. - Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have - done so. + Fortunately, + users can write their own layout files, + and many users have done so. Chapter \emph on -Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +Installing New Document Classes, + Layouts, + and Templates \emph default of the \emph on @@ -3314,10 +4391,22 @@ name "subsec:Modules" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Modules +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Modules +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -3326,11 +4415,10 @@ Document ! Modules \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the - chosen document class. +Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the chosen document class. For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document. - This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond -ing module in the + This is not available in any document class, + so you have to load the corresponding module in the \family sans Modules \family default @@ -3341,33 +4429,43 @@ Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset dialog. - Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what - it does. + Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what it does. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some modules require \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages or file format converters that are not always - installed by default. + packages or file format converters that are not always installed by default. \SpecialChar LyX - will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and - it will tell you what exactly you are missing. - You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not - be able to export to PDF or print your document, since \SpecialChar LyX - will not be able - to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX + will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, + and it will tell you what exactly you are missing. + You can still use the module while editing your file, + but you will not be able to export to PDF or print your document, + since \SpecialChar LyX + will not be able to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites. - If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to - install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX + If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, + then you need to install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX by selecting \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -3375,6 +4473,8 @@ Reconfigure \family default . \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -3384,8 +4484,34 @@ Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \end_inset - See section Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX - files of the + See sectio +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126826 +n Installing +\change_unchanged +n +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126829 +ew +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126829 + +\emph on +Installing new +\change_unchanged + +\emph default +\SpecialChar LaTeX + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598126829 + files +\change_inserted 5863208 1598126829 + +\emph on + files +\change_unchanged + +\emph default + of the \emph on Customization \emph default @@ -3400,8 +4526,10 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible. + Some modules require other modules, + and some pairs of modules are incompatible. \SpecialChar LyX will advise you about these things. \end_layout @@ -3421,10 +4549,22 @@ name "subsec:Local-Layout" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Local Layout +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Local Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -3435,15 +4575,17 @@ Document ! Local Layout \begin_layout Standard Modules are to \SpecialChar LyX much as packages are to \SpecialChar LaTeX -: They are intended to be used in - a variety of different documents. - If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different - documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose. - Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you - need a specific inset or +: + They are intended to be used in a variety of different documents. + If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different documents, + you should consider writing a module for this purpose. + Sometimes, + however, + a particular document has very special needs, + but you need a specific inset or \change_deleted -712698321 1525757388 character -\change_inserted -712698321 1525757388 +\change_inserted 5863208 1598182122 text \change_unchanged style only that one time. @@ -3976,13 +5118,15 @@ sectioning level \family sans Chapter \family default - heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the + heading; + the rest do not and begin instead with the \family sans Section \family default heading. - Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section - headings. + Some document classes, + such as the ones for letters, + don't use any section headings. In addition to \family sans Chapter @@ -3991,15 +5135,18 @@ Chapter \family sans Section \family default - headings, there are also + headings, + there are also \family sans Subsection \family default - headings, + headings, + \family sans Subsubsection \family default - headings, and so on. + headings, + and so on. We will describe these headings fully in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -4008,6 +5155,7 @@ Subsubsection \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Headings" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -4024,20 +5172,44 @@ name "subsec:Document-Layout" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Layout +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4068,20 +5240,25 @@ Documents Class \family default -, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated - list. +, + you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated list. This is only necessary if \SpecialChar LyX - doesn't support special options you want to - use for your document. + doesn't support special options you want to use for your document. To learn more about your favorite \SpecialChar LaTeX --class and its options, you have to read - its manual. +-class and its options, + you have to read its manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The drop box +\change_deleted -712698321 1597235163 + \family sans Headings +\change_inserted 5863208 1598182166 +Page +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -4139,8 +5316,7 @@ headings \family default Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number. Whether \SpecialChar LyX - uses the current chapter or the current section depends on the - maximum sectioning level of the class. + uses the current chapter or the current section depends on the maximum sectioning level of the class. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -4149,19 +5325,30 @@ headings \family sans fancy \family default - This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you - have the \SpecialChar LaTeX + This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! fancyhdr + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +fancyhdr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4175,6 +5362,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -4190,6 +5378,7 @@ The separation of paragraphs is described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Separation" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -4199,10 +5388,22 @@ reference "subsec:Paragraph-Separation" \begin_layout Subsection Paper Size and Orientation \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Paper size +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paper size +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4233,10 +5434,22 @@ Settings \family default dialog: \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4286,7 +5499,9 @@ C0 – C6 \begin_layout Itemize \family sans -US letter, US legal, US executive +US letter, + US legal, + US executive \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -4343,16 +5558,30 @@ name "subsec:Margins" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Margins +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Margins +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -4372,10 +5601,22 @@ Settings \family default . \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4384,9 +5625,8 @@ Document ! Settings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings - because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking - the paper format and the font size into account. +If you use a KOMA-Script document class, + you can use the default settings because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking the paper format and the font size into account. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -4394,18 +5634,17 @@ Important Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you change a document class, \SpecialChar LyX - has to convert -\emph on -everything -\emph default - into the new class. +If you change a document class, + \SpecialChar LyX + has to convert everything into the new class. That includes the paragraph environments. - Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document - classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments. - If this is the case, and you change the document class, \SpecialChar LyX - will mark the - paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as + Some paragraph environments are standard, + in so far as all of the document classes have them; + but some classes have special paragraph environments. + If this is the case, + and you change the document class, + \SpecialChar LyX + will mark the paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -4414,20 +5653,31 @@ unknown \end_inset . - The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to - the old class. - But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you - will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph -s manually to a style present in your new document class. + The name of the style is retained, + in case you should want to go back to the old class. + But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, + so you will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Paragraph Indentation and Separation \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Indentation +Paragraph +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Indentation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4447,8 +5697,8 @@ name "sec:Par-indent-intro" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to - say a word or two about paragraph indentation. +Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, + we'd like to say a word or two about paragraph indentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -4459,33 +5709,42 @@ Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs. \emph on first \emph default - paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list, - etc., is + paragraph of a section, + or after a figure, + an equation, + a table, + a list, + etc., + is \emph on not \emph default indented. Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented. - Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document - language than English. + Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document language than English. \SpecialChar LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings - and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded - into \SpecialChar LyX +The space between paragraphs, + like the line spacing, + the space between headings and text — + in fact, + all the spacing for just about everything — +is pre-coded into \SpecialChar LyX . - As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what. + As we said, + you don't worry about how much space to add between what. \SpecialChar LyX takes care of that. - In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a - range. - That way, \SpecialChar LyX - can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures - fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom of - a page, and so on. + In fact, + these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a range. + That way, + \SpecialChar LyX + can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures fit on a page with text, + so that sections don't start at the bottom of a page, + and so on. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -4497,7 +5756,8 @@ status collapsed \end_inset - However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them. + However, + pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them. \SpecialChar LyX gives you the ability globally to change \emph on @@ -4517,10 +5777,22 @@ name "subsec:Paragraph-Separation" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Separation +Paragraph +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Separation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4556,15 +5828,28 @@ Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs, respectively. + to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs, + respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -4597,23 +5882,33 @@ arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle" \end_inset ). - If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this - button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling - this). + If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, + this button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling this). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph - if you need to do some fine-tuning. +You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph if you need to do some fine-tuning. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Line Spacing \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Line spacing +Paragraph +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Line spacing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4626,22 +5921,30 @@ In the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings -\noun on +\family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings \end_layout \end_inset -\family default -\noun default - dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu - +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ @@ -4661,11 +5964,23 @@ setspace \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! setspace + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +setspace +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4684,8 +5999,7 @@ Paragraph Settings \family default - dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing - is normally defined in the environment's style. + dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing is normally defined in the environment's style. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -4698,20 +6012,34 @@ name "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Environments +Paragraph +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Environments +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range start +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph environments|( +Paragraph environments \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4752,8 +6080,9 @@ environment command sequence in \SpecialChar LaTeX files. If you don't know \SpecialChar LaTeX -, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally - alien to you, we urge you to read the +, + or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally alien to you, + we urge you to read the \emph on Tutorial \emph default @@ -4775,9 +6104,13 @@ container \end_inset for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties. - This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering - scheme, labels, and so on. - Additionally, you can + This can include a particular style of font, + different margins, + a numbering scheme, + labels, + and so on. + Additionally, + you can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -4785,18 +6118,18 @@ nest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment - to inherit some of the properties of another. - The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy - tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hangovers from the days - of typewriters. - There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular - document type. + the different environments inside one another, + allowing one environment to inherit some of the properties of another. + The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy tab stops, + on the fly margin adjustment, + and other hangovers from the days of typewriters. + There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular document type. We will only be covering the most common ones here. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box +To choose a new paragraph environment, + use the pull-down box \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png scale 70 @@ -4811,9 +6144,7 @@ To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box entire \emph default paragraph in which the cursor sits. - You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if - you select them before choosing the new environment. - + You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if you select them before choosing the new environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -4889,7 +6220,8 @@ List \family sans Return \family default -, rather than resetting it to +, + rather than resetting it to \family sans Standard \family default @@ -4902,6 +6234,7 @@ Standard \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -4920,9 +6253,10 @@ Standard for most classes. It creates a plain paragraph. If \SpecialChar LyX - resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses. - In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in - this manual) are in the + resets the paragraph environment, + this is the one it chooses. + In fact, + the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in this manual) are in the \family sans Standard \family default @@ -4934,8 +6268,8 @@ You can nest a paragraph using the \family sans Standard \family default - environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything - in a + environment in just about anything else, + but you can't really nest anything in a \family sans Standard \family default @@ -4945,10 +6279,22 @@ Standard \begin_layout Subsection Document Title \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Title +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Title +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -4958,8 +6304,9 @@ Document ! Title \begin_layout Standard A \SpecialChar LaTeX - title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the author(s) - and a + title page has three parts: + the title itself, + the name(s) of the author(s) and a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -4968,10 +6315,11 @@ footnote \end_inset for thanks or contact information. - For certain types of documents, \SpecialChar LaTeX - places all of this on a separate page - along with today's date. - For other types of documents, the title + For certain types of documents, + \SpecialChar LaTeX + places all of this on a separate page along with today's date. + For other types of documents, + the title \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -4980,21 +6328,21 @@ page \end_inset goes at the top of the first page of the document. - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph - environments + provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph environments \family sans Title \family default -, +, + \family sans Author \family default -, and +, + and \family sans Date \family default @@ -5019,17 +6367,20 @@ Author \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date, - or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in - the +If you want the date to have a certain appearance, + want to use a fixed date, + or want other text to appear in place of today's date, + put that text in the \family sans Date \family default environment. Note that using this environment is optional. - If you don't provide any, \SpecialChar LaTeX + If you don't provide any, + \SpecialChar LaTeX will automatically insert today's date. - If you don't want a date, use the option + If you don't want a date, + use the option \family sans Suppress default date on front page \family default @@ -5061,6 +6412,8 @@ thanks \begin_layout Subsection Headings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -5088,10 +6441,22 @@ There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings. \begin_layout Subsubsection Numbered Headings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Section headings ! Numbered +Section headings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Numbered +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -5148,14 +6513,25 @@ Subparagraph \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods. + labels each heading with a series of numbers, + separated by periods. The numbers describe where in the document you are. - Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters. + Unlike the other headings, + parts are numbered with +\change_inserted 5863208 1598182388 + Roman numerals +\change_deleted 5863208 1598182398 + +\change_deleted -131811572 1596358192 +Latin letters +\change_unchanged +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text. - For example, suppose you're writing a book. + For example, + suppose you're writing a book. You group the book into chapters. \SpecialChar LyX does a similar grouping: @@ -5245,6 +6621,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Not all document types use the \family sans @@ -5264,16 +6641,20 @@ Section \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -So, if you use the +So, + if you use the \family sans Subsubsection \family default - environment to label a new sub-subsection, \SpecialChar LyX + environment to label a new sub-subsection, + \SpecialChar LyX labels it with its number, - along with the number of the subsection, section and, if applicable, chapter - that it's in. - For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the - label + along with the number of the subsection, + section and, + if applicable, + chapter that it's in. + For example: + the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -5287,10 +6668,22 @@ Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection Unnumbered Headings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Section headings ! Unnumbered +Section headings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Unnumbered +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -5308,8 +6701,8 @@ The unnumbered section headings have a \end_inset at the end of their name. - They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in - the table of contents, see section + They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in the table of contents, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5317,6 +6710,7 @@ The unnumbered section headings have a \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:toc" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -5335,10 +6729,10 @@ name "subsec:Numbering-depth" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear - in the Table of Contents. - Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document - class. +You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear in the Table of Contents. + Now, + this doesn't remove any of the levels; + that's preset in the document class. Just as certain classes start with \family sans Chapter @@ -5353,7 +6747,8 @@ Subparagraph Section \family default . - Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels. + Similarly, + not all document classes number all sectioning levels. Most don't number \family sans Paragraph @@ -5374,10 +6769,22 @@ Settings \family default dialog. \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -5401,17 +6808,28 @@ Numbering \family default controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy \SpecialChar LyX numbers a section heading. - The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table - of contents. + The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table of contents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Short Titles of Headings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Section headings ! Short titles +Section headings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Short titles +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -5437,10 +6855,13 @@ name "sec:Short-Titles" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long. +Some section or chapter titles, + such as this one, + can get quite long. This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space. - For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section - title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful. + For example, + if the header of the page is set to show the current section title, + a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -5448,8 +6869,8 @@ Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long. allows you to specify a short title for section headings. This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents, avoiding the problem mentioned. - To specify a short title, set the cursor behind the title and use the menu - + To specify a short title, + set the cursor behind the title and use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Short @@ -5515,20 +6936,22 @@ Quotes and Poetry \family sans Quote \family default -, +, + \family sans Quotation \family default -, and +, + and \family sans Verse \family default . Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins. These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in. - They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below - the text they contain. - They also allow nesting, so you can put a + They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below the text they contain. + They also allow nesting, + so you can put a \family sans Verse \family default @@ -5536,12 +6959,13 @@ Verse \family sans Quotation \family default -, as well as in some other paragraph environments. +, + as well as in some other paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do - +There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: + they do \emph on not \emph default @@ -5550,13 +6974,16 @@ not Standard \family default when you start a new paragraph. - So, you can type in that poem and merrily enter + So, + you can type in that poem and merrily enter \family sans Return \family default without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you. - Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you - have to change back to the + Of course, + that means that, + once you are done typing in that poem, + you have to change back to the \family sans Standard \family default @@ -5573,6 +7000,8 @@ name "sec:Quote" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -5585,8 +7014,8 @@ Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's - time for the differences. +Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, + it's time for the differences. \family sans Quote @@ -5595,7 +7024,8 @@ Quote \family sans Quotation \family default - are identical except for one difference: + are identical except for one difference: + \family sans Quote \family default @@ -5625,19 +7055,21 @@ This is in the Quote \family default environment. - I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it - wraps. + I can keep writing, + extending this line out further and further until it wraps. See – no indentation! \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Here's the second paragraph of this quote. - Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and - the other paragraph. + Again, + there's no indentation, + but there is extra space between me and the other paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here's another example, this time in the +Here's another example, + this time in the \family sans Quotation \family default @@ -5650,13 +7082,16 @@ This is in the Quotation \family default environment. - If I keep writing, you will see the indentation. - If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting - the first line, then + If I keep writing, + you will see the indentation. + If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting the first line, + then \family sans Quotation \family default - is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it + is the environment for you! + Well, + you'd use it \emph on if \emph default @@ -5665,12 +7100,16 @@ if \begin_layout Quotation Here's a new paragraph. - I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time. - If I did that, though, you'd get bored. + I could ramble on and on, + like a politician at election time. + If I did that, + though, + you'd get bored. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As the examples show, +As the examples show, + \family sans Quote \family default @@ -5690,16 +7129,30 @@ Quotation \begin_layout Subsubsection Verse \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Verse +Paragraph +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Verse +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -5723,7 +7176,10 @@ name "sec:Verse" \family sans Verse \family default - is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on. + is a paragraph environment for poetry, + rhymes, + verses, + and so on. Here's an example: \end_layout @@ -5737,11 +7193,15 @@ Which I did not rehearse! \begin_layout Verse It could be much worse. - This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps - around. - It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are - indented a bit more than the first. - Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore. + This line could be long, + very long, + oh so long, + so very long that it wraps around. + It looks okay on screen, + but in the printed version, + the extra lines are indented a bit more than the first. + Okay, + so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore. So sue me. \end_layout @@ -5764,13 +7224,15 @@ arg "newline-insert newline" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As you can see, +As you can see, + \family sans Verse \family default does not indent both margins. Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph. - To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the shortcut + To separate the individual lines of a stanza, + use the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" @@ -5782,6 +7244,8 @@ arg "newline-insert newline" \begin_layout Subsection Lists \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -5802,8 +7266,7 @@ name "subsec:Lists" \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds - of lists. + has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds of lists. In the \family sans Itemize @@ -5812,8 +7275,10 @@ Itemize \family sans Enumerate \family default - environments, \SpecialChar LyX - labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively. + environments, + \SpecialChar LyX + labels your list items with bullets or numbers, + respectively. In the \family sans Description @@ -5822,10 +7287,10 @@ Description \family sans List \family default - environments, \SpecialChar LyX + environments, + \SpecialChar LyX lets you provide your own label. - We will present the individual details of each type of list next after - describing some general features of all four of them. + We will present the individual details of each type of list next after describing some general features of all four of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -5833,9 +7298,9 @@ General Features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments - in several ways. - First, \SpecialChar LyX +The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments in several ways. + First, + \SpecialChar LyX treats each paragraph as a list item. Hitting \family sans @@ -5851,15 +7316,16 @@ Standard \family default but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item. The nesting depth is thereby kept. - If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting - depth, you can use + If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting depth, + you can use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset . - If you do this at the top level of a list, it returns you to the + If you do this at the top level of a list, + it returns you to the \family sans Standard \family default @@ -5868,11 +7334,11 @@ Standard \begin_layout Standard You can nest lists of any type inside one another. - In fact, \SpecialChar LyX - changes the labels on some list items depending on how it is - nested. - If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest - you read all of section + In fact, + \SpecialChar LyX + changes the labels on some list items depending on how it is nested. + If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, + we suggest you read all of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5880,6 +7346,7 @@ You can nest lists of any type inside one another. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -5889,10 +7356,22 @@ reference "sec:Nesting" \begin_layout Subsubsection Itemize \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Itemize +Lists +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Itemize +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -5951,7 +7430,8 @@ Itemize \family sans Itemize \family default - environment, the label changes to a new symbol. + environment, + the label changes to a new symbol. \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -5973,6 +7453,7 @@ See section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -5981,7 +7462,8 @@ reference "sec:Nesting" \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard -Of course, that explanation was also an example of an +Of course, + that explanation was also an example of an \family sans Itemize \family default @@ -6003,7 +7485,8 @@ The label for the first level \family sans Itemize \family default - is a large black dot, or bullet. + is a large black dot, + or bullet. \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -6053,10 +7536,22 @@ Bullets \family default . \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6067,8 +7562,7 @@ Document ! Settings \begin_layout Standard Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. - We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths - in section + We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6076,6 +7570,7 @@ Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -6085,10 +7580,22 @@ reference "sec:Nesting" \begin_layout Subsubsection Enumerate \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Enumerate +Lists +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Enumerate +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6140,7 +7647,8 @@ Like the \family sans Itemize \family default - environment, the + environment, + the \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -6171,7 +7679,8 @@ Unlike the \family sans Itemize \family default - environment, + environment, + \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -6209,8 +7718,8 @@ The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth - increases. +Again, + notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth increases. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -6233,7 +7742,8 @@ You can customize the type of numbering used in the \family sans Enumerate \family default - environment, see section + environment, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6241,11 +7751,13 @@ Enumerate \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Customized-Lists" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - Such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in \SpecialChar LyX + Such customization only shows up in the printed version, + not in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout @@ -6263,6 +7775,7 @@ Enumerate \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -6272,10 +7785,22 @@ reference "sec:Nesting" \begin_layout Subsubsection Description \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Description +Lists +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Description +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6284,12 +7809,14 @@ Lists ! Description \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Unlike the previous two environments, the +Unlike the previous two environments, + the \family sans Description \family default list has no fixed label. - Instead, \SpecialChar LyX + Instead, + \SpecialChar LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -6303,7 +7830,8 @@ word \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Example: This is an example of the +Example: + This is an example of the \family sans Description \family default @@ -6312,8 +7840,7 @@ Description \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the - rest of the line. + typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the rest of the line. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -6329,11 +7856,16 @@ word \family sans Space \family default - key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an - item. + key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an item. If you need to use more than one word in a label use a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619261 + \family sans -Protected Space +Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619261 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + Space \family default . (Use either @@ -6346,13 +7878,20 @@ arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected" \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\change_deleted 177693 1654619271 Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619271 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default -; see section +; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6360,6 +7899,7 @@ Space \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Protected-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -6371,9 +7911,16 @@ Second \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Example: This one shows how to use a +Example: + This one shows how to use a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619281 + \family sans Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619281 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6387,13 +7934,13 @@ Description \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Usage: You should use the +Usage: + You should use the \family sans Description \family default environment for things like definitions and theorems. - Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text - that describes it. + Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text that describes it. It's not a good idea to use a \family sans Description @@ -6415,27 +7962,42 @@ Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Nesting: You can nest +Nesting: + You can nest \family sans Description \family default - environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and - so on. + environments inside one another, + nest them in other types of lists, + and so on. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Notice that after the first line, \SpecialChar LyX - indents subsequent lines, offsetting - them from the first line. +Notice that after the first line, + \SpecialChar LyX + indents subsequent lines, + offsetting them from the first line. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Labeling \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Labeling +Lists +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Labeling +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6462,8 +8024,7 @@ Description \family sans Labeling \family default - list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional - features. + list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional features. Here are its properties: \end_layout @@ -6488,18 +8049,23 @@ word Space \family default after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label. - If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected + If you need to use more than one word in an item label, + use a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619285 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619287 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged space as described above. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -margins As you can see, \SpecialChar LyX - uses different margins for the item label and the - body of the item text. - The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default - label width plus a little extra space. - +margins As you can see, + \SpecialChar LyX + uses different margins for the item label and the body of the item text. + The body of the text has a larger left margin, + which is equal to the default label width plus a little extra space. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -6509,8 +8075,11 @@ label \end_inset width \SpecialChar LyX - uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is larger. - If the label width is larger, the label + uses the width of the label, + or the default width, + whatever is larger. + If the label width is larger, + the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -6519,8 +8088,8 @@ extends \end_inset into the first line. - In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left - margin of the rest of the item text. + In other words, + the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left margin of the rest of the item text. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -6529,8 +8098,7 @@ default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all - items in a +width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all items in a \family sans Labeling \family default @@ -6538,7 +8106,8 @@ Labeling \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -To change the default width, select all items in the list. +To change the default width, + select all items in the list. Now open the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -6564,8 +8133,8 @@ Longest label \family default determines the default label width. - You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the - letter + You can use the text of your largest label here, + but you can also use the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -6624,14 +8193,14 @@ Labeling \family sans Description \family default - list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes - it. + list: + When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes it. The \family sans Labeling \family default - environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall - layout. + environment gives you another way to do this, + using a different overall layout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -6639,7 +8208,9 @@ You can nest \family sans Labeling \family default - lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. + lists inside one another, + nest them in other types of lists, + and so on. They work just like the other list paragraph environments. Read section \begin_inset space ~ @@ -6649,6 +8220,7 @@ Labeling \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -6660,18 +8232,31 @@ There is yet another feature of the \family sans Labeling \family default - list: As you can see in the examples, \SpecialChar LyX - left-justifies the item labels by - default. + list: + As you can see in the examples, + \SpecialChar LyX + left-justifies the item labels by default. You can use additional \family sans -HFills +H +\change_inserted 177693 1654621595 +orizontal +\change_unchanged +Fills \family default to change how \SpecialChar LyX justifies the item label. \family sans -Hfills +H +\change_inserted 177693 1654621600 +orizontal +\change_deleted 177693 1654621601 +f +\change_inserted 177693 1654621603 +F +\change_unchanged +ills \family default are documented in section \begin_inset space ~ @@ -6681,6 +8266,7 @@ Hfills \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -6704,7 +8290,11 @@ Labeling Right One \family sans -HFill +H +\change_inserted 177693 1654621610 +orizontal +\change_unchanged +Fill \family default at the beginning of the label right justifies it. \end_layout @@ -6720,7 +8310,11 @@ Center One \family sans -HFill +H +\change_inserted 177693 1654621617 +orizontal +\change_unchanged +Fill \family default at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it. \end_layout @@ -6735,10 +8329,22 @@ name "subsec:Customized-Lists" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Customized +Lists +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Customized +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6759,11 +8365,23 @@ enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! enumitem + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6774,10 +8392,32 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Subsubsection Custom Enumerate Lists \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom +Lists +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Enumerate +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Custom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6787,8 +8427,7 @@ Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom \begin_layout Standard \noindent -The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional - argument (menu +The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Enumerate Options @@ -6819,7 +8458,8 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more about \SpecialChar TeX - Code, look at section + Code, + look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6827,6 +8467,7 @@ For more about \SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:TeX-Code" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -6887,7 +8528,8 @@ Alph \backslash alph \series default -, respectively. +, + respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -6899,12 +8541,14 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default You can only number 26 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters. +items with Latin letters, + because this numbering is limited to single letters. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -6913,8 +8557,11 @@ items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command - by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv). +To change the numbering for the list sublevels, + replace the 'i' in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, + enumii, + enumiii, + enumiv). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7106,9 +8753,10 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - When you change the label of a list level, it will be used for all following - lists until you change the definition. + When you change the label of a list level, + it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -7119,10 +8767,32 @@ Note: \begin_layout Subsubsection Resumed Enumeration \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed +Lists +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Enumerate +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Resumed +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -7182,15 +8852,20 @@ resumed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To resume an enumeration, use the style +To resume an enumeration, + use the style \family sans Enumerate-Resume \family default . - Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX - to indicate that it is a resumed - list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX -, but in the output. + +\change_deleted -584632292 1616513280 +Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX + to indicate that it is a resumed list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX +, + but in the output. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7201,8 +8876,10 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX + If there is no previous enumeration to resume, + you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX error. \end_layout @@ -7212,12 +8889,11 @@ Note: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the - next one. +Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the next one. Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number. - This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item - of a normal enumeration. - There, insert the command + This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal enumeration. + There, + insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7273,10 +8949,22 @@ This enumeration starts at 4 \begin_layout Subsubsection List Spacing \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Spacing +Lists +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spacing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -7285,8 +8973,7 @@ Lists ! Spacing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items - of a list. +In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list. For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case: \end_layout @@ -7295,12 +8982,11 @@ A bullet list \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -with standard spacing +with standard spacing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item - of the list. +You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list. Add there the command \series bold nolistsep @@ -7341,24 +9027,36 @@ vertical space \begin_layout Standard To add space you can use several other commands provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX --package - +-package \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! enumitem + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset . - For more information see its documentation, + For more information see its documentation, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "enumitem" @@ -7370,10 +9068,8 @@ literal "true" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing - and indentation. - Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs - in the document and the label separation was set to 2 +There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation. + Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -7392,7 +9088,8 @@ status open labelindent= \backslash -parindent, labelsep=2cm +parindent, + labelsep=2cm \end_layout \end_inset @@ -7412,10 +9109,22 @@ with negative indentation \begin_layout Subsubsection Further Customization \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Lists ! Customization +Lists +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Customization +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -7435,7 +9144,8 @@ font=definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -changes the description label font, the command +changes the description label font, + the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7457,7 +9167,8 @@ An example where the command \series bold font= \backslash -itshape, style=nextline +itshape, + style=nextline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7469,7 +9180,8 @@ Ionizing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -radiation: +radiation: + \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed @@ -7479,9 +9191,12 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font= +labelindent=0pt, + labelsep=1cm, + font= \backslash -itshape, style=nextline +itshape, + style=nextline \end_layout \end_inset @@ -7491,9 +9206,8 @@ itshape, style=nextline \end_inset -Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are - energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore - ionizing them. +Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, + therefore ionizing them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -7501,9 +9215,13 @@ Reference \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing - the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an - object, block of memory, disk space or other resource. +counting: + In computer science, + reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references, + pointers, + or handles to a resource such as an object, + block of memory, + disk space or other resource. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7514,11 +9232,23 @@ enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! enumitem + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -7538,6 +9268,8 @@ literal "true" \begin_layout Subsection Letters \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -7554,13 +9286,14 @@ Address and Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Address: An Overview +Address: + An Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Although \SpecialChar LyX - has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph - environments called + has document classes for letters, + we've also created two paragraph environments called \family sans Address \family default @@ -7573,10 +9306,12 @@ Right Address \family default . - To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments - in a specific order, otherwise \SpecialChar LaTeX + To use the letter class, + you need to use specific paragraph environments in a specific order, + otherwise \SpecialChar LaTeX gags on the document. - In contrast, you can use the + In contrast, + you can use the \family sans Address \family default @@ -7589,12 +9324,13 @@ Right Address \family default paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. - You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest - anything in them. + You can even nest them inside other environments, + though you can't nest anything in them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Of course, you're not limited to using +Of course, + you're not limited to using \family sans Address \family default @@ -7615,8 +9351,9 @@ Right Address \family default -, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in - some European academic papers. +, + in particular, + is useful for creating article titles like those used in some European academic papers. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -7635,9 +9372,10 @@ The \family sans Address \family default - environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used - for the opening and signature in some countries. - Similarly, the + environment formats text in the style of an address, + which is also used for the opening and signature in some countries. + Similarly, + the \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ @@ -7645,8 +9383,8 @@ Right Address \family default - environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which - is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. + environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, + which is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. Here's an example of each: \end_layout @@ -7663,7 +9401,8 @@ Where I am \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -When is it? What is today? +When is it? + What is today? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7676,9 +9415,9 @@ Right Address \family default . - Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which \SpecialChar LyX - sets to fit - the largest block of text on a single line. + Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, + which \SpecialChar LyX + sets to fit the largest block of text on a single line. Here's an example of the \family sans Address @@ -7699,7 +9438,8 @@ Your post office and country \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As you can see, both +As you can see, + both \family sans Address \family default @@ -7716,14 +9456,15 @@ Address \family sans Return \family default - in either of these environments, \SpecialChar LyX - resets the nesting depth and sets the - environment to + in either of these environments, + \SpecialChar LyX + resets the nesting depth and sets the environment to \family sans Standard \family default . - This makes sense, since + This makes sense, + since \family sans Return \family default @@ -7731,8 +9472,10 @@ Return \family typewriter paragraph-break \family default - function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. - Thus, you have to use + function, + and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. + Thus, + you have to use \family typewriter break-line \family default @@ -7776,8 +9519,7 @@ Academic Writing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography - or list of references. +Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography or list of references. \SpecialChar LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. \end_layout @@ -7785,6 +9527,8 @@ Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography \begin_layout Subsubsection Abstract \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -7802,17 +9546,16 @@ The Abstract \family default environment is used for the abstract of an article. - Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should - only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. - Also, don't bother trying to nest + Technically, + you could use this environment anywhere, + but you really should only use it at the beginning of the document, + after the title. + Also, + don't bother trying to nest \family sans Abstract \family default - in anything else or -\emph on -vice versa -\emph default -. + in anything else or vice versa. It will not work. The \family sans @@ -7823,7 +9566,8 @@ Abstract \family sans Abstract \family default - completely, and it's utterly silly to use + completely, + and it's utterly silly to use \family sans Abstract \family default @@ -7836,7 +9580,8 @@ The Abstract \family default environment does several things for you. - First, it puts the centered label + First, + it puts the centered label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -7845,15 +9590,16 @@ Abstract \end_inset above the text. - The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical - space. - Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect. - Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and - the subsequent text. - Well, that's how it will appear on the \SpecialChar LyX + The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical space. + Second, + it typesets everything in a smaller font, + just as you'd expect. + Lastly, + it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and the subsequent text. + Well, + that's how it will appear on the \SpecialChar LyX screen. - The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are - using. + The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are using. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7867,8 +9613,8 @@ Return Abstract \family default environment. - So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you - finish entering the abstract of your document. + So, + you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you finish entering the abstract of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -7921,7 +9667,8 @@ We would love to demonstrate the \family sans Abstract \family default - environment, but since this document is in the + environment, + but since this document is in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -7929,7 +9676,8 @@ book \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - class, we can't do this. + class, + we can't do this. We inserted it therefore as figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -7938,6 +9686,7 @@ book \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -7950,12 +9699,15 @@ abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - before, you can safely ignore this environment. + before, + you can safely ignore this environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Bibliography \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -7980,8 +9732,9 @@ The Bibliography \family default environment is used to list references. - Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should - only use it at the end of the document. + Technically, + you could use this environment anywhere, + but you really should only use it at the end of the document. Nesting \family sans Bibliography @@ -7998,8 +9751,10 @@ When you first open a \family sans Bibliography \family default - environment, \SpecialChar LyX - adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading + environment, + \SpecialChar LyX + adds a large vertical space, + followed by the heading \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -8022,7 +9777,8 @@ References, Bibliography \family default environment is a bibliography entry. - Thus, entering + Thus, + entering \family sans Return \family default @@ -8035,12 +9791,13 @@ Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There is another, usually better way to include references in your document - by using a Bib\SpecialChar TeX +There is another, + usually better way to include references in your document by using a Bib\SpecialChar TeX database. - For more information on that, and for a detailed description of \SpecialChar LyX -'s bibliography - handling, have a look at section + For more information on that, + and for a detailed description of \SpecialChar LyX +'s bibliography handling, + have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -8048,6 +9805,7 @@ There is another, usually better way to include references in your document \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -8060,8 +9818,7 @@ Special Environments \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - provides two environments that can be used to emulate the behavior of a - computer console/terminal and a typewriter. + provides two environments that can be used to emulate the behavior of a computer console/terminal and a typewriter. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -8070,6 +9827,8 @@ Special Environments \family sans -Code \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -8112,17 +9871,30 @@ In the \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default - environment, the + environment, + the \family sans Space \family default key is treated as a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619837 + \family sans Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619839 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + +\change_deleted 177693 1654619842 Blank +\change_inserted 177693 1654619844 +Space +\change_unchanged + \family default instead of an end-of-word marker. \end_layout @@ -8134,7 +9906,8 @@ Blank \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default -, +, + \family sans Verbatim \family default @@ -8142,10 +9915,10 @@ Verbatim \family sans Verbatim \family default -* are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in - \SpecialChar LyX +* are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in \SpecialChar LyX . - If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use + If you need to insert blank lines, + you will still need to use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" @@ -8161,18 +9934,23 @@ break-line Return \family default breaks paragraphs. - Note, however, that + Note, + however, + that \family sans Return \family default does not reset the paragraph environment. - So, when you finish using the + So, + when you finish using the \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default - environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself. - Also, you can nest the + environment, + you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself. + Also, + you can nest the \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code @@ -8239,7 +10017,8 @@ You cannot have an empty paragraph or an empty line. Space \family default in any line you want blank. - Otherwise, \SpecialChar LaTeX + Otherwise, + \SpecialChar LaTeX generates errors. \end_layout @@ -8306,7 +10085,6 @@ Hello world! \end_inset program. - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -8315,21 +10093,24 @@ Hello world! \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default - has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts - and so on. - Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text - as if you used a typewriter. + has one purpose: + to typeset code, + such as program source, + shell scripts and so on. + Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text as if you used a typewriter. \begin_inset Index idx +range end +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph environments|) +Paragraph environments \end_layout \end_inset - For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described - in the chapter + For longer parts of programming code, + use the listings inset that is described in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default @@ -8349,6 +10130,8 @@ Verbatim \family sans \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -8370,8 +10153,7 @@ Verbatim \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default - environment with the difference that its content will be treated like a - computer console text. + environment with the difference that its content will be treated like a computer console text. \family sans Verbatim @@ -8390,12 +10172,18 @@ Return \family sans Space \family default - key is treated like a normal space in text (not as a protected space) and - you can have empty lines. + key is treated like a normal space in text (not as a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619849 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619851 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged + space) and you can have empty lines. In contrary to \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code, + \family default \family sans @@ -8409,9 +10197,18 @@ have a certain language and a text style \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -contain hyperlinks, boxes, foot- and margin notes, notes, math, citations, - index- and nomenclature entries, labels, tables, graphics, listings, floats - and \SpecialChar TeX +contain hyperlinks, + boxes, + foot- and margin notes, + notes, + math, + citations, + index- and nomenclature entries, + labels, + tables, + graphics, + listings, + floats and \SpecialChar TeX Code \end_layout @@ -8425,14 +10222,12 @@ Verbatim \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim - This is Verbatim. \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim \noindent \align block - The following 2 lines are empty: \end_layout @@ -8445,7 +10240,6 @@ The following 2 lines are empty: \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim - Almost everything is allowed in Verbatim:"%&$§#~'` \backslash }][{| @@ -8469,17 +10263,28 @@ Verbatim \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim* - This is Verbatim*. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Nesting Environments \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nesting ! Environments +Nesting +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Environments +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -8500,14 +10305,13 @@ Introduction \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific propertie -s. - This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of - another block. - For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also - has two subpoints. - In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner - list + treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific properties. + This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of another block. + For example you have three main points in an outline, + but point #2 also has two subpoints. + In other words, + you have a list inside of another list, + with the inner list \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -8542,7 +10346,8 @@ three \begin_layout Standard You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other. - Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select + Nesting an environment is quite simple: + Select \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Increase @@ -8567,9 +10372,9 @@ List Depth \family default - to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are - nested). - Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons + to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are nested). + Instead of the menu, + you can also use the toolbar buttons \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-increment" @@ -8602,24 +10407,27 @@ arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset . - The change will work on the current selection, if you have made one (allowing - you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current - paragraph. + The change will work on the current selection, + if you have made one (allowing you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), + or the current paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that \SpecialChar LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. - If it is invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. - Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the - depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. + If it is invalid to do so, + nothing happens if you try to change the depth. + Additionally, + if you change the depth of one paragraph, + it affects the depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Nesting isn't limited to lists. In \SpecialChar LyX -, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're about - to find out. +, + you can nest just about anything inside anything else, + as you're about to find out. This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. \end_layout @@ -8628,13 +10436,12 @@ What You Can and Can't Nest \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell - you a little bit more about how nesting works. +Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, + we need to tell you a little bit more about how nesting works. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated - than a simple yes or no. +The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no. There are three types of paragraph environments: \end_layout @@ -8643,18 +10450,19 @@ Completely unnestable \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other - things inside them. +Fully nestable, + you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other things inside them. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest - anything into them. +A third type, + you can nest them into other environments, + but you can't nest anything into them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph - environments have them: +Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, + and which paragraph environments have them: \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -8875,23 +10683,26 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Although it is possible, for example, to nest numbered section headings - like + Although it is possible, + for example, + to nest numbered section headings like \family sans Chapter \family default -, +, + \family sans Section \family default -, etc. +, + etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -into lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to - create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas - nested section headings violate this. +into lists, + it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested section headings violate this. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -8900,12 +10711,28 @@ into lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +Nesting Other Things: + Tables, + Math, + Floats, + etc. \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nesting ! Tables etc. +Nesting +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tables etc. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -8914,8 +10741,8 @@ Nesting ! Tables etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are - affected by nesting anyhow. +There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, + but which are affected by nesting anyhow. They are: \end_layout @@ -8940,6 +10767,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Figures and tables in \family sans @@ -8958,6 +10786,7 @@ Floats \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -8971,12 +10800,16 @@ Floats \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. - If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph - it is in goes. + If a figure, + table, + or an equation is inline, + it goes wherever the paragraph it is in goes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a +On the other hand, + if you have an equation, + figure or table in a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -8984,7 +10817,8 @@ paragraph \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - of its own, it behaves just like a + of its own, + it behaves just like a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -8993,8 +10827,8 @@ nestable-inside \end_inset paragraph environment. - You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything - into it. + You can nest it into any environment, + but you obviously can't nest anything into it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -9127,7 +10961,8 @@ Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: +If we hadn't nested the table at all, + the list would look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -9251,7 +11086,8 @@ This is (b). not \emph default nested inside (a). - In fact, it's not nested at all. + In fact, + it's not nested at all. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -9259,13 +11095,14 @@ Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first - item of a new list! +Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, + but is also the first item of a new list! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going - deep enough. +There's another trap you can fall into: + Nesting the table, + but not going deep enough. \SpecialChar LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist. \end_layout @@ -9386,7 +11223,8 @@ d \begin_layout Enumerate This is (b). - The table is actually nested inside Item One, but + The table is actually nested inside Item One, + but \emph on not \emph default @@ -9398,15 +11236,18 @@ Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a - new list +As you can see, + item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, + but a new list \emph on inside \emph default item 1. The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. - So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right - depth! + So, + if you nest tables, + figures or equations, + make sure you go to the right depth! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -9414,9 +11255,11 @@ Usage and General Features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Speaking of levels, \SpecialChar LyX +Speaking of levels, + \SpecialChar LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting. - In other words, + In other words, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -9463,10 +11306,10 @@ level #6 \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard -There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see - both of them in the example. - Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold - nesting with the +There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, + and you can see both of them in the example. + Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, + you can only perform a four-fold nesting with the \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -9475,7 +11318,8 @@ Enumerate Itemize \family default environments. - For example, if we tried to nest another + For example, + if we tried to nest another \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -9487,16 +11331,29 @@ A. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, we would get errors. +, + we would get errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Some Examples \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nesting ! Examples +Nesting +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Examples +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -9507,12 +11364,14 @@ Nesting ! Examples \begin_layout Standard The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. We have several examples of nested environments. - In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce - them. + In them, + we explain how we created the example, + so that you can reproduce them. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +Example 1: + The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -9548,11 +11407,13 @@ arg "depth-increment" \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #3-a This is level #3. - This time, we just enter + This time, + we just enter \family sans Return \family default -, then used +, + then used \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" @@ -9581,7 +11442,8 @@ This is actually a \family sans Standard \family default - environment, nested inside of + environment, + nested inside of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -9590,34 +11452,39 @@ Standard \end_inset . - So, it's at level #4. + So, + it's at level #4. We did this by entering \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset -, then +, + then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset -, then changing the paragraph environment to +, + then changing the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default . - Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works - for the + Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — + it also works for the \family sans Description \family default -, +, + \family sans Enumerate \family default -, and +, + and \family sans Itemize \family default @@ -9629,7 +11496,9 @@ Here's another \family sans Standard \family default - paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a + paragraph, + also at level #4, + made with just a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" @@ -9652,12 +11521,15 @@ arg "paragraph-break inverse" List \family default . - Remember — we can't nest anything inside a + Remember — + we can't nest anything inside a \family sans Standard \family default - environment, which is why we're still at level #4. - However, we + environment, + which is why we're still at level #4. + However, + we \emph on can \emph default @@ -9684,7 +11556,8 @@ can \labelwidthstring MMM #6-a \SpecialChar ldots and this is level #6. - By now, you should know how we made these two. + By now, + you should know how we made these two. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -9721,7 +11594,8 @@ type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset -, we're back at level #4. +, + we're back at level #4. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -9735,14 +11609,16 @@ arg "depth-decrement" \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #2-b Back to level #2. - \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM -#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. - After this sentence, we will enter +#1-b And last, + back to the outermost level, + #1. + After this sentence, + we will enter \family sans Return \family default @@ -9758,15 +11634,18 @@ We could have also used the \family sans Description \family default -, +, + \family sans Quote \family default -, +, + \family sans Quotation \family default -, or even the +, + or even the \family sans Verse \family default @@ -9779,11 +11658,14 @@ List \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 2: Inheritance +Example 2: + Inheritance \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code -This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost +This is the LyX-Code environment, + at level #1, + the outermost \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @@ -9792,17 +11674,20 @@ level. \family sans Return \family default -, then +, + then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset -, after +, + after \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -which, we will change to the +which, + we will change to the \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -9815,7 +11700,8 @@ This is the \family sans Enumerate \family default - environment, at level #2. + environment, + at level #2. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -9827,7 +11713,8 @@ Enumerate \family sans LyX-Code \family default -), but also inherits its font and spacing! +), + but also inherits its font and spacing! \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -9837,7 +11724,8 @@ We ended this example by entering Return \family default . - After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to + After that, + we needed to reset the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default @@ -9851,7 +11739,10 @@ arg "depth-decrement" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the +Example 3: + Labels, + Levels, + and the \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -9864,7 +11755,9 @@ Itemize status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments +Example #3: + Labels, + Levels and other list environments \end_layout \end_inset @@ -9873,7 +11766,8 @@ Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -This is level #1, in an +This is level #1, + in an \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -9897,17 +11791,21 @@ arg "depth-increment" \end_inset . - Now, what happens if we nest an + Now, + what happens if we nest an \family sans Itemize \family default - environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its - label be? An asterisk? + environment inside of this one? + It will be at level #3, + but what will its label be? + An asterisk? \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -No! It's a bullet. +No! + It's a bullet. This is the \emph on first @@ -9916,21 +11814,25 @@ first \family sans Itemize \family default - environment, even though it's at level #3. - So, its label is a bullet. + environment, + even though it's at level #3. + So, + its label is a bullet. (We got here by using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset -, then +, + then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset -, then changing the environment to +, + then changing the environment to \family sans Itemize \family default @@ -9939,13 +11841,15 @@ Itemize \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -Here's level #4, produced using +Here's level #4, + produced using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset -, then +, + then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" @@ -9960,16 +11864,20 @@ arg "depth-increment" \begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar ldots to get to level #5. - This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to + This time, + however, + we also changed the paragraph environment back to \family sans Enumerate \family default . - Notice the type of numbering, it is + Notice the type of numbering, + it is \emph on lowercase Roman \emph default -, because we are in the +, + because we are in the \emph on thirdfold \emph default @@ -9977,7 +11885,8 @@ thirdfold \family sans Enumerate \family default - environment (that is, it is an + environment (that is, + it is an \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -9997,13 +11906,16 @@ What happens if we \emph on don't \emph default - change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What - type of numbering does \SpecialChar LyX + change the paragraph environment, + but decrease the nesting depth? + What type of numbering does \SpecialChar LyX use? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using +Oh, + as if you couldn't guess by now, + we're just using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" @@ -10038,13 +11950,15 @@ This is level #4. \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is level #3. - Even though we've changed levels, \SpecialChar LyX - is still using a lowercase Roman numeral - as the label.Why? + Even though we've changed levels, + \SpecialChar LyX + is still using a lowercase Roman numeral as the label.Why? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is +Because, + even though the nesting depth has changed, + the paragraph is \emph on still \emph default @@ -10053,7 +11967,9 @@ still Enumerate \family default environment. - Notice, however, that \SpecialChar LyX + Notice, + however, + that \SpecialChar LyX \emph on did @@ -10075,9 +11991,11 @@ type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset - sequence, and we're back to level #2. - This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back - into the twofold-nested + sequence, + and we're back to level #2. + This time, + we not only changed the nesting depth, + but we also moved back into the twofold-nested \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -10098,17 +12016,19 @@ type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset - sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. + sequence and return to level #1, + the outermost level. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Lastly, we reset the environment to +Lastly, + we reset the environment to \family sans Standard \family default . - As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling - \SpecialChar LyX + As you can see, + the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling \SpecialChar LyX uses for the \family sans Enumerate @@ -10123,8 +12043,7 @@ Itemize Enumerate \family default environments surrounding it determines what kind of label \SpecialChar LyX - uses for an - + uses for an \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -10133,18 +12052,21 @@ Enumerate \family sans Itemize \family default - environment, as well. + environment, + as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection -Example 4: Going Bonkers +Example 4: + Going Bonkers \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate We're going to go totally nuts now. - We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into - the same detail with how we did it. - (level #1: + We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, + nor will we go into the same detail with how we did it. + (level #1: + \family sans Enumerate \family default @@ -10155,7 +12077,8 @@ Enumerate \begin_layout Standard ( \family sans -Return, +Return, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -10165,22 +12088,27 @@ arg "depth-increment" \family sans -, Standard +, + Standard \family default -: level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created - the example in parentheses someplace. - For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth. +: + level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created the example in parentheses someplace. + For example, + the two key bindings are how we changed the depth. The environment name is the name of the current environment. - Either before or after this, we will put in the level. + Either before or after this, + we will put in the level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate ( \family sans -Return, Enumerate +Return, + Enumerate \family default -: level #1) This is the next item in the list. +: + level #1) This is the next item in the list. \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -10195,7 +12123,8 @@ It will get much worse. ( \family sans -Return, +Return, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -10205,13 +12134,16 @@ arg "depth-increment" \family sans -, Verse +, + Verse \family default -: level #2) +: + level #2) \end_layout \begin_layout Verse -Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. +Fiddle dee, + Fiddle doo. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -10342,7 +12274,9 @@ arg "paragraph-break inverse" \family sans -, Table, +, + Table, + \family default \begin_inset Info @@ -10350,7 +12284,8 @@ type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset - 3 times, + 3 times, + \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" @@ -10358,7 +12293,8 @@ arg "paragraph-break inverse" \family sans -, Verse, +, + Verse, \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -10377,20 +12313,21 @@ arg "depth-decrement" \begin_layout Enumerate ( \family sans -Return, Enumerate +Return, + Enumerate \family default -: level #1) This is another item. +: + level #1) This is another item. Note that selecting a \family sans Table \family default - resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth - 3 times to put the table inside the + resets the nesting depth to level #1, + so we increased the nesting depth 3 times to put the table inside the \family sans Verse \family default environment. - \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation @@ -10425,7 +12362,8 @@ Right Address \family default - environments inside of this one, then use another nested + environments inside of this one, + then use another nested \family sans Quotation \family default @@ -10465,7 +12403,8 @@ Address \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Moosegroin, MT 00100 +Moosegroin, + MT 00100 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -10486,17 +12425,21 @@ We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50 \end_inset L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. - Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating - a backlog in our orders for methane. - We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order - as soon as possible. - In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. + Unfortunately, + several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, + creating a backlog in our orders for methane. + We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order as soon as possible. + In the meantime, + we thank you for your patience. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation -We do, however, now have a special on beef. - If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form - with your order, along with payment. +We do, + however, + now have a special on beef. + If you are interested, + please return the enclosed pricing and order form with your order, + along with payment. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation @@ -10517,9 +12460,9 @@ That ends that example! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As you can see, nesting environments in \SpecialChar LyX - gives you a lot of power with just - a few keystrokes. +As you can see, + nesting environments in \SpecialChar LyX + gives you a lot of power with just a few keystrokes. We could have easily nested an \family sans Itemize @@ -10532,7 +12475,8 @@ Quotation \family sans Quote \family default -, or put a +, + or put a \family sans Quote \family default @@ -10547,10 +12491,22 @@ Itemize \begin_layout Subsection Separate Nestings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nesting ! Separation +Nesting +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Separation +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -10566,8 +12522,7 @@ name "subsec:Separate-Nestings" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -It is sometimes necessary to have two consecutive environments of the same - type. +It is sometimes necessary to have two consecutive environments of the same type. For example you need two different enumerations: \end_layout @@ -10618,8 +12573,8 @@ enumeration \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To split an existing list into two lists, set the cursor at the end of a - list item and use the menu +To split an existing list into two lists, + set the cursor at the end of a list item and use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Separated Above @@ -10631,20 +12586,19 @@ Separated Below \family default . This inserts a plain separator (red line in \SpecialChar LyX -) and before or behind it the - new list. - Inside nested environments, it is also possible to split the outer environment. +) and before or behind it the new list. + Inside nested environments, + it is also possible to split the outer environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -By right-clicking on a separator one can change it into a paragraph separator - (red arrow in LyX). - The difference between both separator types is that the plain separator - only splits the list and not the current paragraph. +By right-clicking on a separator one can change it into a paragraph separator (red arrow in LyX). + The difference between both separator types is that the plain separator only splits the list and not the current paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In general, you get an environment separator when you press +In general, + you get an environment separator when you press \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break" @@ -10658,8 +12612,11 @@ Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Section -Spacing, pagination and line breaks +Spacing, + Pagination and Line Breaks \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -10672,17 +12629,22 @@ Spacing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime - you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, \SpecialChar LyX - offers you - more spaces: spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot - be broken at the end of a line. - The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are - useful. +What is a space? + While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, + \SpecialChar LyX + offers you more spaces: + spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end of a line. + The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are useful. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Protected Space + +\change_deleted 177693 1654619480 +Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619480 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Protected-Space" @@ -10691,10 +12653,28 @@ name "subsec:Protected-Space" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! Protected +Spaces +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_deleted 177693 1654619483 +Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619483 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -10703,11 +12683,22 @@ Spaces ! Protected \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The protected space: It is used to tell \SpecialChar LyX +The +\change_deleted 177693 1654619488 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619490 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged + space: + It is used to tell \SpecialChar LyX (and \SpecialChar LaTeX -) not to break the line at - that point. - This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in: +) not to +\change_inserted 177693 1654619513 +automatically +\change_unchanged +break the line at that point. + This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, + like in: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote @@ -10719,15 +12710,22 @@ Further documentation is given in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between +Obviously, + it would be a good thing to put a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619535 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619537 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged + space between \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -10743,6 +12741,7 @@ section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -10751,11 +12750,23 @@ reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . - A protected space is set with + A +\change_deleted 177693 1654619542 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619544 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged + space is set with \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\change_deleted 177693 1654619548 Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619548 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -10780,10 +12791,22 @@ name "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Horizontal +Spacing +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Horizontal +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -10807,6 +12830,7 @@ Horizontal Space \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -10814,7 +12838,24 @@ reference "chap:Units-available-in" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection -Inter-word Space + +\change_deleted 177693 1654667894 +Inter-word +\change_inserted 177693 1654667898 +Normal +\change_unchanged + Space +\change_inserted 177693 1654667914 + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "subsec:Normal-Space" + +\end_inset + + +\change_deleted 177693 1654667914 + \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Inter-word-Space" @@ -10822,11 +12863,31 @@ name "subsec:Inter-word-Space" \end_inset +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! Inter-word +Spaces +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_deleted 177693 1654667939 +Inter-word +\change_inserted 177693 1654667939 +Normal +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -10835,13 +12896,13 @@ Spaces ! Inter-word \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -With the introduction of typewriters, it became conventional in some countries - to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters - at the ends of sentences. +With the introduction of typewriters, + it became conventional in some countries to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters at the ends of sentences. There is no need to do this as \SpecialChar LyX automatically takes care about this. - However, you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation - followed by a period; see section + However, + you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation followed by a period; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -10849,15 +12910,23 @@ With the introduction of typewriters, it became conventional in some countries \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Abbreviations" +nolink "false" \end_inset for examples. - To insert a normal space, select + To insert a normal space, + select \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\change_deleted 177693 1654667953 Interword +\change_inserted 177693 1654667953 +Normal +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -10873,6 +12942,10 @@ arg "space-insert normal" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection + +\change_inserted 177693 1654668020 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged Thin Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label @@ -10882,10 +12955,22 @@ name "subsec:Thin-Space" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! Thin +Spaces +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Thin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -10898,6 +12983,10 @@ A \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + +\change_inserted 177693 1654668039 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged thin space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset @@ -10906,13 +12995,19 @@ thin space \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset + +\change_deleted 177693 1654619681 protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619683 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). - The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of - thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance, + The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, + for instance, inside abbreviations: \end_layout @@ -10940,6 +13035,10 @@ kg (thin space) \end_inset 10 kg (normal space +\change_inserted 177693 1654668105 +) +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -10947,6 +13046,14 @@ You can insert thin spaces with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\change_inserted 177693 1654668120 +Non-Breaking +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -10970,6 +13077,70 @@ More Spaces You can also insert the following space types: \end_layout +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted -712698321 1593161965 +Medium +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +space +\change_unchanged +A line with a +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \medspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + +\change_deleted -712698321 1593161991 +negative thin +\change_inserted -712698321 1593161992 +medium +\change_unchanged + space between the arrows. +\change_inserted -712698321 1593162006 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_deleted -712698321 1593162010 +Medium +\change_inserted -712698321 1593162011 +Thick +\change_unchanged + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +space A line with a +\begin_inset Formula $\to$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space \thickspace{} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gets$ +\end_inset + + +\change_deleted -712698321 1593162017 +medium +\change_inserted -712698321 1593162018 +thick +\change_unchanged + space between the arrows. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Description Negative \begin_inset space ~ @@ -11043,7 +13214,17 @@ space A line with a \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\change_deleted 177693 1654668288 Enspace +\change_inserted 177693 1654668297 +Half +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Quad +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11063,7 +13244,17 @@ em) A line with an \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset - enspace + +\change_deleted 177693 1654668308 +enspace +\change_inserted 177693 1654668324 +half +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +quad +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11095,7 +13286,13 @@ em) A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset - Quad + +\change_deleted 177693 1654668332 +Q +\change_inserted 177693 1654668332 +q +\change_unchanged +uad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11107,7 +13304,17 @@ em) space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -QQuad + +\change_deleted 177693 1654668340 +Q +\change_inserted 177693 1654668345 +Double +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +Quad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11127,7 +13334,19 @@ em) A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset - QQuad + +\change_deleted 177693 1654668349 +Q +\change_inserted 177693 1654668352 +double +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +q +\change_deleted 177693 1654668352 +Q +\change_unchanged +uad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11172,6 +13391,7 @@ Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Width-of-the" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -11207,12 +13427,12 @@ Width of the different horizontal spaces. \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular - + - - + + - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11223,7 +13443,7 @@ Space \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11236,7 +13456,7 @@ Width - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11245,7 +13465,7 @@ Normal \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11260,16 +13480,22 @@ em - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_deleted 177693 1654619715 Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654621248 +Non-breaking Normal +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11284,7 +13510,7 @@ em - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11293,7 +13519,7 @@ Thin \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11302,13 +13528,81 @@ Thin \end_inset em +\change_inserted 177693 1654620497 + +\begin_inset Formula $\thinspace=\thinspace$ +\end_inset + +3 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mu +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917 +Medium +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917 +4 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mu +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917 +Thick +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917 +5 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +mu \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11317,10 +13611,12 @@ Negative thin \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_deleted 177693 1654620640 -1/6 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -11329,6 +13625,8 @@ em \begin_inset Formula $\thinspace=\thinspace$ \end_inset + +\change_unchanged -3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -11340,7 +13638,7 @@ mu - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11349,7 +13647,7 @@ Negative medium \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11364,7 +13662,7 @@ mu - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11373,7 +13671,7 @@ Negative thick \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11388,11 +13686,23 @@ mu - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Enspace (0.5 + +\change_deleted 177693 1654620687 +Enspace +\change_inserted 177693 1654620689 +Half Quad +\change_unchanged + ( +\change_deleted 177693 1654620678 +0.5 +\change_inserted 177693 1654620679 +1/2 +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -11401,22 +13711,40 @@ em) \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_deleted 177693 1654620674 0.5 +\change_inserted 177693 1654620676 +1/2 +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em +\change_inserted 177693 1654620708 + +\begin_inset Formula $\thinspace=\thinspace$ +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +en +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11429,7 +13757,7 @@ em) \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11444,11 +13772,17 @@ em - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -QQuad (2 + +\change_deleted 177693 1654668383 +Q +\change_inserted 177693 1654668384 +Double +\change_unchanged +Quad (2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -11457,7 +13791,7 @@ em) \end_inset - + \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -11486,10 +13820,22 @@ em \begin_layout Subsubsection Horizontal Fills \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Fills +Spacing +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fills +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -11499,12 +13845,19 @@ Spacing ! Fills \begin_layout Standard Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special \SpecialChar LyX - feature for adding extra space - in a uniform fashion. - An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals - the remaining space between the left and right margins. - If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space - equally between themselves. + feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion. + An H +\change_inserted 177693 1654621642 +orizontal +\change_unchanged +Fill is actually a variable length space, + whose length always equals the remaining space between the left and right margins. + If there is more than one H +\change_inserted 177693 1654621633 +orizontal +\change_unchanged +Fill on a line, + they divide the available space equally between themselves. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -11569,7 +13922,8 @@ Quote \end_inset is one in a standard paragraph. - It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it + It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, + but it \emph on is \emph default @@ -11577,7 +13931,13 @@ is \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the + +\change_deleted 177693 1654621654 +HFill +\change_inserted 177693 1654621654 +Horizontal Fill +\change_unchanged +s can be made visible when you choose one of the \family sans Fill \begin_inset space ~ @@ -11585,11 +13945,13 @@ Fill Pattern \family default -s in the space dialog: The following patterns are available: +s in the space dialog: + The following patterns are available: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Dots: +Dots: + \begin_inset space \dotfill{} \end_inset @@ -11601,7 +13963,8 @@ Dots: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Rule: +Rule: + \begin_inset space \hrulefill{} \end_inset @@ -11613,7 +13976,8 @@ Rule: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Left arrow: +Left arrow: + \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{} \end_inset @@ -11625,7 +13989,8 @@ Left arrow: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Right arrow: +Right arrow: + \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{} \end_inset @@ -11637,7 +14002,18 @@ Right arrow: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Up brace: + +\change_deleted -712698321 1593242277 +Up +\change_inserted -712698321 1593242278 +Down +\change_unchanged + brace +\change_inserted -712698321 1593242369 + (= opened downwards) +\change_unchanged +: + \begin_inset space \downbracefill{} \end_inset @@ -11649,7 +14025,18 @@ Up brace: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Down brace: + +\change_deleted -712698321 1593242281 +Down +\change_inserted -712698321 1593242282 +Up +\change_unchanged + brace +\change_inserted -712698321 1593242378 + (= opened upwards) +\change_unchanged +: + \begin_inset space \upbracefill{} \end_inset @@ -11668,17 +14055,39 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and + If an +\change_deleted 177693 1654621656 +HFill +\change_inserted 177693 1654621656 +Horizontal Fill +\change_unchanged + is at the beginning of a line, + and \emph on not \emph default - in the first line in a paragraph, \SpecialChar LyX + in the first line in a paragraph, + \SpecialChar LyX ignores it. - This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. - If you need space in this case anyway, set the + This prevents +\change_deleted 177693 1654621657 +HFill +\change_inserted 177693 1654621657 +Horizontal Fill +\change_unchanged +s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. + If you need space in this case anyway, + set the +\change_deleted 177693 1654668432 + \family sans Protect +\change_inserted 177693 1654668434 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + \family default option in the space dialog. \end_layout @@ -11698,10 +14107,22 @@ name "subsec:Phantom-Space" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Phantom +Spacing +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Phantom +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -11711,7 +14132,8 @@ Spacing ! Phantom \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase. - For example, you want to create the following multiple choice question: + For example, + you want to create the following multiple choice question: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -11786,15 +14208,15 @@ Edge \end_inset . - To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu + To get this, + you can use the phantom insets available via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Phantom \family default . - In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two - lines and insert + In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two lines and insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -11830,8 +14252,7 @@ phantom . The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space, - while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding - dimension. + while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding dimension. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -11844,10 +14265,22 @@ name "subsec:Vertical-Space" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Vertical +Spacing +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Vertical +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -11856,7 +14289,8 @@ Spacing ! Vertical \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the +To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, + use the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -11873,21 +14307,38 @@ Space \begin_layout Standard \family sans -SmallSkip +Small +\change_inserted 177693 1654621302 + +\change_unchanged +Skip \family default -, +, + \family sans -MedSkip +Med +\change_inserted 177693 1654621304 +ium +\change_unchanged +Skip \family default and \family sans -BigSkip +Big +\change_inserted 177693 1654621306 + +\change_unchanged +Skip \family default are \SpecialChar LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document. \family sans -DefSkip +Def +\change_inserted 177693 1654621298 +ault +\change_unchanged +Skip \family default is the skip adjusted in the dialog \family sans @@ -11901,10 +14352,22 @@ Layout \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -11912,54 +14375,113 @@ Document ! Settings for the paragraph separation. If you use indentation to separate paragraphs \family sans -DefSkip +Def +\change_inserted 177693 1654621292 +ault +\change_unchanged +Skip \family default is equal to \family sans -MedSkip +Med +\change_inserted 177693 1654621294 +ium +\change_unchanged +Skip \family default . +\change_inserted -712698321 1593360527 + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +\change_inserted -712698321 1593360570 + \family sans -VFill +Half line height +\family default + and +\family sans +Line height +\family default + equal to the height, + or half the height, + of a line in the current font size including line spacing. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +V +\change_inserted 177693 1654621333 +ertical +\change_unchanged +Fill \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spacing ! Fills +Spacing +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fills +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page. - An example: you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a + is a variable space, + set so that the space is maximal within one page. + An example: + you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a \family sans Vfill \family default between them. - Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second - one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal. + Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second one at the bottom, + because the space between them is then maximal. \family sans -VFill +V +\change_inserted 177693 1654621321 +ertical +\change_unchanged +Fill \family default s work like \family sans -HFill +H +\change_inserted 177693 1654621325 +orizontal +\change_unchanged +Fill \family default -s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. +s: + they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans -HFill +H +\change_inserted 177693 1654621587 +orizontal +\change_unchanged +Fill \family default s are described in section \begin_inset space ~ @@ -11969,6 +14491,7 @@ s are described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -11979,14 +14502,24 @@ reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" If there are several \family sans -VFill +V +\change_inserted 177693 1654621344 +ertical +\change_unchanged +Fill \family default -s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. +s on a page, + they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. You can therefore use \family sans -VFill +V +\change_inserted 177693 1654621329 +ertical +\change_unchanged +Fill \family default -s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page. +s to center text on a page, + or even place text 2/3 down a page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -12002,6 +14535,7 @@ Custom \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12016,11 +14550,12 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default \series medium -If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of - a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option +If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of a page, + the space is only added if you have also checked the option \family sans Protect \family default @@ -12035,10 +14570,22 @@ Protect \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Alignment \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Alignment +Paragraph +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Alignment +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12059,7 +14606,7 @@ arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset ). - There are five possibilities: + There are five possibilities: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -12133,10 +14680,10 @@ arg "paragraph-params \\align default" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word - spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between - the left and right margins. - The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: +The default in most cases is justified alignment, + in which the inter-word spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between the left and right margins. + The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, + and look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -12157,10 +14704,22 @@ this one is left aligned. \begin_layout Subsection Forced Page Breaks \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Page breaks ! Forced +Page breaks +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Forced +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12177,21 +14736,22 @@ name "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks" \begin_layout Standard If you don't like the way \SpecialChar LaTeX - does the page breaks in your document, you can - force a page break where you want one. - Normally this will not be necessary, because \SpecialChar LaTeX + does the page breaks in your document, + you can force a page break where you want one. + Normally this will not be necessary, + because \SpecialChar LaTeX is good at page breaking. Only if you use a lot of \family sans Floats \family default -, \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + \SpecialChar LaTeX 's page breaking algorithm can fail. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished - and you have checked in the preview to see if you +We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and you have checked in the preview to see if you \emph on really \emph default @@ -12199,8 +14759,8 @@ really \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special - action. +There are two types of page breaks: + One that ends the page without any special action. This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -12212,7 +14772,8 @@ New Page \family default . - The second type, that is inserted via the menu + The second type, + that is inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -12222,24 +14783,25 @@ Page Break \family default -, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out - the complete page. - This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page - on which only the last few lines are absent. +, + ends a page but stretches the content of the page, + so that it fills out the complete page. + This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page on which only the last few lines are absent. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears - at the top of a page. - This is, of course, the wrong way to do it. +You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears at the top of a page. + This is, + of course, + the wrong way to do it. \SpecialChar LyX - gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables - appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without - having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. + gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, + or on their own page) without having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. See chapter \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12260,10 +14822,22 @@ name "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Page breaks ! Clear +Page breaks +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Clear +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12272,11 +14846,12 @@ Page breaks ! Clear \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed - directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them. - That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including - unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed after - it, if necessary by adding pages. +Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed directly on the next page, + you can also clear pages while breaking them. + That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, + including unprocessed floats, + from the earlier part of the document are placed after it, + if necessary by adding pages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -12291,7 +14866,8 @@ Clear Page \family default . - When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu + When you have a two-sided document like a book, + you can use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -12305,13 +14881,93 @@ Double Page \family default - to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand - page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page. + to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand page (odd-numbered), + if necessary by adding a page. +\change_inserted 5863208 1602706231 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\change_inserted 5863208 1602706295 +Suppressing Page Breaks +\change_unchanged + +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted 5863208 1602706382 +Page Breaks +\change_unchanged + +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Suppress +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\change_inserted -712698321 1607005685 + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "subsec:Suppressing-Page-Breaks" + +\end_inset + + +\change_inserted 5863208 1602706444 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted 5863208 1602706504 +To discourage page break at +\change_inserted -712698321 1607005668 +a +\change_inserted 5863208 1602706504 +certain point you can use +\family sans +Insert +\change_unchanged +\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\change_inserted 5863208 1602706512 +Formatting +\change_unchanged +\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\change_inserted 5863208 1602706556 +No Page Break +\change_unchanged + +\family default +. + +\change_inserted 5863208 1602707015 + This is typically useful for paragraphs which should stay together or when you want to keep close the description for tables and pictures in case using floats or boxes is not appropriate. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Forced Line Breaks \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -12331,8 +14987,8 @@ name "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: one simply breaks - the line. +Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: + one simply breaks the line. You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -12374,8 +15030,7 @@ type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert linebreak" \end_inset - breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between - the page margins. + breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between the page margins. This is useful to avoid \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -12389,11 +15044,14 @@ fringes \begin_layout Standard You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct \SpecialChar LaTeX -'s line breaking, as \SpecialChar LaTeX - is - very good at line breaking. - There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to set - a line break actively, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections +'s line breaking, + as \SpecialChar LaTeX + is very good at line breaking. + There are, + however, + a number of situations where it is necessary to set a line break actively, + for example, + in a poem or for an address (see sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12401,13 +15059,16 @@ You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Quote" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Verse" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12415,6 +15076,7 @@ reference "sec:Verse" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Address-Usage" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12431,6 +15093,8 @@ name "subsec:Horizontal-Lines" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -12468,8 +15132,7 @@ Horizontal Line \family default you can insert horizontal lines. - The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline - of the current text line or the paragraph. + The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline of the current text line or the paragraph. The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line. \end_layout @@ -12492,7 +15155,8 @@ Characters and Symbols \begin_layout Standard You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard. - You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter, for example, + You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter, + for example, characters needed for French with an English keyboard. See section \begin_inset space \thinspace{} @@ -12502,6 +15166,7 @@ You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Keyboard-mapping" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12509,8 +15174,8 @@ reference "subsec:Keyboard-mapping" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you - can use the +For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, + you can use the \family sans Symbols \family default @@ -12531,9 +15196,9 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed - when you are using a special screen font in \SpecialChar LyX + Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed when you are using a special screen font in \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences. But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output. \end_layout @@ -12557,10 +15222,22 @@ name "sec:Fonts-and-Text" \begin_layout Subsection Font Types \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Font ! Types +Font +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Types +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12579,10 +15256,22 @@ Vector fonts \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Fonts ! Vector- +Fonts +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Vector +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12593,20 +15282,17 @@ Fonts ! Vector- g. characters) in the font. - This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are - well suited for scaling to any requested size. - This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the - curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph. + This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are well suited for scaling to any requested size. + This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph. This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes. - Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed - to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering. + Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them. - But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes. - That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font - sizes than at small ones. + But to achieve a better quality, + many fonts define several font sizes. + That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font sizes than at small ones. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -12614,11 +15300,13 @@ The font types \family typewriter TrueType \family default -, +, + \family typewriter OpenType \family default -, and +, + and \family typewriter Type \begin_inset space ~ @@ -12636,22 +15324,36 @@ Bitmap fonts \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Fonts ! Bitmap- +Fonts +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bitmap \end_layout \end_inset - on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start; so they - will look good at all the sizes they are meant for. - However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each - pixel is enlarged into several pixels. - It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an - image manipulation program. - In order to mitigate this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in - several fixed sizes typically from around 8 + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + on the other hand, + are defined by bitmap graphics from the start; + so they will look good at all the sizes they are meant for. + However, + they don't scale well, + because in order to scale a glyph, + each pixel is enlarged into several pixels. + It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an image manipulation program. + In order to mitigate this effect, + bitmap fonts are typically provided in several fixed sizes typically from around 8 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12660,11 +15362,10 @@ pixels high up to 34 \end_inset pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful. - The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary - to display each glyph; so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than - scalable fonts. - The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have - to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad. + The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary to display each glyph; + so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than scalable fonts. + The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have to be scaled by doubling pixels, + and thus look bad. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -12680,28 +15381,28 @@ Type \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are - designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes. +The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are designed for, + while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes. So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts. - That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs - use scalable fonts. + That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs use scalable fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document, look at its document properties. +To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document, + look at its document properties. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards - specifying +Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards specifying \change_deleted -712698321 1525757415 character -\change_inserted -712698321 1525757415 +\change_inserted 5863208 1598184810 text \change_unchanged styles rather than specifying a particular font. - For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current - font to emphasize text, you use an + For example, + instead of changing to an italicized version of the current font, + to emphasize text you use an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -12709,12 +15410,13 @@ emphasized style \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - instead. +. This concept fits in perfectly with \SpecialChar LyX . In \SpecialChar LyX -, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting - details. +, + you do things based on contexts, + rather than focusing on typesetting details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -12730,28 +15432,26 @@ name "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Traditionally, \SpecialChar LaTeX +Traditionally, + \SpecialChar LaTeX used its own fonts. - That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your - operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your \SpecialChar LaTeX - + That is to say, + you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your operating system, + but you have to use specific fonts provided by your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution. The reason is that \SpecialChar LaTeX - needs some extra information about the fonts, which - have to be provided by additional files and packages. - The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared - to a word processor. - On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts - are generally of very good quality, and that \SpecialChar LaTeX - files are very portable across - different machines. - Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional \SpecialChar LaTeX - has increased a lot - in the meantime; so you can find packages for many free and commercial - fonts. + needs some extra information about the fonts, + which have to be provided by additional files and packages. + The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared to a word processor. + On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts are generally of very good quality, + and that \SpecialChar LaTeX + files are very portable across different machines. + Also, + the range of fonts supported by traditional \SpecialChar LaTeX + has increased a lot in the meantime; + so you can find packages for many free and commercial fonts. \SpecialChar LyX - supports the fonts that are under a free license via the user interface - (see section + supports the fonts that are under a free license via the user interface (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12759,26 +15459,25 @@ Traditionally, \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Document-Font" +nolink "false" \end_inset for details). Other fonts are available if you enter the relevant \SpecialChar LaTeX - code in the document - preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired font). + code in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired font). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Recent developments brought some new \SpecialChar LaTeX - engines that are also able directly - to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely Xe\SpecialChar TeX - + engines that are also able directly to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, + namely Xe\SpecialChar TeX and Lua\SpecialChar TeX . Both engines are supported by \SpecialChar LyX . - By using them, you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font - that is installed on your system. + By using them, + you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font that is installed on your system. The next section describes how to use these fonts. \end_layout @@ -12790,9 +15489,13 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - In practice, some fonts might fail due to a legacy (non Unicode) font encoding, - bad metrics, or other font deficiencies; so you might have to experiment. + In practice, + some fonts might fail due to a legacy (non Unicode) font encoding, + bad metrics, + or other font deficiencies; + so you might have to experiment. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12810,20 +15513,44 @@ name "subsec:Document-Font" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Font ! Size +Font +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Size +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Font +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Font +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12839,10 +15566,22 @@ Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -12852,8 +15591,10 @@ Document ! Settings \family sans Fonts \family default - section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the - three different font shapes — roman (serif), + section of the dialog, + you can specify which font should be used for the three different font shapes — + roman (serif), + \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ @@ -12865,8 +15606,8 @@ serif \family typewriter typewriter \family default - (monospaced) — and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors - for (some) sans + (monospaced) — + and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for (some) sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12878,12 +15619,14 @@ If you select \family sans Use non-TeX fonts \family default -, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system. +, + you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system. This requires that you use \family sans PDF (XeTeX) \family default -, +, + \family sans PDF (LuaTeX) \family default @@ -12891,7 +15634,8 @@ PDF (LuaTeX) \family sans DVI (LuaTeX) \family default - as the output format, i. + as the output format, + i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -12909,6 +15653,7 @@ you will have to have either Xe\SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -12921,19 +15666,22 @@ reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -serif, and typewriter), since \SpecialChar LyX +serif, + and typewriter), + since \SpecialChar LyX cannot determine the family. - Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due - to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar breakableslash + Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, + due to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar breakableslash or font failures. \SpecialChar LyX - cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment. + cannot determine this in advance, + so you might need to experiment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use \SpecialChar TeX - fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the font - include + fonts (which is the default), + the possible options for the font include \family sans Default \family default @@ -12942,6 +15690,7 @@ Default If you select \family sans Default, + \family default the font that is preset by the current document class is used. With LyX's @@ -12950,13 +15699,16 @@ default \change_inserted -712698321 1524413700 automatic \change_unchanged - font encoding, this is + font encoding, + this is \change_inserted -712698321 1524413733 -, depending on the document language, +, + depending on the document language, + \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1524413747 -either the the standard \SpecialChar TeX +either the standard \SpecialChar TeX font \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -13006,7 +15758,8 @@ cm \change_inserted -712698321 1524413756 this font \change_unchanged -: either +: + either \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -13035,7 +15788,8 @@ European Computer Modern ec \family default ). - However, some classes set different default fonts. + However, + some classes set different default fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -13043,8 +15797,9 @@ As \family typewriter ec \family default - is a bitmap font, it looks pixelated in PDF output, especially when you - read the PDF in a zoomed size. + is a bitmap font, + it looks pixelated in PDF output, + especially when you read the PDF in a zoomed size. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -13057,14 +15812,16 @@ Adobe Reader \family default - version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font - renderer. + version 6 or later, + because this program includes a special bitmap font renderer. \end_layout \end_inset - To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font. - Depending on how your document should look, you can either: + To get rid of pixelated fonts, + you have to use a vector font. + Depending on how your document should look, + you can either: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -13076,8 +15833,8 @@ Latin Modern \family default - fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of - + fonts, + which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of \family typewriter cm \family default @@ -13101,7 +15858,9 @@ cm \family default as the default font. It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes. - Except for some details, where the appearance was improved, + Except for some details, + where the appearance was improved, + \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ @@ -13135,7 +15894,9 @@ cm \family typewriter ec \family default -, you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided, e. +, + you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -13169,7 +15930,8 @@ These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., +g., + \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ @@ -13181,7 +15943,9 @@ Roman \family sans Helvetica \family default - for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i. + for sans serif text), + or different shapes of the same font, + i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -13226,7 +15990,8 @@ Modern \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -The differences between roman, +The differences between roman, + \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ @@ -13246,6 +16011,7 @@ typewriter \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -13262,8 +16028,7 @@ Times Roman \family default was originally designed for newspapers. - Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit - into the small newspaper columns. + Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit into the small newspaper columns. Therefore \family sans Times @@ -13276,11 +16041,14 @@ Roman \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For the font size there are generally four possible values: +For the font size there are generally four possible values: + \family sans -Default, 10 +Default, + 10 \family default -, +, + \family sans 11 \family default @@ -13305,8 +16073,9 @@ base size \emph default . That means that \SpecialChar LyX - scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used - in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value. + scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in footnotes, + super-, + and subscripts) by this value. You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the \family sans Text @@ -13324,6 +16093,7 @@ Style \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -13339,8 +16109,8 @@ Default Family \family default - selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should - be roman, sans + selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should be roman, + sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13349,9 +16119,10 @@ serif or typewriter. \family sans Default \family default - selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override - this. - In most cases, + selection uses what is preset by the class, + the other selections override this. + In most cases, + \family sans Default \family default @@ -13359,7 +16130,8 @@ Default \family sans roman \family default -, but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults. +, + but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -13369,19 +16141,30 @@ The \family sans LaTeX font encoding \family default - selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to - the \SpecialChar LaTeX + selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold fontenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! fontenc + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +fontenc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -13396,14 +16179,17 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings" +nolink "false" \end_inset ) \change_unchanged . - Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this. - Unless you have specific reasons, use + Normally, + you do not need to change (or even understand) this. + Unless you have specific reasons, + use \change_deleted -712698321 1524413471 \family sans @@ -13417,7 +16203,8 @@ Automatic \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -With some fonts, the checkboxes +With some fonts, + the checkboxes \family sans Use Old Style Figures \family default @@ -13431,8 +16218,8 @@ Use True Small Caps \family sans Use Old Style Figures \family default - is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures) - are used. + is checked, + old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures) are used. Old style figures are the numerals (0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -13441,16 +16228,39 @@ Use Old Style Figures \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lowercase - letters. +9) with ascenders and descenders, + which makes them fit nicely with lowercase letters. \family sans Use True Small Caps \family default - determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made - of scaled capitals. - Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look - better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately. + determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made of scaled capitals. + Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; + they generally look better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately. +\change_inserted -712698321 1563000270 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563000448 +Furthermore, + with some fonts, + you can add additional (comma-separated) options provided by the font package (or the +\family sans +fontspec +\family default + package, + if you use non-TeX fonts), + into the +\family sans +Options +\family default + field. + This presupposes that you are familiar with the respective \SpecialChar LaTeX + font package. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -13458,8 +16268,9 @@ The field \family sans CJK \family default - allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify - a font to display the script characters. + allows users of the languages Chinese, + Japanese, + Korean (CJK) to specify a font to display the script characters. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -13471,11 +16282,23 @@ CJK \series default . \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! CJK + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +CJK +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -13501,19 +16324,30 @@ The option \family sans Enable micro-typographic extensions \family default - activates extensions such as character protrusion and font expansion via - the \SpecialChar LaTeX + activates extensions such as character protrusion and font expansion via the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold microtype \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! microtype + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +microtype +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -13533,13 +16367,15 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Or \SpecialChar LaTeX - macro, if the literal character is not supported by the \SpecialChar LaTeX + macro, + if the literal character is not supported by the \SpecialChar LaTeX input encoding. \end_layout \end_inset - instead of ligatures (--, ---) (see section + instead of ligatures (--, + ---) (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13550,6 +16386,7 @@ reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -13568,13 +16405,16 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - When you choose a new font or font size, \SpecialChar LyX + When you choose a new font or font size, + \SpecialChar LyX does \emph on not \emph default - change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output; + change the screen font! + You will only see a difference in the printed output; this is part of the WYSIWYM concept. \SpecialChar LyX 's screen fonts can be adjusted in the @@ -13582,7 +16422,8 @@ not Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default - dialog, see section + dialog, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13590,6 +16431,7 @@ Preferences \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -13607,21 +16449,32 @@ Math Fonts \begin_layout Standard In \SpecialChar LaTeX - the font used for characters in equations is different from the document - font. + the font used for characters in equations is different from the document font. For the case that you use \SpecialChar TeX - fonts for your document, you can explicitly - choose a math font in the dialog + fonts for your document, + you can explicitly choose a math font in the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -13631,8 +16484,7 @@ Document ! Settings automatically selects a math font. For most cases this will be \SpecialChar LaTeX 's default – the math variant of \SpecialChar LaTeX -'s default - font family +'s default font family \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -13650,8 +16502,7 @@ Modern . \SpecialChar LyX - will automatically only load another math font if a math variant of the - document font is available. + will automatically only load another math font if a math variant of the document font is available. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -13677,8 +16528,7 @@ text \end_inset serif. - Your document might therefore look strange when the document text has serifs - while the math characters do not. + Your document might therefore look strange when the document text has serifs while the math characters do not. Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13704,8 +16554,8 @@ family \begin_layout Standard If you use non-\SpecialChar TeX - fonts for the document, you can only choose for math to - use either the document's class default \SpecialChar TeX + fonts for the document, + you can only choose for math to use either the document's class default \SpecialChar TeX font (in most cases \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -13723,8 +16573,7 @@ Modern \end_inset ) or to use the non-\SpecialChar TeX - variant of the document's class default font (in most - cases + variant of the document's class default font (in most cases \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -13763,6 +16612,8 @@ name "subsec:charstyles" \change_unchanged \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -13773,6 +16624,8 @@ Character Styles \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -13785,7 +16638,8 @@ Text Style \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -As we've already seen, \SpecialChar LyX +As we've already seen, + \SpecialChar LyX automatically changes the \change_deleted -712698321 1525601052 character @@ -13793,8 +16647,8 @@ character style for certain paragraph environments. \change_inserted -712698321 1525757169 - In this section, we will explain how the style of selected text passages - can by changed. + In this section, + we will explain how the style of selected text passages can by changed. This is where we meet the concept of \emph on text styles @@ -13810,7 +16664,8 @@ text styles \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525595930 -By default, +By default, + \change_unchanged \SpecialChar LyX supports two @@ -13819,7 +16674,8 @@ character \change_inserted -712698321 1525757161 text \change_unchanged - styles, + styles, + \emph on Emphasized \emph default @@ -13834,12 +16690,15 @@ These are \emph on builtin \emph default -, i. +, + i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -e., available with all document classes. - On top of that, some document classes and modules provide +e., + available with all document classes. + On top of that, + some document classes and modules provide \emph on custom text styles \emph default @@ -13850,8 +16709,9 @@ custom text styles \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757201 -Before we do that, though, allow us just a few words of what we mean by - +Before we do that, + though, + allow us just a few words of what we mean by \emph on text styles \emph default @@ -13864,7 +16724,9 @@ text properties \emph on formal markup \emph default -: if you wanted to emphasize a word, you selected it and chose e. +: + if you wanted to emphasize a word, + you selected it and chose e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -13877,13 +16739,16 @@ bold style \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - — you customized the + — + you customized the \emph on text properties \emph default . - Modern processors, \SpecialChar LyX - among them, encourage the use of + Modern processors, + \SpecialChar LyX + among them, + encourage the use of \emph on semantic \emph default @@ -13895,7 +16760,8 @@ logical \emph on markup \emph default - instead (although formal markup is still possible; see section + instead (although formal markup is still possible; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13903,6 +16769,7 @@ markup \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -13911,15 +16778,18 @@ reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \emph on text properties \emph default -, they encourage the use of +, + they encourage the use of \emph on text styles \emph default -, who are defined with regard to their function (e. +, + who are defined with regard to their function (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., +g., + \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset @@ -13927,7 +16797,8 @@ emphasize \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset -), not their form ( +), + not their form ( \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset @@ -13937,12 +16808,13 @@ bold ). There are many advantages of the semantic approach. - To begin with, using functional categories keeps you thinking about why - you are actually marking up, if your markup is consistent and systematic, + To begin with, + using functional categories keeps you thinking about why you are actually marking up, + if your markup is consistent and systematic, and whether this particular markup makes sense. - On a more practical level, it is easy to change the appearance if needed. - Consider the case when you are writing a paper and set all proper names - in + On a more practical level, + it is easy to change the appearance if needed. + Consider the case when you are writing a paper and set all proper names in \shape smallcaps small caps \shape default @@ -13951,27 +16823,33 @@ small caps \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in normal font, or ALL-CAPS), you would have to change any single occurrence. +g., + in normal font, + or ALL-CAPS), + you would have to change any single occurrence. With a semantic markup (such as \noun on noun \noun default -; see below), you'd just need to change the definition of +; + see below), + you'd just need to change the definition of \family sans Noun \family default once and for all. It's a ten second change (if you know how to change the \SpecialChar LaTeX definition). - Moreover, semantic markup even allows you to produce different versions - of a document, using different markup semantics. + Moreover, + semantic markup even allows you to produce different versions of a document, + using different markup semantics. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757213 -With that in mind, we now turn to the semantic text styles that are provided - by \SpecialChar LyX +With that in mind, + we now turn to the semantic text styles that are provided by \SpecialChar LyX . \change_unchanged @@ -14009,15 +16887,24 @@ via \change_inserted -712698321 1525596436 the \family sans -Text Style +Text +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006132 +Style +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006135 +Properties +\change_inserted -712698321 1525596436 + \family default - dialog, + dialog, + \change_unchanged key bindings \change_deleted -712698321 1525596045 -, the menus +, + the menus \change_unchanged -, and the toolbar. +, + and the toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -14025,7 +16912,8 @@ To activate the \family sans Noun \family default - style, do one of the following: + style, + do one of the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -14055,21 +16943,33 @@ arg "font-noun" \change_inserted -712698321 1525596318 use the \family sans -Text Style +Text +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006154 +Style +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006157 +Properties +\change_inserted -712698321 1525596318 + \family default dialog ( +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset + +\change_inserted -712698321 1525596318 or \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset -) as described in section +) +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006237 +as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14077,21 +16977,50 @@ arg "dialog-show character" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" +nolink "false" \end_inset +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006263 +under +\family sans +Semantic Markup +\family default +. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -These commands are all toggles. - That is, if +Th +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006284 +ese +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006284 +is +\change_unchanged + command +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006286 +s +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006290 +are all +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006291 +is a +\change_unchanged + toggle +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006296 +s +\change_unchanged +. + That is, + if \family sans Noun \family default - style is already active, they deactivate it. + style is already active, + they deactivate it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -14100,7 +17029,8 @@ One typically uses the Noun \family default style for proper names. - For example: + For example: + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -14121,7 +17051,8 @@ Matthias Ettrich \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525598323 -By default, +By default, + \family sans Noun \family default @@ -14129,7 +17060,8 @@ Noun \shape smallcaps Small Caps \shape default -, but the definition can be changed. +, + but the definition can be changed. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -14146,7 +17078,8 @@ text Emphasized \family default style. - You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the + You can activate (or deactivate — + it's also a toggle) the \family sans Emphasized \family default @@ -14180,21 +17113,33 @@ arg "font-emph" \change_inserted -712698321 1525596340 use the \family sans -Text Style +Text +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006353 +Style +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006356 +Properties +\change_inserted -712698321 1525596340 + \family default dialog ( +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset + +\change_inserted -712698321 1525596340 or \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset -) as described in section +) +\change_deleted 630872221 1621007331 +as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14202,10 +17147,17 @@ arg "dialog-show character" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" +nolink "false" \end_inset +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006374 +under +\family sans +Semantic Markup +\family default +. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -14224,7 +17176,8 @@ Emphasized \change_unchanged packages use a different font \change_inserted -712698321 1525598396 -, and you can also customize it yourself by changing the \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + and you can also customize it yourself by changing the \SpecialChar LaTeX definition \change_unchanged . @@ -14254,14 +17207,16 @@ text \begin_layout Standard It's also a warning in addition to an example. One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. - Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid - the common tendency to overuse + Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, + we should also avoid the common tendency to overuse \change_deleted -712698321 1525757236 character \change_inserted -712698321 1525757236 text \change_unchanged styles. + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598186598 \change_inserted -712698321 1525598419 @@ -14270,8 +17225,8 @@ text \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757709 -In contrast to the custom text styles, the builtin styles are represented - only as font changes and integrated in the +In contrast to the custom text styles, + the builtin styles are represented only as font changes and integrated in the \family sans Text Properties \family default @@ -14305,17 +17260,21 @@ Text Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized -\change_inserted -712698321 1525598544 +\change_inserted -712698321 1525598549 \family default ( +\change_unchanged + +\family sans + \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset -\change_unchanged +\family default \change_inserted -712698321 1525598549 or @@ -14329,7 +17288,7 @@ arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset ). -\change_inserted -712698321 1525596575 +\change_inserted -712698321 1525598549 \end_layout @@ -14349,8 +17308,8 @@ name "subsec:Custom-Character-Styles" \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757241 -Custom text styles can be provided by the document class, a module (see - section +Custom text styles can be provided by the document class, + a module (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14361,10 +17320,12 @@ reference "subsec:Modules" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset -), or local layout settings (see section +), + or local layout settings (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14372,30 +17333,37 @@ noprefix "false" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Local-Layout" +nolink "false" \end_inset ). - As the two builtin styles, they provide + As the two builtin styles, + they provide \emph on semantic \emph default markup for specific functions. - For instance, \SpecialChar LyX + For instance, + \SpecialChar LyX ships a \emph on Linguistics \emph default - module that provides, among other things, some custom text styles to markup - linguistic levels: + module that provides, + among other things, + some custom text styles to markup linguistic levels: + \emph on expressions \emph default -, +, + \noun on concepts \noun default -, and +, + and \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset @@ -14409,9 +17377,15 @@ meanings \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757806 -These styles can be found, if available, in the +These styles can be found, + if available, + in the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006495 +Custom +\change_inserted -712698321 1525757806 Text Styles \family default menu. @@ -14420,19 +17394,20 @@ Text Styles \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757245 -For the purpose of demonstration, we have loaded in this document the optional - module +For the purpose of demonstration, + we have loaded in this document the optional module \family sans Logical Markup \family default that replicates and extends the two builtin styles. - By example of the emphasized style, we can see the differences in look - and feel (although the result in the typeset output is the same): while - the builtin + By example of the emphasized style, + we can see the differences in look and feel (although the result in the typeset output is the same): + while the builtin \emph on emphasized style \emph default - appears as normal font change, the custom text style + appears as normal font change, + the custom text style \begin_inset Flex Emph status open @@ -14446,9 +17421,12 @@ Emph \end_inset - appears as an inset, with a label below that identifies its semantics. + appears as an inset, + with a label below that identifies its semantics. This is the way all custom text styles look and feel like. - For instance, the three others from the module we have loaded are: + For instance, + the three others from the module we have loaded are: + \begin_inset Flex Code status open @@ -14462,7 +17440,8 @@ Code \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Flex Strong status open @@ -14476,7 +17455,8 @@ Strong \end_inset -, and +, + and \begin_inset Flex Noun status open @@ -14491,8 +17471,7 @@ Noun \end_inset . - Note that custom text styles might (as in the example) or might not emulate - on screen their formal appearance. + Note that custom text styles might (as in the example) or might not emulate on screen their formal appearance. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -14533,6 +17512,8 @@ name "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -14549,7 +17530,8 @@ There are always occasions when you will need to do some \change_inserted -712698321 1525599505 formal \change_unchanged -fine-tuning; so \SpecialChar LyX +fine-tuning; + so \SpecialChar LyX gives you a way to \change_deleted -712698321 1525595143 create a custom @@ -14563,10 +17545,10 @@ the properties of text passages character style \change_unchanged . - For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet - requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. - Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts - from ordinary dialog. + For example, + an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. + Also, + writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts from ordinary dialog. \change_inserted -712698321 1525595231 \end_layout @@ -14574,10 +17556,10 @@ character style \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757255 -If there are no custom text styles provided by the document class or a module - for this purpose (which is, as written above, generally the better way - of handling such issues), you often find yourself wanting to quickly tweak - the properties of the respective text passages. +If there are no custom text styles provided by the document class or a module for this purpose (which is, + as written above, + generally the better way of handling such issues), + you often find yourself wanting to quickly tweak the properties of the respective text passages. That's where \emph on formal markup @@ -14594,18 +17576,20 @@ use custom character style \change_inserted -712698321 1525599700 tweak the text properties \change_unchanged -, we want to issue a warning yet again: Don't overuse +, + we want to issue a warning yet again: + Don't overuse \change_deleted -712698321 1525599715 character styles \change_inserted -712698321 1525599716 that \change_unchanged -! +! + \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and - tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them. +Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -14615,7 +17599,8 @@ use custom character styles \change_inserted -712698321 1525599739 tweak text properties \change_unchanged -, open the +, + open the \change_deleted -712698321 1525599762 \family sans @@ -14626,7 +17611,7 @@ Text Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized -\change_inserted -712698321 1525599762 +\change_unchanged \family default @@ -14635,8 +17620,6 @@ type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset - -\change_unchanged dialog or press the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" @@ -14648,14 +17631,16 @@ arg "dialog-show character" \change_inserted -712698321 1525599782 combo \change_unchanged -boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different +boxes in this dialog, + each corresponding to a different \change_deleted -712698321 1525599798 font \change_inserted -712698321 1525599796 text \change_unchanged property that you can choose. - You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select + You can choose an option for one of these properties, + or select \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ @@ -14663,7 +17648,8 @@ No change \family default -, which keeps the current state of that property. +, + which keeps the current state of that property. The item \change_deleted -712698321 1525677079 @@ -14677,18 +17663,32 @@ eset \family default will reset the property to whatever is the default. - You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph - environments all at once. + You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph environments all at once. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \change_deleted -712698321 1525599868 font +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006625 + +\family sans +T +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006625 +t \change_inserted -712698321 1525599869 -text +ext +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006629 +P +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006628 +p \change_unchanged - properties, and their options (in addition to +roperties +\family default +, + and their options (in addition to \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ @@ -14868,7 +17868,9 @@ monospaced \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font, which means every character has the same width; the + font, + which means every character has the same width; + the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -14897,6 +17899,8 @@ status open \change_inserted -712698321 1525607513 no +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -14920,6 +17924,7 @@ For more on phantoms see section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Phantom-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -15039,7 +18044,8 @@ Slanted This is the Slanted font shape \shape default (although it might not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX -, this is different from italic). +, + this is different from italic). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -15064,20 +18070,18 @@ This is the Small caps font shape \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006688 + \family sans Color \family default Alters the text color. - Note that not all DVI -\change_inserted -712698321 1525599925 - + Note that not all DVI \change_deleted -712698321 1525599925 - -\change_unchanged +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006688 viewers are able to display colors. Besides -\change_inserted -712698321 1525599934 - \family sans (Without) \change_deleted -712698321 1525599939 @@ -15086,10 +18090,11 @@ No \end_inset color -\change_unchanged +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006688 \family default -, which means that the document default color set in +, + which means that the document default color set in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -15103,85 +18108,101 @@ Main text \family default - is used, you can + is used, + you can \change_deleted -712698321 1525599960 choose -\change_inserted -712698321 1525599960 -select -\change_unchanged - +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006688 +select \change_deleted -712698321 1525599974 between -\change_unchanged +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006688 \family sans Black \family default -, +, + \family sans White \family default -, +, + \family sans Red \family default -, +, + \family sans Green \family default -, +, + \family sans Blue \family default -, +, + \family sans Cyan \family default -, +, + \family sans Magenta \family default -, +, + \family sans Yellow \family default -, +, + \family sans Brown \family default -, +, + \family sans Darkgray \family default -, +, + \family sans Gray \family default -, +, + \family sans Lightgray \family default -, +, + \family sans Lime \family default -, +, + \family sans Orange \family default -, +, + \family sans Olive \family default -, +, + \family sans Pink \family default -, +, + \family sans Purple \family default -, +, + \family sans Teal \family default @@ -15191,40 +18212,54 @@ Violet \family default text. \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! Text +Color +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text \end_layout \end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\change_deleted 5863208 1598186626 +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006878 + \family sans Language \family default - This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from - the language of the document. - Text marked in this way will be underlined -\change_inserted -712698321 1525600006 -in the \SpecialChar LyX - workarea -\change_unchanged -in blue to indicate the change + This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from the language of the document. + Text marked in this way will be underlined in the \SpecialChar LyX + workarea in blue to indicate the change \change_deleted -712698321 1525600002 (only within \SpecialChar LyX ) -\change_unchanged +\change_deleted 630872221 1621006878 . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document, +If you have for example, + an extract of German text in a non-German document, \SpecialChar LaTeX respects the German hyphenation rules automatically. When using the spell checking (see section @@ -15235,21 +18270,23 @@ If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document, \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" +nolink "false" \end_inset ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary. -\change_inserted -712698321 1525677618 - \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -If you do not want text passages to be spellchecked, activate +If you do not want text passages to be spellchecked, + activate \family sans Exclude from Spellchecking \family default . Passages marked like this will still be hyphenated correctly. +\change_inserted -712698321 1525677618 + \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -15269,11 +18306,12 @@ won't \change_deleted -712698321 1525600037 no \change_unchanged -numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportional to the - document font size. - Once again, you don't feed \SpecialChar LyX - the details, but a general description of what - you want to do. +numerical values here; + all possible sizes are actually proportional to the document font size. + Once again, + you don't feed \SpecialChar LyX + the details, + but a general description of what you want to do. The options are: \end_layout @@ -15561,7 +18599,8 @@ arg "font-size giant" \family sans Increase \family default - This increases the size by one step (for instance, from + This increases the size by one step (for instance, + from \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -15593,7 +18632,8 @@ arg "font-size increase" \family sans Decrease \family default - This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from + This decreases the size by one step (for instance, + from \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -15619,18 +18659,189 @@ arg "font-size decrease" ) \end_layout -\end_deeper \begin_layout Standard We warn you \emph on yet again \emph default -: don't go crazy with this feature. +: + don't go crazy with this feature. You should almost never need to change the font size. \SpecialChar LyX - automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments - — use those instead. + automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments — + use those instead. This is here for fine-tuning only! +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006744 + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006776 +Another combo box allows to tweak +\family sans +Decoration +\family default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006733 + +\family sans +Color +\family default + Alters the text color. + Note that not all DVI viewers are able to display colors. + Besides +\family sans +(Without) +\family default +, + which means that the document default color set in +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator +Color +\family default + for +\family sans +Main +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +text +\family default + is used, + you can select +\family sans +Black +\family default +, + +\family sans +White +\family default +, + +\family sans +Red +\family default +, + +\family sans +Green +\family default +, + +\family sans +Blue +\family default +, + +\family sans +Cyan +\family default +, + +\family sans +Magenta +\family default +, + +\family sans +Yellow +\family default +, + +\family sans +Brown +\family default +, + +\family sans +Darkgray +\family default +, + +\family sans +Gray +\family default +, + +\family sans +Lightgray +\family default +, + +\family sans +Lime +\family default +, + +\family sans +Orange +\family default +, + +\family sans +Olive +\family default +, + +\family sans +Pink +\family default +, + +\family sans +Purple +\family default +, + +\family sans +Teal +\family default + and +\family sans +Violet +\family default + text. +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006733 +Color +\change_unchanged + +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006733 +Text +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -15654,8 +18865,9 @@ have text passages being underlined . \change_inserted -712698321 1525600240 -Avoid using underlining if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter - days, when you could not change fonts. +Avoid using underlining if you can! + It is a hangover from the typewriter days, + when you could not change fonts. One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters. This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX because some people @@ -15686,14 +18898,14 @@ This is text with emphasize on \shape italic Italic \shape default -, but it is actually a bit different. +, + but it is actually a bit different. Emphasized is a \emph on logical \emph default attribute. - That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized - text. + That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized text. Normally this font is equal to italic. \change_inserted -712698321 1525600322 @@ -15751,7 +18963,8 @@ arg "font-underline" \change_deleted -712698321 1525600236 \family default -Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days, +Avoid using underbar if you can! + It is a hangover from the typewriter days, when you could not change fonts. One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters. This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX @@ -15801,8 +19014,8 @@ arg "font-underunderline" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think - about double underbar +As we just warned you against using underbar, + you can imagine what we think about double underbar \change_unchanged . \end_layout @@ -15911,8 +19124,7 @@ arg "font-strikeout" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been - changed in the meantime. +This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been changed in the meantime. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -15957,9 +19169,58 @@ This is used to make text hardly readable. \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard +\change_inserted 630872221 1621007597 +A drop-down menu allows to change the parameters for the +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621006898 + +\family sans +Language +\family default + This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from the language of the document. + Text marked in this way will be underlined in the \SpecialChar LyX + workarea in blue to indicate the change. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +If you have for example, + an extract of German text in a non-German document, + \SpecialChar LaTeX + respects the German hyphenation rules automatically. + When using the spell checking (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Spellchecking" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary. +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + +If you do not want text passages to be spellchecked, + activate +\family sans +Exclude from Spellchecking +\family default +. + Passages marked like this will still be hyphenated correctly. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + \change_inserted -712698321 1525757268 -In addition to all the formal markup described above, the dialog also provides - you access to the two builtin semantic text styles (see section +In addition to all the formal markup described above, + the dialog also provides you access to the two builtin semantic text styles (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15967,10 +19228,19 @@ In addition to all the formal markup described above, the dialog also provides \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Builtin-Character-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset -): +) +\change_inserted 630872221 1621181776 + under +\family sans +Semantic Markup +\change_inserted -712698321 1525757268 + +\family default +: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -15979,6 +19249,7 @@ reference "subsec:Builtin-Character-Styles" \family sans Emphasized: + \family default \emph on @@ -15993,6 +19264,7 @@ This is text with emphasize on Noun \change_inserted -712698321 1525600548 : + \change_unchanged \family default @@ -16007,7 +19279,8 @@ This is text with Noun on. \family sans Emph \family default -, this is a logical attribute. +, + this is a logical attribute. Normally it's equivalent to \family sans Small @@ -16046,7 +19319,7 @@ Text Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized -\change_inserted -712698321 1525600703 +\change_unchanged \family default @@ -16055,15 +19328,14 @@ type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset - -\change_unchanged ( \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset -) dialog, the settings are +) dialog, + the settings are \change_inserted -712698321 1525600733 temporarily \change_unchanged @@ -16090,9 +19362,10 @@ those even when the dialog isn't visible. \change_inserted -712698321 1545905101 - A press on the button will apply the most recent setting again, a press - on the down-arrow will open a menu with the (max. - 20) most recently applied settings, from which you can select one. + A press on the button will apply the most recent setting again, + a press on the down-arrow will open a menu with the (max. + 20) most recently applied settings, + from which you can select one. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -16104,7 +19377,8 @@ character style \change_inserted -712698321 1525600823 text properties of a selection \change_unchanged - to the default, use + to the default, + use \change_inserted -712698321 1545917704 either \change_deleted -712698321 1545917700 @@ -16133,8 +19407,7 @@ arg "textstyle-apply" . \change_deleted -712698321 1525600803 -If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose - you just set the shape to +If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose you just set the shape to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16150,7 +19423,8 @@ bold \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -), set the +), + set the \family sans Toggle \begin_inset space ~ @@ -16170,12 +19444,12 @@ Apply \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1525607419 -You should also know something about the differences between the three main - font types +You should also know something about the differences between the three main font types \family sans serif \family default -, +, + \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ @@ -16183,7 +19457,8 @@ sans serif \family default -, and +, + and \family sans typewriter \family default @@ -16205,7 +19480,9 @@ monospaced \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - font, which means every character has the same width; the + font, + which means every character has the same width; + the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16253,6 +19530,7 @@ For more on phantoms see section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Phantom-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -16342,12 +19620,18 @@ Text Style \family default - dialog, applying the style to text that already has the property will cause - the property to be removed. - If you, for example, apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that - currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle - and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and - G. + dialog, + applying the style to text that already has the property will cause the property to be removed. + If you, + for example, + apply a style with properties A, + B and C to text that currently has font properties B, + C, + F and G, + and if B is set to toggle and C is set not to toggle, + the text ends up with properties A, + C, + F and G. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16373,7 +19657,8 @@ Family \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - etc.), toggling behavior is up to you. + etc.), + toggling behavior is up to you. If \family sans Toggle @@ -16382,9 +19667,12 @@ Toggle all \family default - is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none - of them are. - Finally, + is checked, + all of the left side properties are toggled; + by default, + none of them are. + Finally, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16393,7 +19681,9 @@ Reset \end_inset is never toggled. - If you, for example, set + If you, + for example, + set \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16417,8 +19707,9 @@ Toggle all \family default -, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default - series ( +, + then apply the style to bold face text, + the text will revert to the default series ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16426,7 +19717,8 @@ Medium \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -), no matter how many times you apply the style. +), + no matter how many times you apply the style. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -16436,8 +19728,11 @@ We conclude \change_inserted -712698321 1525607667 this section \change_unchanged -with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts! They are, more - often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing. +with the same warning once again: + Do not overuse the fonts! + They are, + more often than not, + a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -16449,11 +19744,11 @@ Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation - using \SpecialChar LyX -, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. - Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what - goes on behind-the-scenes. +Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation using \SpecialChar LyX +, + you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. + Before we tell you that, + we want to give you a quick explanation of what goes on behind-the-scenes. We cover this information in much greater detail in the \emph on Additional Features @@ -16467,22 +19762,26 @@ Additional Features as its backend. \SpecialChar LaTeX is just a macro package for the \SpecialChar TeX - typesetting system, but to prevent confusion, + typesetting system, + but to prevent confusion, we will only refer to \SpecialChar LaTeX . \SpecialChar LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. - Then, \SpecialChar LyX + Then, + \SpecialChar LyX calls \SpecialChar LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. This happens in two stages: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -First, \SpecialChar LyX +First, + \SpecialChar LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for \SpecialChar LaTeX -, generating - a file with the extension, +, + generating a file with the extension, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16498,7 +19797,8 @@ First, \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Next, \SpecialChar LyX +Next, + \SpecialChar LyX calls \SpecialChar LaTeX to use the commands in the \family typewriter @@ -16510,6 +19810,8 @@ Next, \SpecialChar LyX \begin_layout Subsection Output file formats \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -16529,12 +19831,40 @@ name "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection -Simple text (ASCII) + +\change_deleted -131811572 1600337594 +Simple +\change_inserted -131811572 1600337596 +Plain +\change_unchanged + text +\change_deleted -131811572 1600337574 + (ASCII) +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File formats +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! ASCII + +\change_deleted -131811572 1600337607 +ASCII +\change_inserted -131811572 1600337612 +Plain text +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -16556,7 +19886,11 @@ This file type has the extension \end_inset . - It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the + It contains your document as plain text +\change_inserted -131811572 1600337643 +in UTF-8 encoding +\change_deleted -131811572 1600337647 +following the rules of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16564,11 +19898,19 @@ American Standard Code for Information Interchange \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (ASCII). + (ASCII) +\change_unchanged +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can export your document to ASCII with the menu +You can export your document to +\change_deleted -131811572 1600337684 +ASCII +\change_inserted -131811572 1600337686 +plain text +\change_unchanged + with the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -16579,8 +19921,8 @@ Plain text \family default . - However, this will not export any externally generated material such as - a Bib\SpecialChar TeX + However, + this will not export any externally generated material such as a Bib\SpecialChar TeX bibliography (section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16589,11 +19931,13 @@ text \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" +nolink "false" \end_inset ). - If your document includes such material, use + If your document includes such material, + use \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -16624,18 +19968,35 @@ text (ps2ascii) \family default . - This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating - thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to ASCII. + This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to +\change_deleted -131811572 1600337720 +ASCII +\change_inserted -131811572 1600337722 +plain text +\change_unchanged +. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! \SpecialChar LaTeX +File formats +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\SpecialChar LaTeX + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + \end_layout @@ -16658,16 +20019,14 @@ This file type has the extension \end_inset and contains all commands that are necessary for the \SpecialChar LaTeX - program to process - your document. + program to process your document. If you know \SpecialChar LaTeX -, you can use it to find out \SpecialChar LaTeX --Errors or to process it manually - with console commands. +, + you can use it to find out \SpecialChar LaTeX +-Errors or to process it manually with console commands. The \SpecialChar LaTeX -file is automatically created in \SpecialChar LyX -'s temporary directory whenever you - view or export your document. +'s temporary directory whenever you view or export your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -16688,6 +20047,7 @@ LaTeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -16697,10 +20057,22 @@ reference "subsec:Export" \begin_layout Subsubsection DVI \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! DVI +File formats +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +DVI +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -16730,18 +20102,19 @@ device-independent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine - to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. + (DVI), + because it is completely portable; + you can move them from one machine to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. DVIs are used for quick previews and as a pre-stage for other output formats, like PostScript. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them. +DVI files do not contain images, + they only link to them. So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs. - Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make - them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer - when you view the DVI. + Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make them visible when you scroll the DVI, + this can slow down your computer when you view the DVI. So we recommend using PDF for files with many images. \end_layout @@ -16774,8 +20147,7 @@ Lua\SpecialChar TeX Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default - is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct - font access (see section + is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16783,23 +20155,36 @@ Lua\SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" +nolink "false" \end_inset ). Lua\SpecialChar TeX - is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard - \SpecialChar TeX + is still a work in progress, + but it might develop into the next standard \SpecialChar TeX processor. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection PostScript \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! PostScript +File formats +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PostScript +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -16826,8 +20211,7 @@ This file type has the extension Adobe \family default as a printer language. - The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the - file. + The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the file. PostScript can be seen as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16836,24 +20220,37 @@ programming language \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. +; + you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -If you are interested in learning more about this, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX --package - +If you are interested in learning more about this, + have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX +-package \series bold pstricks \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! pstricks + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +pstricks +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -16863,7 +20260,8 @@ status collapsed \end_inset - As a result of this, the files are often bigger than PDFs. + As a result of this, + the files are often bigger than PDFs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -16875,7 +20273,8 @@ Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (EPS, file extension + (EPS, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -16889,13 +20288,16 @@ Encapsulated PostScript ). As \SpecialChar LyX - allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has to - convert them in the background to EPS. - If, for example, you have 50 + allows you to use any known image format in your document, + it has to convert them in the background to EPS. + If, + for example, + you have 50 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -images in your document, \SpecialChar LyX +images in your document, + \SpecialChar LyX has to do 50 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16903,8 +20305,8 @@ images in your document, \SpecialChar LyX conversions when you view or export your document the first time. This might slow down your workflow with \SpecialChar LyX . - So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as - EPS to avoid this problem. + So if you plan to use PostScript, + you can insert your images directly as EPS to avoid this problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -16920,16 +20322,30 @@ PostScript \begin_layout Subsubsection PDF \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -File formats ! PDF +File formats +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +PDF +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -16977,8 +20393,8 @@ portable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - implies, it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output - looks exactly the same. + implies, + it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output looks exactly the same. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -16990,7 +20406,8 @@ Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (JPG, file extension + (JPG, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -17022,7 +20439,8 @@ Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (PNG, file extension + (PNG, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -17035,11 +20453,11 @@ Portable Network Graphics \end_inset ). - You can also use any other image format, because \SpecialChar LyX - converts them in the - background to one of these formats. - But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion - will slow down your workflow. + You can also use any other image format, + because \SpecialChar LyX + converts them in the background to one of these formats. + But as described in the section about PostScript, + the image conversion will slow down your workflow. So we recommend using images in one of the three formats mentioned above. \end_layout @@ -17084,12 +20502,13 @@ Lua\SpecialChar TeX Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default - is a new engine, derived from + is a new engine, + derived from \family typewriter pdflatex \family default -, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font - access (see section +, + that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17097,13 +20516,14 @@ pdflatex \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" +nolink "false" \end_inset ). Lua\SpecialChar TeX - is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard - \SpecialChar TeX + is still a work in progress, + but it might develop into the next standard \SpecialChar TeX processor. \end_layout @@ -17127,8 +20547,7 @@ Xe\SpecialChar TeX Xe\SpecialChar TeX \family default - is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct - font access (see section + is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17136,11 +20555,13 @@ Xe\SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" +nolink "false" \end_inset ). - It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example, + It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, + for example, vertically written Japanese. \end_layout @@ -17159,8 +20580,7 @@ PDF \family default but the result is a PDF with cropped page margins. This is for example useful if you want to use \SpecialChar LyX - to generate good-looking - formulas to use them in other programs like for presentations. + to generate good-looking formulas to use them in other programs like for presentations. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -17172,8 +20592,7 @@ PDF \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default - that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to - PDF. + that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to PDF. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -17207,11 +20626,13 @@ PDF \family typewriter pdftex \family default - supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and - works without problems. + supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, + is quick, + stable, + and works without problems. If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar breakableslash -or specific OpenType fonts, you might - want to try out +or specific OpenType fonts, + you might want to try out \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ @@ -17227,8 +20648,8 @@ PDF (LuaTeX) \family default - instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature - as + instead, + bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature as \family typewriter pdflatex \family default @@ -17238,16 +20659,30 @@ pdflatex \begin_layout Subsubsection XHTML \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -FileFormats ! XHTML +FileFormats +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +XHTML +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -17276,15 +20711,16 @@ This file type has the extension It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers. It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them. When \SpecialChar LyX - produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats - suitable for the purpose. + produces XHTML, + it also generates corresponding images in formats suitable for the purpose. For the math output you can choose in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output \family default - between different formats, which are described in section + between different formats, + which are described in section \emph on Math Output in XHTML \emph default @@ -17308,18 +20744,21 @@ under development \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, and not all \SpecialChar LyX +, + and not all \SpecialChar LyX features are supported yet. See the chapter \emph on \SpecialChar LyX and the World Wide Web \emph default -, in the +, + in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default - manual, for more information. + manual, + for more information. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -17335,10 +20774,22 @@ LyXHTML \begin_layout Subsection Previewing \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Preview +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Preview +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17347,9 +20798,11 @@ Document ! Preview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page - breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu - +To get a look at the final version of your document, + with all of the page breaks in place, + the footnotes correctly numbered, + and so on, + use the menu \family sans Document \family default @@ -17364,8 +20817,8 @@ arg "buffer-view" \end_inset . - A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default - output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see section + A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default output format, + which is globally set in the preferences (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17373,11 +20826,11 @@ arg "buffer-view" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset -) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings - (see section +) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17385,6 +20838,7 @@ reference "sec:File-Formats" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -17404,8 +20858,8 @@ arg "view-others" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same - viewer window using the menu +If you have changed your document, + you can refresh the output in the same viewer window using the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update @@ -17415,19 +20869,23 @@ Update Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update (Other Formats) \family default -, respectively. +, + respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in \SpecialChar LyX -'s temporary - directory. - To have a real output, export your document. +When you preview a file, + the output file is only generated in \SpecialChar LyX +'s temporary directory. + To have a real output, + export your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Section A few Words about Typography \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -17440,8 +20898,11 @@ Typography \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs +Hyphens, + Dashes and Minus Signs \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -17452,6 +20913,8 @@ Hyphens \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -17465,7 +20928,8 @@ Dashes \begin_layout Standard In \SpecialChar LyX -, the +, + the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -17477,19 +20941,23 @@ In \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - symbol comes in four variants: the + symbol comes in four variants: + the \emph on hyphen \emph default -, the +, + the \emph on en dash \emph default -, the +, + the \emph on em dash \emph default -, and the +, + and the \emph on minus sign \emph default @@ -17620,10 +21088,11 @@ en dash \begin_layout Plain Layout system key combination \begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -On Mac and Linux, the en dash is entered with +On Mac and Linux, + the en dash is entered with \family sans Opt+ \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -17656,7 +21125,6 @@ Opt Alt \family default key). - \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17690,6 +21158,7 @@ em dash \begin_layout Plain Layout — + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -17787,13 +21256,12 @@ Symbols unicode-insert \family default \SpecialChar LyX - function with the Unicode code point as argument (2013 for the em dash - and 2014 for the en dash). + function with the Unicode code point as argument (2013 for the em dash and 2014 for the en dash). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Hyphen and dashes are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in math - mode and has a length of its own. +Hyphen and dashes are distinct from the minus sign, + which appears in math mode and has a length of its own. Here are some examples: \end_layout @@ -17810,7 +21278,8 @@ hyphen \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -A–Z; pages +A–Z; + pages \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17826,7 +21295,9 @@ en dash \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -The em dash is used without spaces: Oh—there's a dash. +The em dash is used without spaces: + Oh— +there's a dash. \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -17877,8 +21348,8 @@ name "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Whether line breaks before or after dashes are allowed depends on the use - case and locale, e. +Whether line breaks before or after dashes are allowed depends on the use case and locale, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17886,22 +21357,25 @@ g.: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -In English, line breaks are generally allowed after the dash, but no line - break should occur if only a single character follows the dash (as in A–Z). +In English, + line breaks are generally allowed after the dash, + but no line break should occur if only a single character follows the dash (as in A–Z). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -In English, dashes used to set off parenthetical statements should not start - a new line. +In English, + dashes used to set off parenthetical statements should not start a new line. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -In French and Spanish, dashes around parenthetical statements are treated - similar to brackets: line breaks are not allowed on the inner side. +In French and Spanish, + dashes around parenthetical statements are treated similar to brackets: + line breaks are not allowed on the inner side. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -By default, dashes are output by \SpecialChar LyX +By default, + dashes are output by \SpecialChar LyX to \SpecialChar LaTeX as \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -17913,7 +21387,14 @@ ligature dashes (-- and ---). \SpecialChar LaTeX - allows line breaks after hyphens, en-dashes and em-dashes. + allows line breaks after hyphens +\change_deleted -1402925745 1558782973 +, + +\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782983 + and these +\change_unchanged + en-dashes and em-dashes. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -17929,11 +21410,27 @@ The Elements of Typographic Style \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -– can be prevented using protected spaces. +– can be prevented using +\change_deleted 177693 1654619779 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619781 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged + spaces. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Unwanted line breaks after dashes can be prevented by wrapping in a makebox +Unwanted line breaks +\series bold +after +\series default + dashes +\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782702 +must +\change_deleted -1402925745 1558782715 +can +\change_unchanged + be prevented by wrapping in a makebox \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -17962,8 +21459,38 @@ Objects nobreakdash \series default in \SpecialChar TeX - code. - Examples: + code +\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782753 +, + a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619787 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619789 +non-breaking +\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782753 + space does not suffice +\change_unchanged +. + Examples +\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782332 + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782431 +It is generally recommended to set the correct language for text parts not in the document language. + We don't do this here to prevent a dependency on LaTeX support for French and Spanish. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +: \end_layout \begin_deeper @@ -18001,8 +21528,6 @@ status open \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize - -\lang french Les incises \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" @@ -18023,8 +21548,6 @@ backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout - -\lang french – \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18042,8 +21565,6 @@ même \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize - -\lang spanish En una frase \begin_inset ERT status collapsed @@ -18057,7 +21578,9 @@ nobreakdash \end_inset -—un inciso con rayas— se escribe así. +— +un inciso con rayas— + se escribe así. \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -18075,8 +21598,8 @@ An incorrect line break is easily overlooked because \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to globally disable line breaks after dashes, you can select - the option +If you want to globally disable line breaks after dashes, + you can select the option \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -18088,16 +21611,19 @@ Disallow line breaks after dashes \begin_layout Enumerate Line breaks are still allowed after spaced dashes. - They can be prevented using protected spaces (without need for a makebox - or \SpecialChar TeX + They can be prevented using +\change_deleted 177693 1654619794 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619796 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged + spaces (without need for a makebox or \SpecialChar TeX code). Example: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize - -\lang french Les incises – \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18119,17 +21645,38 @@ Line breaks after unspaced dashes can be allowed via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator -Optional line break +Optional +\change_deleted 1675569489 1580913043 + +\change_inserted 1675569489 1580913043 + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +line +\change_deleted 1675569489 1580913068 + +\change_inserted 1675569489 1580913068 + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +break \family default : \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize -Em-dashes without spaces—\SpecialChar allowbreak -common in American English—\SpecialChar allowbreak -should be followed by - a line break opportunity. +Em-dashes without spaces— +\SpecialChar allowbreak +common in American English— +\SpecialChar allowbreak +should be followed by a line break opportunity. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -18144,6 +21691,7 @@ reference "subsec:Hyphenation" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -18152,9 +21700,9 @@ noprefix "false" \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate -With this setting, \SpecialChar LaTeX - hyphenates words also if immediately followed by em - or en dashes (see section +With this setting, + \SpecialChar LaTeX + hyphenates words also if immediately followed by em or en dashes (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18165,6 +21713,7 @@ reference "subsec:Hyphenation" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -18172,7 +21721,7 @@ noprefix "false" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection -Changes and backwards compatibility +Changes and Backwards Compatibility \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -18181,8 +21730,8 @@ Up to \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2.1, consecutive hyphen characters (-- and ---) in the LyX source were merged - to en or em dashes by LaTeX. +2.1, + consecutive hyphen characters (-- and ---) in the LyX source were merged to en or em dashes by LaTeX. These \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -18191,8 +21740,7 @@ ligature dashes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - retain the line-break properties of hyphens while literal dash characters - are regarded by \SpecialChar LaTeX + retain the line-break properties of hyphens while literal dash characters are regarded by \SpecialChar LaTeX as \emph on non-breakable @@ -18206,9 +21754,9 @@ Since \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2.2, consecutive hyphens in the LyX source are exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX - in a way that - prevents ligation to dashes. +2.2, + consecutive hyphens in the LyX source are exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX + in a way that prevents ligation to dashes. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -18217,13 +21765,12 @@ Ligature dashes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in documents from earlier versions are converted to literal dash characters - (except in + in documents from earlier versions are converted to literal dash characters (except in \family typewriter typewriter \family default - font); typed in consecutive hyphens are merged to dash characters immediately - after the input (unless the current text font is + font); + typed in consecutive hyphens are merged to dash characters immediately after the input (unless the current text font is \family typewriter type \family default @@ -18248,11 +21795,11 @@ lyx –help \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in PDF, Postscript, and DVI output. - An unintended consequence of these changes was that all dashes were output - as non-breakable dashes. + in PDF, + Postscript, + and DVI output. + An unintended consequence of these changes was that all dashes were output as non-breakable dashes. This also resulted in changed line breaks in some older documents. - \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18287,6 +21834,7 @@ Disallow line breaks after dashes is active to prevent changes to the line breaks. \series bold Warning: + \series default If you used both literal and \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -18301,13 +21849,15 @@ ligature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2.2 documents, you may need to enable or prevent individual line breaks as - shown above to restore the correct line breaking behavior. +2.2 documents, + you may need to enable or prevent individual line breaks as shown above to restore the correct line breaking behavior. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Hyphenation \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -18336,11 +21886,23 @@ babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! babel + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +babel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18356,11 +21918,13 @@ typewriter \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LaTeX - hyphenates almost perfectly; it only has problems with text in the + hyphenates almost perfectly; + it only has problems with text in the \family sans typewriter \family default - font and with unusual constructs, like + font and with unusual constructs, + like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -18370,7 +21934,8 @@ h3knix/m0n0wall . If \SpecialChar LaTeX - cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually. + cannot break a word correctly, + you can set hyphenation points manually. This is done with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -18384,14 +21949,14 @@ Point . These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to \SpecialChar LaTeX . - If no hyphenation is necessary, \SpecialChar LaTeX + If no hyphenation is necessary, + \SpecialChar LaTeX will ignore them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated. - Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document - in the form + Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document in the form \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -18411,12 +21976,24 @@ A-b c as a line break possibility. A line break at this point would look ugly. - To prevent the shortcut from being broken, you can use a protected hyphen - ( + To prevent the shortcut from being broken, + you can use a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619800 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619804 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged + hyphen ( \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator -Protected Hyphen + +\change_deleted 177693 1654619809 +Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619812 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + Hyphen \family default ) or put it into a makebox as described in section \emph on @@ -18436,6 +22013,8 @@ Objects \begin_layout Subsection Punctuation Marks \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -18461,9 +22040,11 @@ name "subsec:Abbreviations" \begin_layout Standard When \SpecialChar LyX calls \SpecialChar LaTeX - to generate the final version of your document, \SpecialChar LaTeX - automatically - distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. + to generate the final version of your document, + \SpecialChar LaTeX + automatically distinguishes between words, + sentences, + and abbreviations. \SpecialChar LaTeX then adds the \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -18473,15 +22054,13 @@ appropriate amount of space. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and - the next word. - Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word - gets after another word. + That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next word. + Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word gets after another word. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does - not work in all cases. +Unfortunately, + the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does not work in all cases. If a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -18494,8 +22073,10 @@ Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's - at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. + is at the end of a lowercase letter, + it's the end of a sentence; + if it's at the end of a capitalized letter, + it's an abbreviation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -18539,7 +22120,8 @@ You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To fix this problem, use one of the following: +To fix this problem, + use one of the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate @@ -18556,18 +22138,45 @@ Space \end_inset +\change_inserted 177693 1654667914 + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Normal-Space" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + + +\change_deleted 177693 1654667914 + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset + +\change_unchanged ). \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! inter-word +Spaces +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +inter-word +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18592,15 +22201,28 @@ Space \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Thin-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset ). \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Spaces ! thin +Spaces +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +thin +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18645,7 +22267,8 @@ arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: +With the corrections, + our earlier examples look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -18667,13 +22290,15 @@ This is I\SpecialChar endofsentence \begin_layout Standard Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. - If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because \SpecialChar LaTeX - + If your language is such a language, + you don't need to worry, + because \SpecialChar LaTeX will take care of this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: +For those that do need to bother, + there is help to catch those sneaky errors: Check out the \family sans Check @@ -18698,37 +22323,39 @@ Additional Features \begin_layout Subsubsection Quotation Marks \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Quotation marks +Typography +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Quotation marks \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Quotation marks | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ \end_layout \end_inset -Typography -\begin_inset ERT + +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +Quotation marks +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open -} +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typography \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18744,9 +22371,11 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX usually sets quotation marks correctly. - Specifically, it will insert an opening mark at the beginning of quoted - text, and use a closing mark at the end. - For example, + Specifically, + it will insert an opening mark at the beginning of quoted text, + and use a closing mark at the end. + For example, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -18755,11 +22384,13 @@ open close \end_inset . - The keyboard character, + The keyboard character, + \family sans " \family default -, generates this automatically. +, + generates this automatically. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -18778,10 +22409,22 @@ Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -18792,7 +22435,13 @@ Quote Style \family default (note that \SpecialChar LyX makes a sensible proposal for the selected main language). - There are 14 + There are 1 +\change_deleted -712698321 1606924196 +4 +\change_inserted -712698321 1606924196 +5 +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18845,11 +22494,13 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in the US) +g., + in the US) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -18897,11 +22548,13 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes srs \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in Sweden) +g., + in Sweden) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -18949,11 +22602,13 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes grs \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in Germany) +g., + in Germany) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -19001,11 +22656,13 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes prs \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in Poland) +g., + in Poland) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -19053,11 +22710,13 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes crs \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in Switzerland) +g., + in Switzerland) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -19105,11 +22764,13 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes ars \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in Denmark) +g., + in Denmark) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -19205,11 +22866,13 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes brs \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in Great Britain) +g., + in Great Britain) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -19257,11 +22920,13 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes frs \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in France) +g., + in France) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -19316,8 +22981,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Maybe you wonder why one does not simply use only outer marks in this case, since these look identical to the inner marks. - The answer is that you cannot easily switch to another style then (where - the inner marks differ). + The answer is that you cannot easily switch to another style then (where the inner marks differ). \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19370,11 +23034,13 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes rrs \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in Russia) +g., + in Russia) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -19423,6 +23089,76 @@ these inner \end_inset quotation marks (another style common in Sweden) +\change_inserted -712698321 1606924211 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring <> and <>: + +\change_inserted -712698321 1606924279 + +\family sans +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Outer +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +and +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +inner +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + +\family default + Produces +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + + +\family default +these outer +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + +\family default + and +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + + +\family default +these inner +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + +\family default + quotation marks (as common in Hungary) +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling @@ -19478,17 +23214,28 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes jrs \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in Japan) +g., + in Japan) \begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols - in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs. + +\change_inserted -131811572 1600338376 +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fn:cjk-quotes" + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19549,22 +23296,52 @@ these inner \begin_inset Quotes krs \end_inset - quotation marks (as common, e. + quotation marks (as common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., in North Korea and China) +g., + in North Korea and China) +\change_inserted -131811572 1600338410 + +\begin_inset script superscript + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -131811572 1600338410 +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "fn:cjk-quotes" +plural "false" +caps "false" +noprefix "false" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\change_deleted -131811572 1600338417 + \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols - in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs. +Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs. \end_layout \end_inset +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -19573,9 +23350,10 @@ Inner quotation marks status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -In many writing cultures, these are single quotation marks. - But as the British and French styles show, this is not necessarily the - case (and specifically the British style shows that +In many writing cultures, + these are single quotation marks. + But as the British and French styles show, + this is not necessarily the case (and specifically the British style shows that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -19613,8 +23391,8 @@ outer \end_inset - for quotations inside quotations (and other tasks in some languages, such - as + for quotations inside quotations (and other tasks in some languages, + such as \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset @@ -19637,9 +23415,11 @@ Special Characters \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -By default, the quotation mark styles are persistent. - That is to say, a quotation mark maintains the style that was current when - it was inserted, even if the document-wide style changes. +By default, + the quotation mark styles are persistent. + That is to say, + a quotation mark maintains the style that was current when it was inserted, + even if the document-wide style changes. This allows you to enter marks of different style. If you check the setting \family sans @@ -19651,15 +23431,17 @@ Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default -, however, special quotation marks will be inserted (in the LyX window, +, + however, + special quotation marks will be inserted (in the LyX window, they appear in a special color). These marks will automatically adapt to the main style (and its changes). - Such quotation marks make it easy to alter the quotation mark style in - one step (e. + Such quotation marks make it easy to alter the quotation mark style in one step (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., if your publisher requests a different style). +g., + if your publisher requests a different style). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -19667,45 +23449,50 @@ Individual quotation marks (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -e., their level [inner, outer], side [opening, closing], and style) can be - easily switched by a context menu that pops up if you right-click on a - mark. +e., + their level [inner, + outer], + side [opening, + closing], + and style) can be easily switched by a context menu that pops up if you right-click on a mark. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Ligatures \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Ligatures +Typography +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Ligatures \end_layout \end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Ligatures | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ \end_layout \end_inset -Typography -\begin_inset ERT + +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout +Ligatures +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open -} +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typography \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19726,16 +23513,15 @@ name "subsec:Ligatures" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and - print them as single characters. +It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and print them as single characters. These groups are known as \emph on ligatures \emph default . Since \SpecialChar LaTeX - knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the - output. + knows about ligatures, + your documents will contain them too in the output. Here are the standard ligatures: \end_layout @@ -19764,8 +23550,10 @@ Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word. - While a ligature may be okay in the word, +Sometimes, + you don't want a ligature in a word. + While a ligature may be okay in the word, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -19773,7 +23561,8 @@ graffiti, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - it looks really weird in compound words, such as + it looks really weird in compound words, + such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -19789,7 +23578,8 @@ Dorffest. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - To break a ligature, use + To break a ligature, + use \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -19842,11 +23632,23 @@ fest and \SpecialChar LaTeX Logos \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LyX - ! Proper names + +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Proper names +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19861,7 +23663,8 @@ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special Characters\SpecialChar menuseparator Logos \family default -, \SpecialChar LyX +, + \SpecialChar LyX provides the following program logos with special formatting: \end_layout @@ -19911,7 +23714,8 @@ You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ \end_inset -: The actual version is +: + The actual version is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -19920,7 +23724,8 @@ You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, the previous one was +, + the previous one was \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -19935,10 +23740,22 @@ You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_layout Subsection Units \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Units +Typography +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Units +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -19947,10 +23764,9 @@ Typography ! Units \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal - space between two words. - As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is - smaller. +Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal space between two words. + As you can see in the example below, + it looks better when the space is smaller. To get such a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -20054,10 +23870,22 @@ half space between number and unit \begin_layout Subsection Widows and Orphans \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Typography ! Widows and orphans +Typography +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Widows and orphans +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -20066,12 +23894,12 @@ Typography ! Widows and orphans \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page - happened to end. +In the early days of word processors, + page breaks went wherever the page happened to end. There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text. - For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom - of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom - of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page. + For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom of the page, + the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, + or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page. These bits of text became known as \emph on widows @@ -20084,15 +23912,17 @@ orphans \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Clearly, \SpecialChar LyX +Clearly, + \SpecialChar LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. - But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line - of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules - built into \SpecialChar LaTeX - governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there specifical -ly to prevent widows and orphans. - If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, you can add the commands + But what about widows and orphans, + where the page breaks leave one line of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? + There are rules built into \SpecialChar LaTeX + governing page breaks, + and some of those rules are there specifically to prevent widows and orphans. + If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, + you can add the commands \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -20144,7 +23974,9 @@ literal "true" \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter -Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats +Notes, + Graphics, + Tables and Floats \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:Floats-and-Notes" @@ -20170,6 +24002,8 @@ Objects \begin_layout Section Notes \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -20217,8 +24051,7 @@ This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as - a \SpecialChar LaTeX +Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as a \SpecialChar LaTeX -comment when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX via the menu \family sans @@ -20253,8 +24086,7 @@ Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can - set in the document settings under +Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can set in the document settings under \family sans Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator Greyed-out @@ -20300,7 +24132,8 @@ This is an example footnote within a greyed out note. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes. +As you can see in the example, + greyed out notes can have footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -20322,6 +24155,8 @@ Note \begin_layout Section Footnotes \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -20342,8 +24177,8 @@ name "sec:Footnotes" \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu - + uses boxes to display footnotes: + When you insert a footnote using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Footnote @@ -20354,7 +24189,8 @@ type "icon" arg "footnote-insert" \end_inset -, +, + \family roman \series medium \bar no @@ -20362,7 +24198,8 @@ you will see \family default \series default \bar default - a box like this: + a box like this: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/footnote.png scale 95 @@ -20403,7 +24240,8 @@ foot \family roman \series medium \bar no -label, the box will +label, + the box will \family default \series default \bar default @@ -20421,8 +24259,8 @@ the \series medium \bar no . - If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it - and click on the footnote + If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, + simply highlight it and click on the footnote \family default \series default \bar default @@ -20447,7 +24285,8 @@ Here is an example footnote: status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. +To close a footnote, + click on the footnote box label. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -20456,14 +24295,13 @@ To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text - position where the footnote box is placed. +The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text position where the footnote box is placed. The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page. The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX according to the document class. \SpecialChar LyX - does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get other - schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX + does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, + but you can get other schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands. T \family roman @@ -20483,6 +24321,8 @@ Objects \begin_layout Section Marginal Notes \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -20519,7 +24359,8 @@ type "icon" arg "marginalnote-insert" \end_inset -, you will see +, + you will see \family roman \series medium a @@ -20573,8 +24414,8 @@ This is a marginal note. \begin_layout Standard Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents. - In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even - pages, right on odd pages. + In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even pages, + right on odd pages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -20600,6 +24441,8 @@ Objects \begin_layout Section Graphics and Images \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -20610,6 +24453,8 @@ Images \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -20629,8 +24474,8 @@ name "sec:Graphics" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position - you want and click on the toolbar icon +To insert an image in your document, + place the cursor at the text position you want and click on the toolbar icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" @@ -20652,8 +24497,7 @@ This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters. Graphics \family default tab allows you to choose your image file. - The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling - factor. + The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling factor. The scaling units are explained in Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20662,6 +24506,7 @@ Graphics \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -20673,10 +24518,8 @@ In the tab \family sans Clipping \family default - it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width - of the image in the output. - The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button - + it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width of the image in the output. + The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button \family sans Get \begin_inset space ~ @@ -20706,8 +24549,7 @@ bounding box \family default will only print the image region within the given coordinates. - Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore - the tab + Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore the tab \family sans Clipping \family default @@ -20740,15 +24582,15 @@ Draft mode \family default - has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame - with the image size is printed. + has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, + only a frame with the image size is printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image. - Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are - in the text. - This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph: + Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are in the text. + This is an example image within a separate, + horizontally centered paragraph: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -20763,8 +24605,9 @@ The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put - the image into a float, see section +If you need image captions or want to reference images, + you have to put the image into a float, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20772,6 +24615,7 @@ If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Figure-Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -20781,10 +24625,22 @@ reference "subsec:Figure-Floats" \begin_layout Subsection Image Formats \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Images ! Formats +Images +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formats +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -20809,10 +24665,12 @@ You can insert images in any known file format. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, every output document format allows only a few image formats. +, + every output document format allows only a few image formats. \SpecialChar LyX therefore uses the program \family typewriter @@ -20828,6 +24686,7 @@ ImageMagick \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -20843,7 +24702,8 @@ Bitmap \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. +images consist of pixel values, + often in a compressed form. They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms. Well-known bitmap image formats are \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -20853,7 +24713,8 @@ Graphics Interchange Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (GIF, file extension + (GIF, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -20867,27 +24728,17 @@ Graphics Interchange Format ) \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -GIF|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +GIF +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -20897,7 +24748,8 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -20905,7 +24757,8 @@ Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (PNG, file extension + (PNG, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -20919,27 +24772,17 @@ Portable Network Graphics ) \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -PNG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +PNG +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -20949,7 +24792,8 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -, and +, + and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -20957,7 +24801,8 @@ Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (JPG, file extension + (JPG, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -20983,27 +24828,17 @@ Joint Photographic Experts Group ) \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -JPG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +JPG +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -21021,10 +24856,9 @@ Scalable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without - data loss. - The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because - presentations are always scaled by the beamer. +images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without data loss. + The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, + because presentations are always scaled by the beamer. Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -21037,7 +24871,8 @@ Scalable Vector Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (SVG, file extension + (SVG, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -21051,27 +24886,17 @@ Scalable Vector Graphics ) \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -SVG|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +SVG +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -21081,7 +24906,8 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -21089,7 +24915,8 @@ Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (EPS, file extension + (EPS, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -21103,27 +24930,17 @@ Encapsulated PostScript ) \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -EPS|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +EPS +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - Image formats -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -21133,7 +24950,8 @@ status collapsed \end_inset -, and +, + and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -21141,7 +24959,8 @@ Portable Document Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - (PDF, file extension + (PDF, + file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -21155,6 +24974,8 @@ Portable Document Format ) \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -21172,15 +24993,15 @@ can be \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the - result will not be scalable. - In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original - image. +, + because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the result will not be scalable. + In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original image. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. +In the case of PDF, + the original image is additionally compressed. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -21189,7 +25010,8 @@ In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only +Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, + only \emph on vice versa \emph default @@ -21199,10 +25021,22 @@ vice versa \begin_layout Subsection Grouping of Image Settings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Images ! Settings grouping +Images +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings grouping +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -21211,14 +25045,10 @@ Images ! Settings grouping \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing - group. - Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image - of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in - the same way. - So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the - need to manually change each of them. - +Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing group. + Images within such a group share their settings, + so adjusting one image of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in the same way. + So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the need to manually change each of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -21251,13 +25081,14 @@ and LyX options \family default tab. - Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image - and checking the name of the desired group. + Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image and checking the name of the desired group. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Tables \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -21289,16 +25120,16 @@ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \family default . - A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns + A dialog will appear, + asking you for the number of rows and columns \change_inserted -712698321 1554288358 -, and you can select a specific (border) style +, + and you can select a specific (border) style \change_unchanged . - The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated - from the rest of the table. - This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row - have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above - them. + The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated from the rest of the table. + This separation appears due to a double line: + The cells of the first row have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above them. Here is an example table: \end_layout @@ -21438,10 +25269,6 @@ B \begin_layout Plain Layout -\size normal -\noun off -\color none - \end_layout \end_inset @@ -21543,8 +25370,8 @@ simple grid \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - which looks line the above table, but without the first row being separated - via double line, + which looks line the above table, + but without the first row being separated via double line, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -21564,31 +25391,35 @@ formal table \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - as often used in professional publishing with horizontal lines only and - bold top/bottom lines (see + as often used in professional publishing with horizontal lines only and bold top/bottom lines (see \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default - manual, section + manual, + section \emph on Formal Tables \emph default ). + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621434190 + It is also possible to have an horizontal (thin) Footline above the last line. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1554288823 -The default style used in the dialog as well as the style used by the toolbar - button can be changed in +The default style used in the dialog as well as the style used by the toolbar button can be changed in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Text Layout \family default . - So if the default style above is not the one you need, you should alter - this setting. + So if the default style above is not the one you need, + you should alter this setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -21596,23 +25427,23 @@ Table Dialog \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and - then choosing +You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and then choosing \family sans More\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default . This brings up the table dialog. - Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the - cursor is placed currently. + Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, + row and/or column where the cursor is placed currently. Most of the dialog options also work on selections. - This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is - done on all of your selection. + This means that if you select more cells, + columns or rows the action is done on all of your selection. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In addition to the table dialog, the +In addition to the table dialog, + the \family sans table \begin_inset space ~ @@ -21634,12 +25465,11 @@ Table Settings \family default of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row. - If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the - current cell respectively. - The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width - is given. - A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs - of text, see section + If you add a row or column, + it will be inserted right beside or below the current cell respectively. + The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width is given. + A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs of text, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21647,6 +25477,7 @@ Settings \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Table-Cells" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -21654,8 +25485,7 @@ reference "subsec:Table-Cells" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell - using the check box +You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell using the check box \family sans Multicolumn \family default @@ -21668,11 +25498,13 @@ Multirow \emph on one \emph default - cell, spread over more than one column/row. - Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, + cell, + spread over more than one column/row. + Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, + so that the alignment, + width, and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell. - Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one - in the last row without the upper border: + Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one in the last row without the upper border: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -21817,7 +25649,8 @@ D \begin_layout Standard Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX -arguments for the table. - They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells, + They are necessary for special table formatting, + such as the multirow cells, explained in the chapter \emph on Tables @@ -21844,6 +25677,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Most DVI-viewers are \emph on @@ -21873,16 +25707,30 @@ Default \begin_layout Subsection Multi-page Tables \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tables ! Multi-page +Tables +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Multi-page +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -21895,7 +25743,8 @@ Multi-page tables \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option +If the table is too long to fit on one page, + you can use the option \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ @@ -21924,9 +25773,12 @@ table \family sans Header \family default -: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable. - Except for the first page, if +: + The current row and all rows above, + that don't have any special options defined, + are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable. + Except for the first page, + if \family sans First \begin_inset space ~ @@ -21946,8 +25798,10 @@ First header \family default -: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. +: + The current row and all rows above, + that don't have any special options defined, + are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -21955,9 +25809,12 @@ header \family sans Footer \family default -: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable, - except for the last page, if +: + The current row and all rows below, + that don't have any special options defined, + are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable, + except for the last page, + if \family sans Last \begin_inset space ~ @@ -21977,12 +25834,15 @@ Last footer \family default -: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options - defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. +: + The current row and all rows below, + that don't have any special options defined, + are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Caption: The first row is reset as a single column. +Caption: + The first row is reset as a single column. You can now insert there the table caption via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -22002,24 +25862,29 @@ Objects \begin_layout Standard You can also specify a row where the table is split. - If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware - that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as - + If you set more than one option in the same table row, + you should be aware that then only the first option is used; + the others will be defined as \emph on empty \emph default . - In this context, first means first in this order: + In this context, + first means first in this order: + \family sans -Footer, Last +Footer, + Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer, + \family default \family sans Header, + \family default \family sans @@ -22029,7 +25894,8 @@ First header \family default -; see the following longtable to see how it works: +; + see the following longtable to see how it works: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -22109,7 +25975,7 @@ TEL. \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - + \series bold Example Phone List \end_layout @@ -22173,7 +26039,7 @@ TEL. \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - + \series bold continue ... \end_layout @@ -22875,7 +26741,8 @@ Paolo \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -111, 222 +111, + 222 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -23165,7 +27032,7 @@ Franz \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -23865,7 +27732,8 @@ Paolo \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -555, 222 +555, + 222 \end_layout \end_inset @@ -24191,10 +28059,22 @@ End \begin_layout Subsection Table Cells \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tables ! Cells +Tables +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Cells +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -24210,21 +28090,25 @@ name "subsec:Table-Cells" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table. +A table cell can contain text, + inline equations, + a figure, + or another table. All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell. Font sizes and shapes can also be altered. But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like \family sans Section* \family default -, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph. +, + etc.), + nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width - for the column in the table dialog. - Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell - is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width. +To have multi-line entries in table cells, + you have to declare a fixed width for the column in the table dialog. + Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width. An example: \end_layout @@ -24472,12 +28356,10 @@ This is a multi-line entry in a table. Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well. You can even cut and paste more than one row. \begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not - be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3. - +Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -24487,13 +28369,14 @@ Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not Shift \family default plus the arrow keys works as usual. - You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting - the selection from outside the table. + You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting the selection from outside the table. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Floats \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -24517,8 +28400,8 @@ Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't - have a fixed location. +A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, + which doesn't have a fixed location. It can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -24527,7 +28410,8 @@ float \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. + forward or backward a page or two, + to wherever it fits best. \family sans Footnotes @@ -24540,16 +28424,15 @@ Margin Notes \family default - are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are - too many notes on the current page. + are also floats, + because they can float to the next page when there are too many notes on the current page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout. - Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace - and pages without text. - As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and - the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text. + Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace and pages without text. + As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and the image/table, + every float can be referenced in the text. Floats are therefore numbered. Referencing is described in section \begin_inset space ~ @@ -24559,6 +28442,7 @@ Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24566,31 +28450,43 @@ reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To insert a float, use the menu +To insert a float, + use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Float \family default . A box with a caption will be inserted into your document. - The label will automatically be translated to the document language in - the output. + The label will automatically be translated to the document language in the output. After the label you can insert the caption text. \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Captions +Floats +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Captions \end_layout \end_inset - The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate - paragraph within the float. + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate paragraph within the float. To keep your \SpecialChar LyX --document readable, you can open and close the float box by - left-clicking on the box label. - A closed float box looks like this: +-document readable, + you can open and close the float box by left-clicking on the box label. + A closed float box looks like this: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/float.png scale 80 @@ -24602,8 +28498,7 @@ Floats ! Captions \begin_layout Standard You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX --errors - that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. +-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -24616,10 +28511,22 @@ name "subsec:Figure-Floats" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Figure floats +Floats +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Figure floats +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -24636,6 +28543,7 @@ Figure \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:A-star-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24652,8 +28560,7 @@ arg "float-insert figure" \end_inset ). - The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and - using the menu + The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Graphics @@ -24665,8 +28572,7 @@ arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" \end_inset ). - The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor - to the left or right of the image and using the menu + The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor to the left or right of the image and using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph @@ -24728,8 +28634,8 @@ A star in a float. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference - to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu +This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference to it: + Insert a label into the caption using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Label @@ -24752,8 +28658,7 @@ arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset ). - It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using - vague references like + It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using vague references like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -24761,9 +28666,11 @@ the figure above \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, because, as \SpecialChar LaTeX - will reposition the floats in the final document, it might - not be +, + because, + as \SpecialChar LaTeX + will reposition the floats in the final document, + it might not be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -24772,7 +28679,8 @@ above \end_inset at all. - For more about cross-references, see section + For more about cross-references, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24780,6 +28688,7 @@ above \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24787,11 +28696,10 @@ reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you - might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. +Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, + but sometimes you might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. - Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures - as described in section + Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24799,6 +28707,7 @@ Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:List-of-Figures" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24811,6 +28720,7 @@ reference "subsec:List-of-Figures" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Two-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24824,6 +28734,7 @@ reference "fig:Two-images" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Undefinable" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24831,6 +28742,7 @@ reference "fig:Undefinable" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Star" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -24964,10 +28876,22 @@ Two images. \begin_layout Subsection Table Floats \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Table floats +Floats +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Table floats +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -24989,9 +28913,7 @@ arg "float-insert table" \end_inset . - They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in - the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures - and that the label begins with “tab:”. + They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures and that the label begins with “tab:”. Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25000,6 +28922,7 @@ arg "float-insert table" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-float" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -25235,10 +29158,22 @@ c & d \begin_layout Subsection More Information \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Floats ! Details +Floats +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Details +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25249,11 +29184,9 @@ Floats ! Details \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats. - It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the - float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float - caption. - All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter - + It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, + to control the float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float caption. + All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter \emph on Floats \emph default @@ -25271,6 +29204,8 @@ Objects \begin_layout Section Minipages \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -25284,14 +29219,16 @@ Minipages \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LaTeX - provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, called - a minipage. - Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc. + provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, + called a minipage. + Within a minipage, + all the usual rules of indentation, + line wrapping, + etc. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset apply. - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -25302,8 +29239,7 @@ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Box \family default . - Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage - and its alignment within the page. + Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage and its alignment within the page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -25336,8 +29272,7 @@ This is a minipage. \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape italic -Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs - another formatting. +Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs another formatting. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25349,7 +29284,8 @@ Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset -If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use +If you place two minipages side-by-side, + you can use \family sans Horizontal Fills \family default @@ -25361,6 +29297,7 @@ Horizontal Fills \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -25438,8 +29375,8 @@ This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another - box type. +When you right-click on a minipage box, + you can transform the box to another box type. All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter \emph on Boxes @@ -25458,6 +29395,8 @@ Objects \begin_layout Chapter Mathematical Formulas \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -25468,27 +29407,17 @@ Math \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Formulas | see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +Formulas +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - Math -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25520,10 +29449,22 @@ Math \begin_layout Section Basic Math Editing \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Basics +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Basics +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25532,7 +29473,8 @@ Math ! Basics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon +To create a math formula, + you can just click on the toolbar icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-mode on" @@ -25545,10 +29487,10 @@ arg "math-mode" \end_inset ). - That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its - corners. - That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate - what level of nesting within the formula you are at. + That will create a little blue rectangle, + with purple markers around its corners. + That blue rectangle is the formula itself; + the purple markers indicate what level of nesting within the formula you are at. You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -25558,8 +29500,7 @@ Math \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done - with the +Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done with the \family sans math \begin_inset space ~ @@ -25567,12 +29508,15 @@ math toolbar \family default -, that appears if the cursor is in a formula. +, + that appears if the cursor is in a formula. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas. - Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one: +There are two main types of formulas, + inline formulas and display formulas. + Inline formulas appear within a text line, + like this one: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -25584,8 +29528,8 @@ This is a line with an inline formula \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate - paragraph, like this one: +Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate paragraph, + like this one: \begin_inset Formula \[ A=B @@ -25600,7 +29544,8 @@ You can only number and reference displayed formulas. \SpecialChar LyX also supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX math commands. - For example, typing + For example, + typing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -25614,7 +29559,9 @@ alpha \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter +, + followed by a space, + in a formula will create the Greek letter \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ \end_inset @@ -25633,10 +29580,22 @@ Panel \begin_layout Subsection Navigating in Formulas \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Navigating +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Navigating +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25645,8 +29604,7 @@ Math ! Navigating \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is - achieved with the arrow keys. +The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is achieved with the arrow keys. \SpecialChar LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted. The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula. @@ -25658,11 +29616,13 @@ Space \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ \end_inset -, or parentheses +, + or parentheses \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ \end_inset -, or a matrix +, + or a matrix \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4 @@ -25674,13 +29634,15 @@ Space \family sans Escape \family default - will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula. + will leave the formula, + placing the cursor after the formula. \family sans Tab \family default - can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the - cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. + can be used to move horizontally in a formula; + for example, + through the cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -25688,7 +29650,8 @@ Tab \family sans Space \family default -, printed in this document as +, + printed in this document as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -25700,18 +29663,23 @@ Space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between - characters, but it does exit a nested structure. - For this reason, you have to be careful about using +, + seems to do nothing in a formula, + since it does not add a space between characters, + but it does exit a nested structure. + For this reason, + you have to be careful about using \family sans Space \family default . - For example, if you want + For example, + if you want \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ \end_inset -, type +, + type \series bold \backslash @@ -25735,7 +29703,8 @@ sqrt +1 \series default -, since in the latter case only the +, + since in the latter case only the \family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $2x$ @@ -25743,7 +29712,8 @@ sqrt \family default - will be under the square root sign: + will be under the square root sign: + \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ \end_inset @@ -25751,8 +29721,10 @@ sqrt \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled - in, such as: +You can leave many parts of a formula, + like this matrix, + partially filled in, + such as: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left(\begin{array}{ccc} @@ -25764,8 +29736,10 @@ You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled \end_inset -If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing - in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind. +If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, + or a subscript with nothing in it, + the results will be unpredictable, + but most constructs don't mind. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -25774,14 +29748,17 @@ Selecting Text \begin_layout Standard You can select text within a formula in two different ways. - Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press + Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, + and press \family sans Shift \family default and a cursor movement key to select text. It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. - Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. - That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula, + Alternatively, + you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. + That text can then be cut or copied, + and then pasted within any formula, but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout @@ -25789,20 +29766,44 @@ Shift \begin_layout Subsection Exponents and Subscripts \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Exponents +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Exponents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Subscripts +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Subscripts +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25823,12 +29824,14 @@ type "icon" arg "math-subscript" \end_inset -), but it is often much easier to use a command. +), + but it is often much easier to use a command. To get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ \end_inset -, type in a formula +, + type in a formula \series bold x^2 \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} @@ -25846,15 +29849,18 @@ Space \series bold x^2y \series default -, you will get +, + you will get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ \end_inset -, to get +, + to get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ \end_inset -, type +, + type \series bold x^2 \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} @@ -25863,8 +29869,8 @@ x^2 y \series default . - If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the - circumflex + If you use characters in the superscript, + that could be accented with the circumflex \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -25872,16 +29878,19 @@ y \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, you have to use an extra +, + you have to use an extra \family sans Space \family default to separate the circumflex and the character. - For example, if you want + For example, + if you want \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$ \end_inset -, type +, + type \series bold x^ \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} @@ -25890,11 +29899,13 @@ x^ a \series default . - Subscripts are similar: To get + Subscripts are similar: + To get \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ \end_inset -, type +, + type \series bold a_1 \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} @@ -25908,10 +29919,22 @@ a_1 \begin_layout Subsection Fractions \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Fractions +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fractions +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -25943,17 +29966,20 @@ Panel . You will be presented with an empty fraction. The cursor is above the fraction line. - To move it to the bottom, simply press + To move it to the bottom, + simply press \family sans Down \family default . - To move back up, press + To move back up, + press \family sans Up \family default . - Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: + Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, + as this example shows: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} @@ -25970,10 +29996,22 @@ Up \begin_layout Subsection Roots \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Roots +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Roots +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26021,7 +30059,9 @@ root \backslash root \series default - you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while + you can produce roots of higher orders, + like cube roots, + while \series bold \backslash @@ -26033,20 +30073,44 @@ sqrt \begin_layout Subsection Operators with Limits \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Sums +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sums +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Integrals +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Integrals +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26072,8 +30136,8 @@ Sum ( ) operators are very often decorated with limits. These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX - by entering them as you would enter a super- - or subscript, directly after the symbol. + by entering them as you would enter a super- or subscript, + directly after the symbol. The sum operator will automatically place its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -26082,12 +30146,14 @@ limits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline - formulas, as in + over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, + and to the side in inline formulas, + as in \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ \end_inset -, versus +, + versus \begin_inset Formula \[ \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e @@ -26095,15 +30161,14 @@ limits \end_inset -Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula - types. +Integral signs, + however, + will place the limits to the side in both formula types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in - display mode. - The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly - behind the operator and using the menu +All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode. + The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly behind the operator and using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -26135,12 +30200,25 @@ moving limits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - feature, such as + feature, + such as \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Limits +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Limits +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26166,7 +30244,8 @@ lim \end_inset in display mode. - In inline formulas it looks like this: + In inline formulas it looks like this: + \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ \end_inset @@ -26189,6 +30268,7 @@ lim \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Functions" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -26198,10 +30278,22 @@ reference "subsec:Functions" \begin_layout Subsection Math Symbols \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Symbols +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Symbols +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26218,31 +30310,34 @@ Math Panel \family default - under one of several categories; including + under one of several categories; + including \family sans Greek \family default -, +, + \family sans Operators \family default -, +, + \family sans Relations \family default -, +, + \family sans Arrows \family default . - There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical - Society (AMS). + There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX --command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you - don't have to use the +-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, + you don't have to use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ @@ -26250,7 +30345,8 @@ Math Panel \family default -; you can type the command directly into the formula. +; + you can type the command directly into the formula. \SpecialChar LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct. \end_layout @@ -26258,10 +30354,22 @@ Panel \begin_layout Subsection Altering Spacing \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Spaces +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Spaces +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26270,10 +30378,10 @@ Math ! Spaces \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that - \SpecialChar LaTeX +You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that \SpecialChar LaTeX provides. - To do this, press + To do this, + press \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected" @@ -26294,12 +30402,15 @@ arg "math-insert \\space" \end_inset . - This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen. - For example, the sequence + This generates a small space, + and shows a small marker on the screen. + For example, + the sequence \series bold a Ctrl+Space b \series default -: +: + \begin_inset Formula $a\,b$ \end_inset @@ -26311,12 +30422,11 @@ a Ctrl+Space b \end_inset . - You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind - the space marker and enter space again several times. + You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind the space marker and enter space again several times. With every space enter the size will be changed. Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX -, because they are negative - spaces. +, + because they are negative spaces. Here are two examples: \end_layout @@ -26329,7 +30439,8 @@ a Ctrl+Space b \family sans Space \family default -: +: + \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ \end_inset @@ -26345,7 +30456,8 @@ a Ctrl+Space b \family sans Space \family default -: +: + \begin_inset Formula $a\!b$ \end_inset @@ -26355,10 +30467,22 @@ Space \begin_layout Subsection Functions \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Functions +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Functions +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26388,15 +30512,18 @@ type "icon" arg "math-insert \\functions" \end_inset - a number of function macros, such as + a number of function macros, + such as \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ \end_inset -, +, + \emph on etc \emph default @@ -26408,8 +30535,8 @@ etc sin \series default etc.). - Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to - avoid confusions, because + Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to avoid confusions, + because \begin_inset Formula $sin$ \end_inset @@ -26434,8 +30561,10 @@ Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts - are placed, as described in section +For some mathematical objects, + like limits, + the macro changes where subscripts are placed, + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26443,6 +30572,7 @@ For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -26452,10 +30582,22 @@ reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits" \begin_layout Subsection Accents \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Accents +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Accents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -26464,11 +30606,13 @@ Math ! Accents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text - mode. - This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use. +In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text mode. + This may depend on your keyboard, + or the bindings file you use. You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX - commands, for example, to enter + commands, + for example, + to enter \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ \end_inset @@ -26492,6 +30636,7 @@ a \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Accent-names-and" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27128,27 +31273,51 @@ type "icon" arg "math-insert \\hat" \end_inset - in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within - a formula too. + in the math panel; + this will apply to any selection you have made within a formula too. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Brackets and Delimiters \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Brackets +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Brackets +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Delimiters +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Delimiters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -27166,21 +31335,24 @@ name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" \begin_layout Standard There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX . - For some purposes, using just the keys + For some purposes, + using just the keys \family typewriter []{}()|<> \family default should suffice. - But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction, - or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math - toolbar delimiter icon + But if you want to surround a large structure, + like a matrix or a fraction, + or if you have several layers of brackets, + it is better to use the math toolbar delimiter icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_inset . - For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way: + For example, + if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left[\begin{array}{cc} @@ -27192,8 +31364,8 @@ arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_inset it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses. - Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon - + Below, + the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" @@ -27216,14 +31388,13 @@ arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from - that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is - inside. +If you use the delimiter icon, + the parentheses, + and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is inside. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the - left side and right side. +To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the left side and right side. If you use the option \family sans Keep @@ -27232,31 +31403,37 @@ Keep matched \family default -, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. +, + the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX code. - If you want one side not to have a bracket, use + If you want one side not to have a bracket, + use \family sans (none) \family default . It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX - with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. + with a dotted line, + but nothing will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square - root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that - is to go inside the brackets. +If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, + like a square root, + you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside the brackets. Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on \family sans Insert \family default . - The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and - braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. - For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and - enter + The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, + square brackets, + and braces, + on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. + For example, + to insert a pair of parentheses, + select the structure and enter \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-delim ( )" @@ -27268,30 +31445,66 @@ arg "math-delim ( )" \begin_layout Section Arrays and Multi-line Equations \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Arrays +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Arrays +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Matrices +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Matrices +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Multi-line Equations +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Multi-line Equations +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -27329,7 +31542,8 @@ arg "dialog-show mathmatrix" \end_inset -The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section +The parentheses aren't automatic, + but you can add them as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -27337,12 +31551,15 @@ The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries - will be left-, right-, or center-justified. + When you construct the matrix, + you can decide whether the column entries will be left-, + right-, + or center-justified. This alignment is set in the box \family sans Horizontal @@ -27359,7 +31576,8 @@ l \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -27371,7 +31589,8 @@ r \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, and +, + and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -27398,7 +31617,8 @@ c \end_inset for every column as default. - For example, the sequence + For example, + the sequence \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -27410,9 +31630,10 @@ lcr \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be - centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter - corresponds to the relevant column. + means that the first column will be left-justified, + the second will be centered, + and the third column will be right-justified, + because each letter corresponds to the relevant column. The result will look like this: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -27445,7 +31666,8 @@ Math \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases. +There are other arrays used in formulas, + such as distinctions of cases. It can be created with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -27463,7 +31685,8 @@ Environment cases \series default . - Here is an example: + Here is an example: + \begin_inset Formula \[ f(x)=\begin{cases} @@ -27489,15 +31712,16 @@ arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset within a formula. - In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each - column. + In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, + one for each column. When you press \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset - in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign + in a non-empty formula, + the part before the relation sign (equal sign \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -27505,8 +31729,9 @@ arg "newline-insert newline" \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign - is in the second column, and the rest in the third column. + etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, + the relation sign is in the second column, + and the rest in the third column. A new row is created by every further entry of \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" @@ -27524,8 +31749,7 @@ a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared} \end_inset -Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures - in this column will be printed in a smaller size: +Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures in this column will be printed in a smaller size: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} @@ -27549,6 +31773,7 @@ eqnarray \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:asquared" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27561,6 +31786,7 @@ reference "eq:asquared" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27570,20 +31796,44 @@ reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types" \begin_layout Section Formula Numbering and Referencing \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Formula numbering +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Formula numbering +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Referencing formulas +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Referencing formulas +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -27599,7 +31849,8 @@ name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu +To number a formula, + set the cursor in the formula and use the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -27623,8 +31874,7 @@ arg "math-number-toggle" The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX within parentheses. The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated. - The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on - the document class. + The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on the document class. In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number, separated by a dot: \begin_inset Formula @@ -27645,7 +31895,8 @@ arg "math-number-toggle" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu +Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: + Using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -27714,8 +31965,8 @@ eq: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the - label type when you have many labels in your document. + as the first part of the label, + because this helps later to identify the label type when you have many labels in your document. We inserted in the following example the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -27753,8 +32004,7 @@ arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" ). A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to. The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX - as a gray cross-reference box and in the output - as the formula number: + as a gray cross-reference box and in the output as the formula number: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -27762,6 +32012,7 @@ This is a cross-reference to equation ( \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "eq:tanhExp" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -27778,12 +32029,13 @@ The properties of \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and - press + To delete a label, + set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and press \family sans Del \family default @@ -27793,10 +32045,22 @@ Del \begin_layout Section User defined math macros \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Macros +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Macros +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -27806,8 +32070,7 @@ Math ! Macros \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you - have equations of the same form in a document several times. + allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you have equations of the same form in a document several times. Math macros are explained in section \emph on Math @@ -27830,10 +32093,22 @@ Fine-Tuning \begin_layout Subsection Typefaces \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Typefaces +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Typefaces +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -27842,8 +32117,10 @@ Math ! Typefaces \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman. - To set a font in a formula, use the +The standard font for text is italic, + for numbers the standard is roman. + To set a font in a formula, + use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ @@ -27857,7 +32134,9 @@ type "icon" arg "math-insert \\font" \end_inset -, or enter its command, listed in table +, + or enter its command, + listed in table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -27865,10 +32144,12 @@ arg "math-insert \\font" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, directly. +, + directly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -27900,7 +32181,7 @@ Typefaces and the corresponding commands. \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular - + @@ -28068,6 +32349,37 @@ mathtt mathbb \end_layout +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted 5863344 1592055455 +\begin_inset Formula $\mathds{DOUBLESTROKE}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted 5863344 1592055455 + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathds +\end_layout + \end_inset @@ -28129,6 +32441,44 @@ mathfrak mathcal \end_layout +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -131811572 1591595416 + +\shape up +\size normal +\emph on +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +\begin_inset Formula $\mathscr{SCRIPT}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -131811572 1591595416 + +\series bold + +\backslash +mathscr +\end_layout + \end_inset @@ -28179,12 +32529,27 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default You can only print capital letters in the typefaces \family sans Blackboard +\change_inserted 5863344 1592055666 +, + Double stroke +\change_deleted -131811572 1591595671 + \family default - and + +\change_inserted -131811572 1591595667 +, + +\family sans +Script +\family default + +\change_unchanged +and \family sans Calligraphic \family default @@ -28197,13 +32562,20 @@ Calligraphic \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula. +When you use a typeface, + a blue box is inserted in the formula. Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface. Pressing \family sans Space \family default - within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected + within the box will set the cursor outside, + so that you have to use a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619816 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619818 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged space when you need a space in the box. Here is an example where \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -28229,8 +32601,11 @@ f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion. - You can, for example, put a character in +The typefaces are nestable, + which can cause confusion. + You can, + for example, + put a character in \family sans Fraktur \family default @@ -28238,7 +32613,8 @@ Fraktur \family sans Typewriter \family default -: +: + \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$ \end_inset @@ -28250,7 +32626,8 @@ So it is better not to use this feature. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters: +The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters: + \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$ \end_inset @@ -28264,7 +32641,9 @@ You can only print them emboldened using the command \backslash boldsymbol \series default -, which works like the other typeface commands: +, + which works like the other typeface commands: + \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$ \end_inset @@ -28278,11 +32657,14 @@ boldsymbol \backslash boldsymbol \series default - works for all symbols, letters, and numbers. + works for all symbols, + letters, + and numbers. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu +A number of other font options are available as well, + in the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -28298,10 +32680,22 @@ Style \begin_layout Subsection Math Text \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Text +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -28310,10 +32704,10 @@ Math ! Text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but - not for text. - For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using - the entry +Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, + but not for text. + For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, + which is obtained using the entry \family sans Normal \begin_inset space ~ @@ -28360,10 +32754,22 @@ x & \mbox{if I say so}\\ \begin_layout Subsection Font Sizes \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Font sizes +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Font sizes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -28372,26 +32778,30 @@ Math ! Font sizes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are - automatically chosen in most situations. +There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, + which are automatically chosen in most situations. These are called \family sans textstyle \family default -, +, + \family sans displaystyle \family default -, +, + \family sans scriptstyle \family default -, and +, + and \family sans scriptscriptstyle \family default . - For most characters, + For most characters, + \family sans textstyle \family default @@ -28399,14 +32809,18 @@ textstyle \family sans displaystyle \family default - are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, - and certain other structures, are set larger in + are actually the same size, + but fractions, + superscripts and subscripts, + and certain other structures, + are set larger in \family sans displaystyle \family default . - Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various - situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX + Except for some operators, + which resize themselves to accommodate various situations, + all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX thinks are appropriate. These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button \begin_inset Info @@ -28416,19 +32830,23 @@ arg "math-insert \\style" . A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure. - For example, you can set + For example, + you can set \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ \end_inset -, which is normally in +, + which is normally in \family sans textstyle \family default -, larger in +, + larger in \family sans displaystyle \family default -: +: + \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ \end_inset @@ -28440,15 +32858,18 @@ displaystyle \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ \end_inset @@ -28456,8 +32877,7 @@ displaystyle \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset - is set in a particular size with the menu +All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset is set in a particular size with the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text @@ -28466,9 +32886,11 @@ Text Style \family default -, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size. - Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts - will be adjusted to correspond. +, + all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size. + Similarly, + if the base font size of the document is changed, + all fonts will be adjusted to correspond. As an example here is a formula in the font size \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -28494,6 +32916,8 @@ largest AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -28504,10 +32928,22 @@ AMS math \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! AMS +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +AMS +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -28517,8 +32953,7 @@ Math ! AMS \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS) - that are in common use. + supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS) that are in common use. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -28526,8 +32961,25 @@ Enabling AMS-Support \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in - the document by selecting the checkbox +You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in the document by +\change_inserted -131811572 1600338725 + setting +\family sans +Load always +\family default + for +\series bold +amsmath +\series default + and +\series bold +amssymb +\series default + packages +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -131811572 1600338685 +selecting the checkbox \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ @@ -28542,6 +32994,8 @@ math \end_inset package +\change_unchanged + \family default in the \family sans @@ -28550,10 +33004,22 @@ Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -28567,7 +33033,8 @@ Math Options \family default . - AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX + AMS is needed for many math-constructs; + so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors in formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS. \end_layout @@ -28582,10 +33049,22 @@ name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Math ! Multi-line Equations +Math +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Multi-line Equations +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -28601,24 +33080,29 @@ AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX \family typewriter align \family default -, +, + \family typewriter alignat \family default -, +, + \family typewriter flalign \family default -, +, + \family typewriter gather \family default -, and +, + and \family typewriter multline \family default . - We refer you to the AMS-documentation, + We refer you to the AMS-documentation, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "AMS" @@ -28626,7 +33110,8 @@ literal "true" \end_inset -, for an explanation of these formula types. +, + for an explanation of these formula types. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter @@ -28636,6 +33121,8 @@ More Tools \begin_layout Section Cross-References \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -28657,9 +33144,13 @@ name "sec:Cross-References" \begin_layout Standard One of \SpecialChar LyX 's strengths is cross-references. - You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in - the document. - To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it. + You can reference every section, + float, + footnote, + formula, + and list in the document. + To reference a document part, + you have to insert a label into it. The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference. We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list: \end_layout @@ -28695,7 +33186,8 @@ arg "label-insert" \end_inset . - A gray label box like this: + A gray label box like this: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/label.png @@ -28703,8 +33195,8 @@ arg "label-insert" is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text. \SpecialChar LyX - offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case - the text + offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, + in our case the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -28738,9 +33230,10 @@ enumerate \end_inset . - The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for - example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix - will be + The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; + for example, + if you insert a label into a section heading, + the suggested prefix will be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -28756,7 +33249,8 @@ sec: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu +To reference the item, + we refer to its label using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross-Reference @@ -28768,14 +33262,14 @@ arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset . - A gray cross-reference box like this: + A gray cross-reference box like this: + \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/reference.png \end_inset - is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels - in the document. + is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels in the document. We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -28789,8 +33283,7 @@ enu:Second-item \end_inset . - At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear - in the output. + At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -28799,13 +33292,13 @@ As an alternative to Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross-Reference \family default -, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select +, + you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select \family sans Copy as Reference \family default . - The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted - to the actual cursor position via the menu + The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted to the actual cursor position via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paste @@ -28820,7 +33313,8 @@ arg "paste" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here is our cross-reference: Item +Here is our cross-reference: + Item \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28828,6 +33322,7 @@ Here is our cross-reference: Item \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:Second-item" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28835,7 +33330,13 @@ reference "enu:Second-item" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -It is recommended to use a protected space +It is recommended to use a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619823 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619826 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged + space \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -28848,6 +33349,7 @@ described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Protected-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28856,8 +33358,7 @@ reference "subsec:Protected-Space" \end_inset - between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly - line breaks between them. + between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly line breaks between them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -28865,10 +33366,14 @@ There are eight formats of cross-references: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -: prints the number, this is the default: +: + prints the number, + this is the default: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Two-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28876,9 +33381,10 @@ reference "fig:Two-images" \end_layout \begin_layout Description -(): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style - normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name - +(): + prints the number within two parentheses, + this is the style normally used to reference formulas, + especially when the reference name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -28886,10 +33392,12 @@ Equation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - is omitted: + is omitted: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:tanhExp" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28897,7 +33405,9 @@ reference "eq:tanhExp" \end_layout \begin_layout Description -: prints the page number: Page +: + prints the page number: + Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28905,6 +33415,7 @@ reference "eq:tanhExp" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand pageref reference "fig:Two-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28920,10 +33431,13 @@ page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -: prints the text “on page” and the page number: +: + prints the text “on page” and the page number: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vpageref reference "fig:Two-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28931,10 +33445,13 @@ reference "fig:Two-images" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label - is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”; - if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on - the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page, +If the label is on the same page, + it prints “on this page”; + if the label is on a facing page in a two-sided document, + it prints “on the facing page”; + if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, + it prints “on the previous page”; + if it is on the next page which is not a facing page, it prints “on the next page”. The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class. \end_layout @@ -28952,10 +33469,14 @@ page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number: +: + prints the number, + the text “on page” and the page number: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref reference "fig:Two-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -28963,13 +33484,15 @@ reference "fig:Two-images" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like +If the label is on the same page, + this format behaves like \family sans \series bold \family default \series default -; otherwise it behaves like +; + otherwise it behaves like \family sans \series bold on @@ -28991,7 +33514,8 @@ Formatted \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format. +reference: + prints a self defined cross-reference format. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -29003,6 +33527,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package @@ -29015,22 +33540,46 @@ refstyle \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! prettyref + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +prettyref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! refstyle + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +refstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -29045,8 +33594,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX --package should be used for this feature by setting - the option +-package should be used for this feature by setting the option \family sans Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references \family default @@ -29070,7 +33618,8 @@ prettyref \series bold \backslash -newrefformat +newref\SpecialChar ligaturebreak +format \series default (prettyref) or \series bold @@ -29080,8 +33629,7 @@ newref \series default (refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble of the document. - For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label - shortcut + For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label shortcut \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -29122,15 +33670,17 @@ prettyref refstyle \series default predefines reference formats for all available types. - This is especially true for the wide variety of mathematical `theorem' - environments. - So if you want to make formatted references to, say, Propositions, then - you will need to define the relevant format yourself. + This is especially true for the wide variety of mathematical `theorem' environments. + So if you want to make formatted references to, + say, + Propositions, + then you will need to define the relevant format yourself. For \series bold prettyref \series default -, you might do so as follows: +, + you might do so as follows: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -29138,7 +33688,8 @@ prettyref \series bold \backslash -newrefformat{prop}{Proposition +newref\SpecialChar ligaturebreak +format{prop}{Proposition \backslash ref{#1}} \series default @@ -29146,8 +33697,8 @@ ref{#1}} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -For more information about defining formatted references, have a look at - the package documentation +For more information about defining formatted references, + have a look at the package documentation \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "prettyref,refstyle" @@ -29179,10 +33730,13 @@ Textual \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference: +reference: + prints the caption or the name of the reference: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand nameref reference "fig:Two-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29194,11 +33748,14 @@ Label \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -only: prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX - label for the reference: +only: + prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX + label for the reference: + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand labelonly reference "fig:Two-images" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29206,15 +33763,17 @@ reference "fig:Two-images" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -This allows for customization, using \SpecialChar TeX - Code, if you want to issue a command - that \SpecialChar LyX +This allows for customization, + using \SpecialChar TeX + Code, + if you want to issue a command that \SpecialChar LyX does not support. If you are using \series bold refstyle \series default -, then you may want to use the +, + then you may want to use the \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ @@ -29222,8 +33781,8 @@ No Prefix \family default - option, which will output only the part of the reference following the - + option, + which will output only the part of the reference following the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -29244,15 +33803,14 @@ g. \series bold refstyle \series default -'s range commands.The number and current page of the referenced document - part in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX +'s range commands.The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX . The varieties are adjusted in the field \family sans Format \family default - of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen -ce. + of the cross-reference window, + that appears when you click on the cross-reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -29260,7 +33818,8 @@ You can only use the style \family sans \family default - to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style + to reference numbered document parts, + while the reference style \family sans \family default @@ -29268,9 +33827,10 @@ You can only use the style \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading; - for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in - it. +If you want to reference a section, + put the label in the section heading; + for floats put the label in the caption; + for footnotes put the label in it. Referencing formulas is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29279,6 +33839,7 @@ If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading; \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29300,6 +33861,9 @@ to Label \family default sets the cursor before the referenced label. +\change_inserted -584632292 1599757593 +(Ctrl-clicking on a cross-reference will also take you to its corresponding label.) +\change_unchanged This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to \family sans Go @@ -29315,38 +33879,46 @@ type "icon" arg "bookmark-goto 0" \end_inset + +\change_inserted -584632292 1599757706 + or, + using the menu: + +\family sans +Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator +Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator +Navigate Back +\change_unchanged + +\family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change labels at any time. - References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you - do not need to think about this. + References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you do not need to +\change_deleted -584632292 1599757720 +think about this +\change_inserted -584632292 1599757724 +change them all manually +\change_unchanged +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in \SpecialChar LyX - “BROKEN” - in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead - of the reference. +If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, + you will see in \SpecialChar LyX + “BROKEN” in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead of the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -References are described in detail in the section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - - +References are described in detail in the section \emph on Referencing Floats \emph default of the \emph on -Embedded -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset - -Objects +Embedded Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout @@ -29354,6 +33926,8 @@ Objects \begin_layout Section Table of Contents and other Listings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -29364,16 +33938,30 @@ Table of contents \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Navigating ! Outline +Navigating +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Outline +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -29407,7 +33995,7 @@ name "subsec:Table-of-Contents" The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator -List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator +List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29421,12 +34009,14 @@ Contents . It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX as a gray box. - If you click on it, the + If you click on it, + the \family sans Outline \family default - window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you - to move and rearrange sections in your documents. + window appears, + showing you the TOC entries as outline, + which allows you to move and rearrange sections in your documents. So this operation is an alternative to the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -29444,6 +34034,7 @@ Pane \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:The-Outliner" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29452,8 +34043,8 @@ reference "subsec:The-Outliner" \begin_layout Standard The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically. - If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described - in section + If you have declared a short title for a section heading, + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29461,10 +34052,12 @@ The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Short-Titles" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading. +, + it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading. Section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29473,16 +34066,18 @@ reference "sec:Short-Titles" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" +nolink "false" \end_inset - describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are - listed in the TOC. + describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are listed in the TOC. Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -List of Figures, Tables, Listings and Algorithms +List of Figures, + Tables, + Listings and Algorithms \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:List-of-Figures" @@ -29493,12 +34088,13 @@ name "subsec:List-of-Figures" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table - of contents. +Table, + figure, + listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. You can insert them via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator -List/TOC +List/Contents/References \family default submenus. The list entries are the float captions and the float number. @@ -29507,6 +34103,8 @@ List/TOC \begin_layout Section URLs and Hyperlinks \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -29517,6 +34115,8 @@ URLs \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -29549,10 +34149,12 @@ URL \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here is an example URL: \SpecialChar LyX -'s homepage: +Here is an example URL: + \SpecialChar LyX +'s homepage: + \begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -29565,14 +34167,197 @@ https://www.lyx.org \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be - in the style + +\change_deleted -712698321 1676535921 +You cannot change the style of the link text +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535924 +By default +\change_unchanged +, + the URL text will always be in the style \family typewriter Typewriter \family default . - To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next - subsection. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535967 +You can globally change the formatting by putting to +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator +LaTeX Preamble +\family default +: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676536088 + +\backslash +urlstyle{} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676536347 +where +\family typewriter + +\family default + is either +\family typewriter +rm +\family default + (Roman), + +\family typewriter +sf +\family default + (Sans Serif), + +\family typewriter +tt +\family default + (Typewriter), + or +\family typewriter +same +\family default + (use whatever the current text font is). + To have italicized URLs, + use this instead: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676536274 + +\backslash +def +\backslash +UrlFont{ +\backslash +rmfamily +\backslash +itshape} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1676536203 +To be able to format the URL text, + use hyperlinks as explained in the next subsection. + By default longer +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535961 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413 +URLs will +\change_deleted -712698321 1676534694 +not +\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413 +break +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535379 +between lines at certain characters, + namely: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535384 +. + @ +\backslash + / ! + _ | ; + > ] % ) , + ? + & ' + = # +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535411 +It does not break at a hyphen ( +\family typewriter +- +\family default +) by default, + but you can change that by adding +\family sans +hyphens +\family default + to +\change_deleted -712698321 1676535339 +at the of the line +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535862 + +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator +Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator +Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator +Custom +\family default +. +\change_deleted -712698321 1676535861 +; + +\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413 + +\change_deleted -712698321 1676535863 +i +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535864 +I +\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413 +f +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535842 +this still does not break URLs suitably to you, + a last resort is to put +\family typewriter + +\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413 + +\backslash +usepackage{xurl} +\change_deleted -712698321 1676535846 + +\family default + is put +\change_inserted -712698321 1676536760 + to +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator +LaTeX Preamble +\family default +; + +\change_deleted -712698321 1676535894 +in the preamble then the +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535897 +this will cause +\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413 + URL +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535899 +s +\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413 + +\change_deleted -712698321 1676535445 +can +\change_inserted -712698321 1676535903 +to +\change_inserted 5863208 1676462413 + be broken at every character. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1676536383 + +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -29583,8 +34368,10 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX + URLs must not end with a backslash, + otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX errors. \end_layout @@ -29617,7 +34404,8 @@ arg "href-insert" \end_inset . - The appearing dialog has two fields: + The appearing dialog has two fields: + \family sans Target \family default @@ -29627,7 +34415,8 @@ Name \family default . The name is the printed text for the hyperlink. - The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this: + The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this: + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "LyX's homepage" @@ -29636,7 +34425,9 @@ literal "false" \end_inset -, an Email address like this: +, + an Email address like this: + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "lyx-docs mailing list" @@ -29646,7 +34437,20 @@ literal "false" \end_inset -, or a link to a file. +, + +\change_deleted -712698321 1672058176 +or +\change_unchanged +a link to a file +\change_inserted -712698321 1672058271 + or any other valid URI (such as +\family sans +tel: +\family default +) +\change_unchanged +. The option \family sans Literal @@ -29660,8 +34464,7 @@ Name \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by - adding the prefix +You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by adding the prefix \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -29673,15 +34476,21 @@ run: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - to the link target. + to the link target +\change_inserted -712698321 1672058343 +, + but note that most PDF viewers disable such links for security reasons +\change_unchanged +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output, and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output. - To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use - the text style dialog. - This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text: + To set the format of the link text, + highlight the hyperlink inset and use the text style dialog. + This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text: + \family sans \series bold @@ -29697,7 +34506,8 @@ literal "false" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The link text color can be changed, when the option +The link text color can be changed, + when the option \family sans Color links \family default @@ -29708,8 +34518,7 @@ Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF Properties \family default ). - The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the - option + The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the option \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -29726,11 +34535,172 @@ to the field Additional options \family default in the PDF Properties dialog. +\change_inserted -584632292 1588303457 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section + +\change_inserted -584632292 1588303474 +Counters +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Counters +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Counters" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -584632292 1602541139 +One powerful feature of \SpecialChar LaTeX + is its ability to manage counters. + Mostly, + this is handled automatically, + but there are times one wants to modify counters directly. + This can be done in +\change_deleted 630872221 1621500277 +LyX +\change_inserted 630872221 1621500277 +\SpecialChar LyX + +\change_inserted -584632292 1602541139 + using the counter inset, + which is accessible from the Edit menu. + This allows one to set a counter's value; + to reset it (to zero); +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -584632292 1602541231 +Note that the section counter, + e.g., + starts with its value at zero and then is incremented to one when the first section is created. + So, + if you want the next section to be section five, + say, + then you need to set the section counter to four. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + to add to the value (or subtract from it, + since the value added can be negative); + to save it; + to restore the saved value; + and to print the value. + These effects can also be limited to +\change_deleted 630872221 1621500332 +LyX +\change_inserted 630872221 1621500332 +\SpecialChar LyX + +\change_inserted -584632292 1602541139 + itself. + And they will appear in HTML and DocBook output, + as well as in +\change_deleted 630872221 1621500350 +LaTeX +\change_inserted 630872221 1621500350 +\SpecialChar LaTeX + +\change_inserted -584632292 1602541139 +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -584632292 1588529162 +There are five commands you can use: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\change_inserted -584632292 1588529167 + +\family sans +Set counter: + +\family default + Allows you to assign a specific value to a counter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\change_inserted -584632292 1588529177 + +\family sans +Increase counter: + +\family default + Allows you to add some specified amount to a counter (or to subtract, + if you choose a negative number) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\change_inserted -584632292 1588529180 + +\family sans +Reset to zero: + +\family default + Sets the value of the counter to 0. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\change_inserted -584632292 1588529184 + +\family sans +Save value of counter: + +\family default + Saves the value of the counter so that it can later be restored. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate + +\change_inserted -584632292 1588529187 + +\family sans +Restore value of counter: + +\family default + Restores the previously saved value. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -584632292 1588374230 +The dialog allows you to choose which counter you wish to modify from all those that are available in the current document class. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Section Appendices \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -29764,16 +34734,14 @@ Appendix Here \family default . - This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end - as the appendix part of the book. + This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end as the appendix part of the book. This part is marked with a red borderline. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix, numbered with a capital Latin letter. - The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot - and the subsection number. + The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot and the subsection number. All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections, here two examples: \end_layout @@ -29786,11 +34754,16 @@ Appendix \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "chap:Credits" +reference "chap:Units-available-in" +plural "false" +caps "false" +noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset -; Appendix +; + Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29798,6 +34771,7 @@ reference "chap:Credits" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -29807,6 +34781,8 @@ reference "subsec:Export" \begin_layout Section Bibliography \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -29828,7 +34804,8 @@ name "sec:Bibliography" \begin_layout Standard There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX document. - You can include a bibliography database, which is explained in sec. + You can include a bibliography database, + which is explained in sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29839,15 +34816,18 @@ reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, or you can insert the bibliography manually, using the paragraph environment - +, + or you can insert the bibliography manually, + using the paragraph environment \family sans Bibliography \family default -, which is described in the following section (but see also sec. +, + which is described in the following section (but see also sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29855,13 +34835,15 @@ Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Biblio_environment" +nolink "false" \end_inset ). - If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in - this document, such as author-year citations, and if you have more than - a handful of references, then you should seriously consider + If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in this document, + such as author-year citations, + and if you have more than a handful of references, + then you should seriously consider \emph on \emph default @@ -29869,15 +34851,18 @@ using a bibliography database. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In order to demonstrate the difference between these two approaches, we - use two bibliographies in this document, a +In order to demonstrate the difference between these two approaches, + we use two bibliographies in this document, + a \family sans Bibliography \family default environment and a database-generated bibliography. - As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists - only the database entries that are referenced in the document. - In other words, the database approach relieves you, amongst other things, + As you can see, + the bibliography that is created from a database lists only the database entries that are referenced in the document. + In other words, + the database approach relieves you, + amongst other things, from the burden to check which entries you have actually cited. \end_layout @@ -29897,9 +34882,10 @@ Within the \family sans Bibliography \family default - environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled - with a number. - If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a + environment, + every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled with a number. + If you click on it, + you will get a dialog in which you can set a \family sans Key \family default @@ -29908,10 +34894,9 @@ Key Label \family default . - The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography - entry. - Each entry needs to be given a unique key, which is one word consisting - of ASCII characters only. + The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography entry. + Each entry needs to be given a unique key, + which is one word consisting of ASCII characters only. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -29945,9 +34930,9 @@ https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set \end_inset - For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX - and - we used + For example, + our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX + and we used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -29955,7 +34940,9 @@ latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, a short form of its title, as the key. +, + a short form of its title, + as the key. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -29963,15 +34950,14 @@ If you set a \family sans Label \family default - for the entry, references to it will appear with this label instead of - the number of the entry. + for the entry, + references to it will appear with this label instead of the number of the entry. The option \family sans Literal \family default in the bibliography items settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX - code to the - + code to the \family sans Label \family default @@ -29991,8 +34977,7 @@ arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" \end_inset . - A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear - containing the available citations. + A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear containing the available citations. Select one or more keys from the list and \family sans Add @@ -30004,15 +34989,15 @@ OK \family default . The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s). - If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change - the reference. + If you click on the box, + the citation window will appear and you can change the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Citation references appear in the output as the number or the label of the - bibliography entry with surrounding brackets. - Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label - +Citation references appear in the output as the number or the label of the bibliography entry with surrounding brackets. + Here are two examples; + the first without a label, + the second with the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -30029,7 +35014,8 @@ Have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX Companion Second Edition \family default -: +: + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion" @@ -30042,7 +35028,8 @@ literal "true" \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LyX --Team members are listed in the Credits: +-Team members are listed in the Credits: + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "lyxcredit" @@ -30054,25 +35041,38 @@ literal "true" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also produce author-year or author-number citations, using the \SpecialChar LaTeX - +You can also produce author-year or author-number citations, + using the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold natbib \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! natbib + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +natbib +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset . - In order to do so, + In order to do so, + \change_deleted -712698321 1555659455 the label needs to be given the form \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -30094,9 +35094,9 @@ Author A and Author B(Year) \emph on without \emph default - a blank between the author(s) and the opening parenthesis that delimits - the year. - Then, if you + a blank between the author(s) and the opening parenthesis that delimits the year. + Then, + if you \change_unchanged select \family sans @@ -30108,10 +35108,22 @@ Natbib \family default in the document settings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -30132,25 +35144,33 @@ reference "subsec:Citation-Format" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset ) \change_inserted -712698321 1555660530 . - Once you have done that, the + Once you have done that, + the \family sans Bibliography +\change_inserted 630872221 1621589258 + item settings +\change_inserted -712698321 1555660530 + \family default dialog has three input fields instead of the \family sans Label \family default field: + \family sans Author Names \family default -, +, + \family sans Year \family default @@ -30159,13 +35179,14 @@ Year All Author Names \family default . - The first one takes the Author list as it should be displayed in the citation - reference, the second the year (without parentheses). + The first one takes the Author list as it should be displayed in the citation reference, + the second the year (without parentheses). These two are madatory. - If there are multiple authors and you want to both refer to them as a full - list ( + If there are multiple authors and you want to both refer to them as a full list ( \emph on -Baker, Jones, and Williams +Baker, + Jones, + and Williams \emph default ) and in abrreviated form ( \emph on @@ -30174,6 +35195,7 @@ Baker et al. ) \change_unchanged , + \change_inserted -712698321 1555660544 add the abbreviated form to \family sans @@ -30188,7 +35210,8 @@ All Author Names \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1555659886 -If specified like this, +If specified like this, + \change_unchanged you can select between different author-year or author-number styles \change_inserted -712698321 1555660646 @@ -30197,11 +35220,13 @@ you can select between different author-year or author-number styles Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Citation \family default - dialog, and if + dialog, + and if \family sans All Author Names \family default - is specified, toggling + is specified, + toggling \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -30209,22 +35234,20 @@ All authors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - in the citation dialog or the citation context menu will switch between - full and abbreviated list + in the citation dialog or the citation context menu will switch between full and abbreviated list \change_unchanged . \change_inserted -712698321 1555660793 - Note that the author and year specified in the dialog are only used for - the citation references. - In the bibliography entry, author and year must be added manually. + Note that the author and year specified in the dialog are only used for the citation references. + In the bibliography entry, + author and year must be added manually. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest - label via the menu +To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest label via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph @@ -30246,10 +35269,22 @@ arg "layout-paragraph" \begin_layout Subsection Bibliography databases \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography ! Databases +Bibliography +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Databases +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -30265,29 +35300,22 @@ name "subsec:Bibliography-databases" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same references in different - documents. +Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same references in different documents. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning - them. - Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations - and reviews along with bibliographical information. +They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning them. + Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations and reviews along with bibliographical information. \end_layout \end_inset - It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography - entries. - You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of - your working field in a database. - This database can be used for different documents, and by default only - the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography - list for that document. - This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books - you have cited. + It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography entries. + You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of your working field in a database. + This database can be used for different documents, + and by default only the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for that document. + This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books you have cited. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -30303,7 +35331,8 @@ The database is a text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, containing the bibliography in a special format. +, + containing the bibliography in a special format. The format is explained in \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite @@ -30322,8 +35351,8 @@ literal "true" \end_inset ). - The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a - special program to create and edit the entries in the database. + The file can be created using any text editor, + but normally one uses a special program to create and edit the entries in the database. A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX Wiki at \begin_inset Flex URL @@ -30343,44 +35372,54 @@ https://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs \SpecialChar LyX supports two different approaches to use bibliography databases in a document. Bib\SpecialChar TeX - is the classic technique that has been the only way to use such databases - for a long time. - It is quite established and mature and there is a huge range of existing - styles available. - But it has its drawbacks, especially when it comes to more complex bibliographi -c needs and support for specific languages and scripts. + is the classic technique that has been the only way to use such databases for a long time. + It is quite established and mature and there is a huge range of existing styles available. + But it has its drawbacks, + especially when it comes to more complex bibliographic needs and support for specific languages and scripts. Those are addressed by \series bold biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! biblatex + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +biblatex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset . It reads the same database format than Bib\SpecialChar TeX - (although it has been significantly - extended beyond Bib\SpecialChar TeX + (although it has been significantly extended beyond Bib\SpecialChar TeX 's scope) \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Meaning: While +Meaning: + While \noun on Biblatex \noun default can handle any classic Bib\SpecialChar TeX - database, Bib\SpecialChar TeX - might conversely fail to correctly - handle databases that use specific + database, + Bib\SpecialChar TeX + might conversely fail to correctly handle databases that use specific \noun on Biblatex \noun default @@ -30389,8 +35428,8 @@ Biblatex \end_inset -, but it uses a different framework to generate citations and references - from it. +, + but it uses a different framework to generate citations and references from it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -30399,17 +35438,30 @@ To select if Bib\SpecialChar TeX \series bold biblatex \series default - should be used, set in the document settings (menu + should be used, + set in the document settings (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default ) \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -30438,10 +35490,22 @@ Biblatex Bib\SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX +Bibliography +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Bib\SpecialChar TeX + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + \end_layout @@ -30452,14 +35516,11 @@ Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX \begin_layout Standard To access a database via Bib\SpecialChar TeX -, use the menu +, + use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator -List -\family default -/ -\family sans -TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator +List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Bib(la)TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -30467,8 +35528,7 @@ Bib(la)TeX Bibliography \family default . - A window will appear in which you can add one or more databases and select - a Bib\SpecialChar TeX + A window will appear in which you can add one or more databases and select a Bib\SpecialChar TeX \family sans style @@ -30483,16 +35543,15 @@ Add bibliography to TOC \family sans Content \family default - drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database - in the document or just the cited references. + drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database in the document or just the cited references. \change_inserted -712698321 1530969762 The \family sans Encoding \family default - drop box lets you specify the encoding of the database(s), should this - differ from the encoding of the document. + drop box lets you specify the encoding of the database(s), + should this differ from the encoding of the document. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -30513,16 +35572,17 @@ The Bib\SpecialChar TeX that controls how the bibliography entries will appear. Your \SpecialChar LaTeX - distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers - provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the - layout. - It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something - for experts. + distribution should provide several of these, + and many publishers provide their own style files, + so that you don't have to take care of the layout. + It is of course possible to write your own style file, + but this is something for experts. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -For information on how this is done, have a look at +For information on how this is done, + have a look at \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -30544,8 +35604,8 @@ literal "false" \family sans alphadin.bst \family default -, which provides an alpha-numeric style in accordance with the German Standards - Institute (DIN). +, + which provides an alpha-numeric style in accordance with the German Standards Institute (DIN). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -30555,21 +35615,45 @@ Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section. \begin_layout Subsubsection Biblatex \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography ! Biblatex +Bibliography +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Biblatex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! biblatex + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +biblatex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -30583,14 +35667,17 @@ Accessing a database via biblatex \series default is almost identical to Bib\SpecialChar TeX -: Use the menu +: + +\change_deleted 630872221 1621599883 +U +\change_inserted 630872221 1621599883 +u +\change_unchanged +se the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator -List -\family default -/ -\family sans -TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator +List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Bib(la)TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -30612,7 +35699,8 @@ style . \change_inserted -712698321 1531045867 - As for the styles, note the following. + As for the styles, + note the following. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -30622,8 +35710,8 @@ style \series bold biblatex \series default - has two different style files: a bibliography style file (text file with - the file extension + has two different style files: + a bibliography style file (text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -30635,8 +35723,7 @@ biblatex \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -) controls how the bibliography entries will look like and a citation style - file (text file with the file extension +) controls how the bibliography entries will look like and a citation style file (text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -30649,10 +35736,8 @@ biblatex \end_inset ) controls the look of the citation references in the text. - Usually such style files come in pairs and it makes sense to use matching - styles. - It is nevertheless possible to mix any citation style with any bibliography - style. + Usually such style files come in pairs and it makes sense to use matching styles. + It is nevertheless possible to mix any citation style with any bibliography style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -30668,31 +35753,47 @@ Bib(la)TeX Bibliography \family default - dialog, but in the document settings. + dialog, + but in the document settings. \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - However, in the dialog in the + However, + in the dialog in the \family sans Options \family default - field, which is only visible if you use + field, + which is only visible if you use \series bold biblatex \series default -, you can enter options that determine how the bibliography is printed (for - example how its heading will appear). +, + you can enter options that determine how the bibliography is printed (for example how its heading will appear). These options are described in detail in the \series bold biblatex \series default - manual, + manual, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Biblatex" @@ -30715,6 +35816,7 @@ reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -30726,19 +35828,21 @@ Bibliography Processors \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialChar LyX +To generate the bibliography from a database, + \SpecialChar LyX uses a bibliography processor, - that is an external program that reads the database, sorts the citations - and processes the data in a way it can be included in the document. + that is an external program that reads the database, + sorts the citations and processes the data in a way it can be included in the document. The classic program is called Bib\SpecialChar TeX . - It has the advantage that it is very mature and widespread, but the disadvantag -e that it has severe limitations, due to its age. + It has the advantage that it is very mature and widespread, + but the disadvantage that it has severe limitations, + due to its age. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Meanwhile, some alternatives have been developed that address some of these - limitations. +Meanwhile, + some alternatives have been developed that address some of these limitations. LyX natively supports some of them and lets you select a custom processor. You can do this on a general level in \family sans @@ -30758,13 +35862,26 @@ Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Description -biber a specific, modern processor +biber a specific, + modern processor \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! biber + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +biber +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -30779,16 +35896,18 @@ biblatex \series bold biber \series default - provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory and many specific features - + provides full Unicode support, + unlimited memory and many specific features \series bold biblatex \series default - makes use of; if you use the + makes use of; + if you use the \series bold biblatex \series default - approach, it is strongly recommended to use + approach, + it is strongly recommended to use \series bold biber \series default @@ -30796,9 +35915,11 @@ biber \end_layout \begin_layout Description -bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries - that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works - with all bibliography packages, although it will probably fail with +bibtex the standard; + does not allow special characters in bibliography entries that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, + limited memory, + works with all bibliography packages, + although it will probably fail with \series bold biblatex \series default @@ -30806,16 +35927,19 @@ biblatex \end_layout \begin_layout Description -bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding - (but no Unicode support), larger memory than +bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding (but no Unicode support), + larger memory than \family sans bibtex \family default -, works with all bibliography packages, although more complex +, + works with all bibliography packages, + although more complex \series bold biblatex \series default - bibliographies will exceed its limits, and not all + bibliographies will exceed its limits, + and not all \series bold biblatex \series default @@ -30848,9 +35972,9 @@ Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \family default -), \SpecialChar LyX - selects an appropriate (available) processor for the current bibliography - approach ( +), + \SpecialChar LyX + selects an appropriate (available) processor for the current bibliography approach ( \series bold biber \series default @@ -30858,7 +35982,8 @@ biber \series bold biblatex \series default -, +, + \family sans bibtex \family default @@ -30868,14 +35993,16 @@ bibtex \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In Japanese documents, a specific processor is used. +In Japanese documents, + a specific processor is used. By default this is pBib\SpecialChar TeX (in \SpecialChar LyX \family sans pbibtex \family default -), a Bib\SpecialChar TeX +), + a Bib\SpecialChar TeX variant specifically aimed at Japanese. You can adjust it in \family sans @@ -30888,15 +36015,15 @@ LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Selected bibliography processors can be controlled with options that you - can add below the selection. - Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual - of Bib\SpecialChar TeX +Selected bibliography processors can be controlled with options that you can add below the selection. + Before adding options, + it is strongly recommended that you read the manual of Bib\SpecialChar TeX or \series bold biber \series default -, +, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "BibTeX,biber" @@ -30913,8 +36040,7 @@ Customizing \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - supports some specific tasks such as sectioned bibliographies and multiple - bibliographies. + supports some specific tasks such as sectioned bibliographies and multiple bibliographies. These are explained in detail in section \emph on Customizing Bibliographies @@ -30929,15 +36055,29 @@ with Bib\SpecialChar TeX Additional Features \emph default manual. +\change_deleted 630872221 1621599958 + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Citation Format \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Bibliography ! Citation format +Bibliography +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Citation format +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -30953,7 +36093,8 @@ name "subsec:Citation-Format" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Many different citation formats are common, e. +Many different citation formats are common, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -30969,7 +36110,8 @@ numerical citation (as \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - like in this document), alpha-numerical citations (as + like in this document), + alpha-numerical citations (as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -30987,8 +36129,7 @@ Miller (2008a) ). \SpecialChar LyX - supports these formats via specific citation packages and their style - files. + supports these formats via specific citation packages and their style files. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -31001,22 +36142,34 @@ Bibliography \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - you have a range of other options, depending on your preferred bibliography - approach. + you have a range of other options, + depending on your preferred bibliography approach. With the \family sans Bibliography \family default - environment your only choice besides manual formatting of the bibliography - labels, is there to use + environment your only choice besides manual formatting of the bibliography labels, + is there to use \family sans Natbib \begin_inset space ~ @@ -31039,6 +36192,7 @@ format \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -31053,6 +36207,7 @@ reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -31070,8 +36225,7 @@ Basic \end_inset (BibTeX) the default Bib\SpecialChar TeX --based approached without any additional packages - (simple numeric citations). +-based approached without any additional packages (simple numeric citations). \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -31081,11 +36235,23 @@ biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! biblatex + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +biblatex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -31124,8 +36290,7 @@ mode) loads the package biblatex \series default with the natbib compatibility mode. - This is a specific variant for users who switch an existing document that - uses + This is a specific variant for users who switch an existing document that uses \series bold natbib \series default @@ -31160,11 +36325,23 @@ jurabib \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! jurabib + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +jurabib +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -31183,11 +36360,23 @@ natbib \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! natbib + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +natbib +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -31204,8 +36393,7 @@ Biblatex \family sans Natbib \family default - style formats provide the choice between author-year and author-numerical - citation styles. + style formats provide the choice between author-year and author-numerical citation styles. You have to select one style in the dropdown box \family sans Variant @@ -31215,33 +36403,35 @@ Variant \family sans Biblatex \family default - formats, this only affects the appearance in the \SpecialChar LyX + formats, + this only affects the appearance in the \SpecialChar LyX workarea. - Whether the output uses numerical, author-year or another format such as - alpha-numerical depends only on the selected + Whether the output uses numerical, + author-year or another format such as alpha-numerical depends only on the selected \family sans Biblatex citation style \family default . - However, when switching between Author-year and Author-number, a suitable - style is proposed. + However, + when switching between Author-year and Author-number, + a suitable style is proposed. With \family sans Natbib \family default -, on the other hand, the dialog selection will ultimately determine the - style. +, + on the other hand, + the dialog selection will ultimately determine the style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For any author-year and author-numerical selection, multiple style variants - are available in the +For any author-year and author-numerical selection, + multiple style variants are available in the \family sans Citation \family default dialog. - Some selections also provide further options like the option to uppercase - a name prefix such as + Some selections also provide further options like the option to uppercase a name prefix such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -31278,8 +36468,8 @@ et al. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In the citation dialog you can also set text to appear after a citation - reference, e. +In the citation dialog you can also set text to appear after a citation reference, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -31287,8 +36477,8 @@ g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -page numbers, which will then be formatted according to the style's needs - (e. +page numbers, + which will then be formatted according to the style's needs (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -31360,8 +36550,7 @@ All styles except for \family sans Basic (BibTeX) \family default - also provide the feature to add text that precedes the reference (such - as + also provide the feature to add text that precedes the reference (such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -31370,20 +36559,20 @@ cf. \end_inset ). - This text is then also included in the parentheses, if the style requires - this. + This text is then also included in the parentheses, + if the style requires this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that these pre- and postnotes apply to the whole citation. - So if you refer to multiple references at once, the prenote will precede - the first citation in the list, the postnote will follow the last. + So if you refer to multiple references at once, + the prenote will precede the first citation in the list, + the postnote will follow the last. Some \family sans Biblatex \family default - styles allow to add pre- and postnotes to any individual reference in a - multi-citation (so-called + styles allow to add pre- and postnotes to any individual reference in a multi-citation (so-called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -31394,8 +36583,7 @@ qualified citation lists ). \SpecialChar LyX supports this. - If you use such a style and if the current reference includes multiple - items the + If you use such a style and if the current reference includes multiple items the \family sans Citation \family default @@ -31403,7 +36591,8 @@ Citation \family sans Selected Citations \family default -: +: + \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ @@ -31411,7 +36600,8 @@ Text before \family default -, +, + \family sans Cite \begin_inset space ~ @@ -31444,7 +36634,8 @@ Text after \family default - field, you can add such individual pre- and postnotes. + field, + you can add such individual pre- and postnotes. In the \family sans General text before @@ -31456,788 +36647,2887 @@ General text after fields you can add pre- and postnotes that apply to the whole list. \end_layout -\begin_layout Section -Index -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index generation -\end_layout - -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Subsection +\change_inserted -712698321 1598509964 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label -name "sec:Index" +name "subsec:Opening-cited-documents" \end_inset +Opening cited documents from within \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -An index entry is created if you use the menu + +\change_inserted -712698321 1598509000 +\SpecialChar LyX + supports opening documents selected citations point to via the \family sans -Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator -Index +Try \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Entry -\family default - or the toolbar button -\begin_inset Info -type "icon" -arg "index-insert" +to +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -. - A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index. - The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed - by \SpecialChar LyX - as the index entry. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -The index list is inserted in the document with the menu -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator -List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator -Index +Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -List -\family default -. - A light blue box labeled -\begin_inset Quotes eld +Citation +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Content\SpecialChar ldots -\family sans -Index \family default - -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset - - will show the place where the index is printed in the output. - The index list box is not clickable like other \SpecialChar LyX --boxes. + context menu if specific conditions are met: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections. - For a detailed description of \SpecialChar LaTeX -'s index mechanism, have a look at one of - the \SpecialChar LaTeX - books -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" -literal "true" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_layout Subsection -Grouping Index Entries -\begin_inset Index idx +\change_inserted -712698321 1598526971 +If citation entries include any of the fields +\begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Grouping + +\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 +url +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \end_inset + or +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the - index. - We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated - lists under the entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 +doi +\change_unchanged -Lists -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_layout -. - First we create the entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Lists -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset + for BibTeX and BibLaTeX, + +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed - in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 +eprint +\change_unchanged -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "subsec:Lists" +\end_layout \end_inset -. - In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset + for BibLaTeX (covering arXiv, + JSTOR, + PubMed, + HDL, + Google Books +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Itemize" +\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 +eprinttype +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout \end_inset -, we insert the command +), + the action will launch a web browser with the appropriate link. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Itemize -\series bold -Lists ! Itemize -\end_layout +\change_inserted -712698321 1598509157 +If citation entries include any of the fields +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed -\begin_layout Standard -and the command -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard +\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 +file +\change_unchanged -\series bold -Lists ! Enumerate \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -for the enumerated list in section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + (filled by JabRef) or +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Enumerate" +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\end_inset +\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 +localfile +\change_unchanged -. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -The exclamation mark -\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -! -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset + (filled by KBibTeX) containing an URL that points to a file on your local drive, + the action will launch an appropriate file viewer. + At the moment only absolute paths are accepted. +\end_layout - marks the grouping levels. - You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more. - An index entry for the higher levels is not required. - If we don't have an index entry for -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard -Lists -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\change_inserted -712698321 1598526494 +In addition to that, + \SpecialChar LyX + also searches +\change_inserted 5863208 1676821714 -, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number. -\end_layout +\begin_inset Foot +status open -\begin_layout Subsection -Page Ranges -\begin_inset Index idx +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted 5863208 1676822207 +By default we provide python script +\begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Page ranges + +\change_inserted 5863208 1676822064 +lyxpaperview.py +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \end_inset + for the search, + but you can use any modified script by setting +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed -\end_layout +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_layout Standard -Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed - section. - But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. - For example, if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create - an index entry in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\change_inserted 5863208 1676822135 +\backslash +citation_search_view +\change_unchanged -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" +\end_layout \end_inset - with the command -\end_layout + variable in +\change_deleted -712698321 1676971997 +your RC +\change_inserted -712698321 1676971998 +the +\change_inserted 5863208 1676822207 + file +\change_inserted -712698321 1676972080 + +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default + in your local configuration directory (please refer to the respective section at +\family sans +Help\SpecialChar menuseparator +Customization +\family default +) +\change_inserted 5863208 1676822207 +. -\begin_layout Standard +\change_inserted -712698321 1676972139 + The default setting is to be found in the file +\family typewriter +lyxrc.defaults +\family default + in the same directory and can be copied and modified for this purpose. +\change_unchanged -\series bold -Paragraph environments|( \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -and another entry at the end of section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "subsec:LyX-Code" - -\end_inset +\change_inserted -712698321 1598526494 + your disk for matching files if you enable +\family sans +Search drive for cited files +\family default + in +\family sans +Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar ldots +\SpecialChar menuseparator +Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator +Control +\family default +. + It uses the tokens supplied at +\family sans +Pattern +\family default + in the same preferences section (by default: + year and authors +\change_inserted 5863208 1676968851 - with the command -\end_layout +\begin_inset Foot +status open -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Paragraph environments|) -\end_layout +\change_inserted 5863208 1676969379 +Provided by token +\change_inserted -712698321 1676972365 + sequence +\change_deleted -712698321 1676972365 +s +\change_inserted 5863208 1676969379 + +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed -\begin_layout Standard -The commands -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\change_inserted 5863208 1676968931 +%year% %abbrvciteauthor% +\change_unchanged -\series bold -|( -\series default +\end_layout -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - and +. + Note that some +\change_deleted -712698321 1676972344 +strings +\change_inserted -712698321 1676972349 +constituents +\change_inserted 5863208 1676969379 + ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - -\series bold -|) -\series default - +and \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - respectively start and end the index range. - You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document. - They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of - the pages of the indexed document parts. - An example is the index entry +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Document ! Settings +et al. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -. -\end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Cross referencing -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\change_inserted -712698321 1676972338 +, + commas) +\change_inserted 5863208 1676969379 + are automatically stripped from the result. +\change_deleted -712698321 1676972332 +) +\change_inserted 5863208 1676969379 + +\change_unchanged -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Cross referencing \end_layout \end_inset +\change_inserted -712698321 1598526494 +). + Any of the tokens in the pattern must occur in the +\change_deleted 630872221 1621608311 +title +\change_inserted 630872221 1621608312 +name +\change_inserted -712698321 1598526494 + of the file (at arbitrary position). + \SpecialChar LyX + opens the first matching file it finds. + This might or might not be the file you are looking for; + the more systematic your file naming is, + and the less ambiguous keywords you use, + the greater the chance this works for you. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -It is also possible to refer to another index entry. - We referred for example in the index entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset -GIF -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\change_inserted -712698321 1598527586 +The pattern syntax uses specific keywords. + These are basically Bib\SpecialChar TeX + fields (such as +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed - (in section -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\change_inserted -712698321 1598527586 +title +\change_unchanged -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "subsec:Image-Formats" +\end_layout \end_inset -) to the index entry -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +) embraced in +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed -Image formats -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1598509565 +% +\change_unchanged - in the same section using the entry \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\end_inset -\series bold -GIF|see{Image formats} -\end_layout +, + but there are also special keys, + which are documented in the +\emph on +Customization manual +\emph default +, + sec. + +\emph on +Cite format description +\emph default +. +\change_unchanged -\begin_layout Standard -where the braces have to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX - Code. - The text within the braces is the referenced entry. - The reference will appear in the output without a page number. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Index Entry Order +\begin_layout Section +Index \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Entry order +Index generation \end_layout \end_inset +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "sec:Index" + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not - follow the rules for the index order. - The index entries are sorted alphabetically but \SpecialChar LaTeX +An index entry is created if you use the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator +Index +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +Entry +\family default + or the toolbar button +\begin_inset Info +type "icon" +arg "index-insert" +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see - section + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667668430 + (but see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "subsec:Index-Program" +reference "subsec:Convenience-Functions-Index" +nolink "false" \end_inset + for some advanced methods) +\change_unchanged . -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - does not know how to sort accents in different languages. - We have created as an example the three dummy index entries + A +\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903 + collapsible inset +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667110543 +box +\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903 +with green label +\change_unchanged +is inserted +\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903 +; + this +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667110903 +contain +\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903 +holds +\change_deleted -712698321 1667110872 +ing +\change_unchanged + the text that appears in the index +\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903 + (if you read this in \SpecialChar LyX +, + see the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -maison +Index generation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, -\begin_inset Quotes eld + index inset in the heading above for example) +\change_unchanged +. + The word where the cursor is in +\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903 +, + +\change_unchanged + or the currently highlighted text +\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903 +, + +\change_unchanged + is proposed by \SpecialChar LyX + as +\change_deleted -712698321 1667110629 +the +\change_unchanged +index entry +\change_inserted -712698321 1667665903 + (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -maïs -\begin_inset Quotes erd +e., + copied into the inset) +\change_unchanged +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The index list +\change_inserted -712698321 1667110737 +(which prints out the index in your document) +\change_unchanged +is inserted +\change_deleted -712698321 1667110760 +in the document with +\change_inserted -712698321 1667110759 +via +\change_unchanged + the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator +List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator +Index +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -, and +List +\family default +. + A light blue box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -maître + +\family sans +Index +\family default + \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + will show the place where the index +\change_deleted -712698321 1667110783 +is +\change_inserted -712698321 1667110784 +will be +\change_unchanged + printed +\change_deleted -712698321 1667110788 + in the output +\change_unchanged . -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667111027 +By default, + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667111030 +T +\change_inserted -712698321 1667111030 +t +\change_unchanged +he index list box is not clickable like other \SpecialChar LyX -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! maïs -\end_layout +\change_deleted -712698321 1667111053 +-boxes +\change_inserted -712698321 1667111233 + insets, + as there are no settings to make. + This changes if you select +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset +Use multiple indexes +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! maître -\end_layout +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Multiple-Indexes" +plural "false" +caps "false" +noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset +). + In this case, + the box turns gray and can be clicked (as there are now settings that can be made). +\change_deleted -712698321 1667111066 +. +\change_unchanged -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! maïs@maison \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667193296 +By default, + an index entry is simply a word or phrase in the (alphabetically ordered) index list with a reference to the page or pages where the index entry has been inserted in the document. + However, + you can customize index entries to look different. + You can group index entries hierarchically, + let the index list refer to a range of pages rather than a single page, + let it refer to another entry in the index list rather than, + or additionally to, + a page, + you can format the page reference (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order - maïs, maison, maître. - To achieve this, we use the command -\end_layout +g., + make it bold for specific pages), + and you can determine the order of an entry in the list. + These features are available in \SpecialChar LyX + either as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard +subinsets +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + via the menu +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator +Index Properties +\family default + that appears if the cursor is in an index entry or via the index settings dialog which can be opened via right mouse click on the index inset. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +We +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112045 +give a short overview of +\change_inserted -712698321 1667112047 +describe +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667112014 +these features in turn +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112017 +the index commands +\change_unchanged +in the next subsections. + For a detailed description of \SpecialChar LaTeX +'s index mechanism, + have a look at one of the \SpecialChar LaTeX + books +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" +literal "true" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667115499 +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "subsec:Grouping-Index-Entries" + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +Grouping Index Entries +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Grouping +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +Index entries are often +\change_inserted -712698321 1667112078 +hierarchically +\change_unchanged +grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the index +\change_inserted -712698321 1667112212 + and to hold categories together (e.g., + +\emph on +Fruits +\family sans +\emph default +\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\family default +\emph on +Apples +\family sans +\emph default +\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\family default +\emph on +Pink Lady +\emph default +) +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667194528 +This can be done in \SpecialChar LyX + via +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator +Index Properties\SpecialChar menuseparator +Subentry +\family default + or, + more easily, + by pressing the +\family sans +Enter +\family default + key in an index. + Both methods insert a subinset in which you can enter the subentry. + Maximally two such subentry insets, + i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e., + three levels of grouping in total, + are allowed per index entry. + Note that it does not matter where you insert these subentry insets in the index inset, + but the order of them matters and determines the grouping hierarchy. + In the \SpecialChar LyX + file, + the index entry in the header above shows an example for a two-level grouped entry (and you can see the result in the index of this document at the entry +\emph on +Index +\family sans +\emph default +\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\family default +\emph on +Grouping +\emph default +). +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667195700 +In the output, + each subentry is on a new line and indented a bit more. + Note that the higher levels only get their own page references if they have also a separate entry (without subentry) +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112419 +We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated lists under the entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Lists +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + First we create the entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Lists +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Lists" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +. + In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Itemize" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +, + we insert the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112419 \series bold -previous entry@current entry +Lists \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In our case we want to have + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112419 +and the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112419 + +\series bold +Lists +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112419 +for the enumerated list in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Enumerate" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667195765 +Note also that in \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + subentries are indicated by a preceding +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112752 +The +\change_unchanged +exclamation mark +\change_inserted -712698321 1667112757 + character +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -maison +! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - after + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667112802 +. + This also works in \SpecialChar LyX +, + although you have to take care that the character is not +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667122587 +formatted. + For this reason, + a real exclamation mark has to be inserted to an index entry in a specific way. + See section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Index-Special-Characters" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + + for details. +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112764 +marks the grouping levels. + +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112659 +You can have three levels; + every index level is indented a bit more. + An index entry for the higher levels is not required. + If we don't have an index entry for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -maïs +Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - and write therefore for the index entry of maison: +, + it will be printed anyway, + but without a page number. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Page Ranges +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Page ranges +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667112869 +By default, +\change_deleted -712698321 1667112870 +Normally +\change_unchanged + an index entry +\change_inserted -712698321 1667113289 +refers to single pages where the index entries have been inserted +\change_deleted -712698321 1667113293 +will appear with the page number of the indexed section +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667113300 +But sometimes +\change_inserted -712698321 1667113300 +If +\change_unchanged + you want to +\change_deleted -712698321 1667113313 +index more pages under the same entry +\change_inserted -712698321 1667114974 +refer to a page range instead, + you can do this by inserting two index entries: + one that marks the beginning of the range, + the other that marks its end +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667195873 +Both need to contain the same index entry (and possibly subentries) text. + To mark start and end, + select the respective +\family sans +Page Range +\family default + option in the index inset settings dialog. + Range starts and ends are indicated in the index inset label via +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667126475 +Note that you have to take care that range markers are complete. + If a range start without a respective end (or vice versa) is found, + the index processor might terminate and not produce an index without informing you about the reason. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667115220 +For example, + if we want to index the paragraph environments, + we create an index entry in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + + with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard +\change_deleted -712698321 1667115220 + \series bold -maïs@maison +Paragraph environments|( \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The previous entry need not be a real existing entry. - You can also use another word to tell \SpecialChar LaTeX - the entry order. - See the next subsection for an example. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667115220 +and another entry at the end of section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:LyX-Code" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + + with the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667115220 + +\series bold +Paragraph environments|) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667115220 +The commands +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +|( +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +|) +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + respectively start and end the index range. + You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document. + They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of the pages of the indexed document parts. + An example is the index entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Document ! + Settings +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Index Entry Layout +Cross Referencing \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Entry layout +Index +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Cross referencing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +It is also possible to refer to another index entry +\change_inserted -712698321 1667115277 + rather than, + or in addition to, + a page +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667116351 +This might be useful if you anticipate that your readers might look for an entry at different places, + e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., + +\emph on +Graphics +\emph default + or +\emph on +Images +\emph default + (which could be resolved by a cross reference +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Images, + +\emph on +see +\emph default + Graphics +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) or also if you use hierarchical grouping (section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Grouping-Index-Entries" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +), + as in +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Apples, + +\emph on +see +\emph default + Fruits +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667115626 +This is possible in \SpecialChar LyX + via +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator +Index Properties\SpecialChar menuseparator +See +\family default +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667116218 +If you want a cross-reference and page references, + you can use +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator +Index Properties\SpecialChar menuseparator +Seealso +\family default +. + This outputs +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +see also +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + instead and makes more sense if you also add entries that are referred to by page number as in +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Apples, + 3, + 12, + 22, + +\emph on +see also +\emph default + Fruits +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667115542 +We referred for example in the index entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +GIF +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (in section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Image-Formats" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +) to the index entry +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Image formats +\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + in the same section using the entry +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667115542 +\series bold +GIF|see{Image formats} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667115542 +where the braces have to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX + Code. + The text within the braces is the referenced entry. + The reference will appear in the output without a page number. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667121174 +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "subsec:Index-Entry-Order" + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +Index Entry Order \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! -\shape italic -This is an italic dummy entry +Entry order +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - You can also format the page number using the character -\begin_inset Quotes eld + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667116657 +Sometimes the automatic ordering of index entries is not the one you want. + This might be the case with some index processors (such as +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +) i +\change_deleted -712698321 1667116658 +I +\change_unchanged +f you use accented characters in the index entry +\change_deleted -712698321 1667116670 + the entries might not follow the rules for the index order +\change_inserted -712698321 1667116709 + or if you use macros +\change_unchanged +. +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127198 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667116836 + The index entries are sorted alphabetically but \SpecialChar LaTeX + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, + see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Index-Program" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + does not know how to sort accents in different languages. + We have created as an example the three dummy index entries +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maison +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maïs +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maître +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +maïs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +maître +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! + maïs@maison +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + They will be sorted in the order maïs, + maître, + maison but we want the order maïs, + maison, + maître. + To achieve this, + we use the command +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667116827 + +\series bold +previous entry@current entry +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667116827 +In our case we want to have +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maison +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + after +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maïs +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and write therefore for the index entry of maison: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667116827 + +\series bold +maïs@maison +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667116827 +The previous entry need not be a real existing entry. + You can also use another word to tell \SpecialChar LaTeX + the entry order. + See the next subsection for an example. +\change_inserted -712698321 1667116836 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127344 +To accommodate for that, + you can use +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator +Index Properties\SpecialChar menuseparator +Sortkey +\family default +. + The sortkey you enter here is not output in the index, + it is just used for sorting (instead of the actual entry). + For instance, + you can pass the sort key +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +zizek +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to sort the name +\emph on +Žižek +\emph default + should your index processor be incapable to sort Slovenian postmodern philosophers correctly. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127399 +Note that in \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + sortkeys are separated from the actual entry by the character +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +@ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + This also works in \SpecialChar LyX +, + although you have to take care that the character is not formatted. + For this reason, + a real @ character has to be inserted to an index entry in a specific way. + See section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Index-Special-Characters" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + + for details. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection +Index Entry +\change_deleted -712698321 1667127427 +Layout +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127428 +Formatting +\change_unchanged + +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Entry formatting +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667127459 +You can change t +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127459 +T +\change_unchanged +he appearance of index entries +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127470 +can be formatted as usual +\change_unchanged +via the text style dialog +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127566 +, + the toolbar or shortcuts. + Entries will appear in the index list in the way they are formatted in the index entry +\change_unchanged +. +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\shape italic +This is an italic dummy entry +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127631 +Note that this also means that two differently formatted otherwise identical entries, + e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. + +\emph on +Bananas +\emph default + and +\series bold +Bananas +\series default +, + will be listed separately. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667127514 +You can also +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127638 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127611 +To +\change_unchanged + format +\change_deleted -712698321 1667127514 +the +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127611 +a +\change_unchanged + page +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127611 +reference, + use the +\family sans +Format +\family default + option in the index entry settings dialog. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667127514 +number using the character +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +| +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + followed by a \SpecialChar LaTeX +-command without a backslash. + We can write for example +\change_inserted -712698321 1667196148 + You can either select one of the proposed formatting options ( +\family sans +Bold +\family default +, + +\family sans +Italic +\family default +, + +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default +) or +\family sans +Custom. + +\family default + With the latter, + you are supposed to enter a valid \SpecialChar LaTeX + macro +\emph on +without +\emph default + leading backslash, + e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. + a self-defined command +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667118710 +myformat +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + or an existing macro such as +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127771 +textsf +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667118734 + +\series bold +italic page number:|textit +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667118734 +to get the page number in italic. +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! + italic page number:|textit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + Normally all \SpecialChar LaTeX +-commands begin with a backslash, + but in this special case +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +|command +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means +\series bold + +\backslash +command{page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +number} +\series default +. + Have a look at section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + + to learn more about the \SpecialChar LaTeX +-syntax. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667118832 +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\series bold +Note: + +\series default + Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +to generate the index, + see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Index-Program" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +. + If you use +\family sans +xindy +\family default +, + this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text. + This is because +\family sans +xindy +\family default + requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, + see +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +after "p. 678 ff." +key "latexcompanion" +literal "true" + +\end_inset + + for details. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +In general, + we encourage you to +\change_deleted -712698321 1667118871 +not format page numbers directly as shown above +\change_inserted -712698321 1667118875 +use self-defined commands +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127835 +This makes it easier to change the formatting, + should you or your publisher decide to do that later. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667118961 +Instead, + you should define a macro in the preamble and use that. + Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to +\change_inserted -712698321 1667118968 +For instance, + add +\change_deleted -712698321 1667118970 + +\change_unchanged +a +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119029 +formatting macro for index entries that refer to the page(s) where the indexed term is defined +\change_deleted -712698321 1667119044 +definition of the indexed term, + so that users can easily find definitions. + If so, +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119044 +by +\change_unchanged + put +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119047 +ting +\change_unchanged + the following in the preamble +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\series bold + +\backslash +newcommand +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119052 +* +\change_deleted -712698321 1667127880 +{ +\change_unchanged + +\backslash +IndexDef +\change_deleted -712698321 1667127881 +} +\change_unchanged +[1]{ +\backslash +textit{#1}} +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +and +\change_deleted -712698321 1667119063 +write +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127914 +add the custom formatting +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127914 +IndexDef +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + to the respective entry settings dialog. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667119123 + +\series bold +my entry|IndexDef +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667119123 +in the index entry. +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Dummy entries ! + my entry|IndexDef +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + The advantage is that, + i +\change_inserted -712698321 1667127963 +This will cause all page references that use this custom format to be printed in italics. + I +\change_unchanged +f you change your mind later or if your publisher insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, + you just need to change the macro in the preamble, + not every single index entry. +\change_inserted -712698321 1667118842 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667118842 +\begin_inset Note Greyedout +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119415 + +\series bold +Note: + +\series default + If you use the index processor +\family sans +xindy +\family default + rather than +\family sans +makeindex or xindex +\family default + (see section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Index-Program" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +), + such custom macros do not work out of the box. + This is because +\family sans +xindy +\family default + requires you to define semantic elements in the xindy +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +module +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (style file) you use before they can be used. + In the given case, + this would require to add the following line in the module file: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verbatim + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119381 + +(markup-locref :open " +\backslash +IndexDef{" :close "}" :attr "IndexDef") +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119392 +Please refer to +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +after "p. 678 ff." +key "latexcompanion" +literal "true" + +\end_inset + + for details. +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +You can also change the layout +\change_deleted -712698321 1667128294 +for +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128294 +of +\change_unchanged + the whole index. + For example, + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667128049 +we +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128050 +if you +\change_unchanged + mark +\change_deleted -712698321 1667128052 +ed +\change_unchanged + the index list box +\change_deleted -712698321 1667128093 +of this document +\change_unchanged + as bold +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128098 +, + you will +\change_deleted -712698321 1667128100 + to +\change_unchanged +get a bold font for all index entries. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128129 +In general, + however, + it is better (and required for +\change_deleted -712698321 1667128131 +For +\change_unchanged +more advanced tasks +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128135 +) +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667128139 +you have +\change_unchanged +to set up a so-called +\emph on +Index Style File +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128153 + +\emph default + ( +\family sans +makeindex +\family default +), + +\emph on +module +\emph default + ( +\family sans +xindy +\family default +) or +\emph on +config file +\emph default + ( +\family sans +xindex +\family default +) to determine the formatting; +\change_deleted -712698321 1667119655 +, + +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667119672 +see +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119674 +please refer to +\change_unchanged + the +\family sans +makeindex +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119661 +, + +\change_unchanged + +\family default + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667119662 +or +\change_unchanged + +\family sans +xindy +\family default + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119665 +or +\family sans +xindex +\family default + +\change_unchanged +documentation +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119667 +s +\change_unchanged + for details, + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119778 + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "makeindex,xindex,xindy" +literal "true" + +\end_inset + + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667119778 + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "makeindex,xindy" +literal "true" + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128459 + There are also some \SpecialChar LaTeX + packages available that ease such formatting, + see +\begin_inset Flex URL +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128460 + +https://ctan.org/topic/index +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119819 +Special Characters in Index Entries +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "subsec:Index-Special-Characters" + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128522 +As already mentioned above, + some characters have a special meaning in index entries, + namely: + +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120139 +! +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, + +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120150 +@ +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, + +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120158 +\begin_inset Quotes qld +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, + and +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120173 +| +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +. + If you use them literally, + you might get surprising results or even a non-working index. + In any case, + you will not get the character itself. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120574 +In order to use these characters in inset entries, + they have to be +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +escaped +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + +, + that is prepended by a character that tells the index processor to treat this character without its special meaning. + By default, + the escape character is +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120286 +\begin_inset Quotes qld +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + (but this can be changed). + So enter +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120326 +\begin_inset Quotes qld +\end_inset + +! +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, + +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120329 +\begin_inset Quotes qld +\end_inset + +@ +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, + +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120332 +\begin_inset Quotes qld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes qrd +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, + or +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120335 +\begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset | -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\change_unchanged - followed by a \SpecialChar LaTeX --command without a backslash. - We can write for example \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold -italic page number:|textit -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -to get the page number in italic. -\begin_inset Index idx -status open + to get the special character you want. + Note that the escape character, + +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120426 +\begin_inset Quotes qld +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \end_inset - Normally all \SpecialChar LaTeX --commands begin with a backslash, but in this special case +, -\begin_inset Quotes eld +\emph on +must +\emph default + be inserted in a TeX code box (see section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\series bold -|command -\series default +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes" +nolink "false" -\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - means -\series bold +). +\change_unchanged -\backslash -command{page -\begin_inset space ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667669398 +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "subsec:Convenience-Functions-Index" -number} -\series default -. - Have a look at section -\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +Convenience Functions for Index Handling +\end_layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" +\begin_layout Standard +\change_inserted -712698321 1667669552 +Indexing a document can be a tedious task, + since you often have to insert the same index entry multiple times in order to refer to passages at different pages. + This is not only time-consuming, + but also error-prone; + e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - to learn more about the \SpecialChar LaTeX --syntax. +g., + you have to remember how exactly an inset entry has been inserted to avoid redundant entries. + \SpecialChar LyX + provides some functions to ease the task. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note Greyedout -status open - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -\series bold -Note: -\series default - Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program +\change_inserted -712698321 1667669398 +First, + if you want to add an entry which you already used before, + you can open the outliner via \family sans -makeindex +View\SpecialChar menuseparator +Outline Pane \family default -to generate the index, see section + (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "subsec:Index-Program" +reference "subsec:The-Outliner" +nolink "false" \end_inset -. - If you use +), + select the \family sans -xindy +Index Entries \family default -, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text. - This is because + section (it is convenient to have this open while indexing anyway), + scroll to the entry in question (if you check \family sans -xindy +Sort \family default - requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -after "p. 678 ff." -key "latexcompanion" -literal "true" - -\end_inset - - for details. +, + it will be more easier), + then +\emph on +right +\emph default +-click on the entry and select +\family sans +Insert Copy at Cursor Position +\family default + from the context menu. + This will do just what it says: + it will insert a copy of that index inset at the position where the cursor is. \end_layout -\end_inset - +\begin_layout Standard +\change_inserted -712698321 1667669772 +Second, + \SpecialChar LyX + also provides a semi-automated solution to index a word. + If you right-click on an index entry inset, + you can select from the context menu +\family sans +Index All Occurrences of this Word +\family default +. + This will search the whole document (only single documents, + not master and child documents) and insert a copy of this index inset after each occurrence of the word that precedes the inset. + Note that casing of the word does not matter, + but only full words in the same grammatical form are considered (so if +\emph on +table +\emph default + is the word before the index entry, + +\emph on +Table +\emph default + will be considered as well, + but not +\emph on +tables +\emph default +). + Please take care to not overuse this function and to carefully check the result afterwards. + Remember, + a good index does not simply list all occurrences of a given word in a specific document (that is a concordance rather), + but only relevant occurrences! + So as convenient as this function might seem, + it is suitable especially for particular cases. + With others, + you will have more work with removing again falsely inserted entries than you would have with manually inserting them at the right place. \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown - above. - Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that. - Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of - the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions. - If so, put the following in the preamble -\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection +Index +\change_deleted -712698321 1667120869 +Program +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120870 +Processor +\change_unchanged -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default +status collapsed -\series bold +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Index +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open -\backslash -newcommand{ -\backslash -IndexDef}[1]{ -\backslash -textit{#1}} +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Processor \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -and write -\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_layout Standard -\series bold -my entry|IndexDef \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -in the index entry. -\begin_inset Index idx -status open +\end_inset -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef -\end_layout + +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "subsec:Index-Program" \end_inset - The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher - insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to - change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also change the layout for the whole index. - For example, we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get - a bold font for all index entries. - For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called -\emph on -Index Style File -\emph default -, see the +If the index +\change_deleted -712698321 1667120909 +generation program +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120910 +processor, + +\change_unchanged + +\family sans +xindy +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120657 +, + +\change_unchanged + +\family default + is installed, + \SpecialChar LyX + uses it +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120769 +(the +\family sans +texindy +\family default + variant of it, + for that matter) +\change_unchanged +for index generation; + otherwise the program \family sans makeindex \family default - or +, + the program that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX + distribution, + is used. +\change_deleted -712698321 1667120846 + +\begin_inset Foot +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667120841 + +\family sans +Makeindex +\family default + is very old, + no longer under development and has many pitfalls, + notably that it was developed with only the English language in mind. + So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly. + We have shown above how to fix this sorting. + However, + if you are writing in another than the English language, + consider to use \family sans xindy \family default - documentation for details, -\begin_inset CommandInset citation -LatexCommand cite -key "makeindex,xindy" -literal "true" +. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout \end_inset -. + +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120851 +As a further option, + you can select the rather new +\family sans +xindex +\family default + index processor. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Index Program -\begin_inset Index idx -status collapsed +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Index ! Program -\end_layout +\change_inserted -712698321 1667121183 +\family sans +Makeindex +\family default + is very old, + no longer under development and has many pitfalls, + notably that it was developed with only the English language in mind. + So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly (we have shown above, + section +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "subsec:Index-Program" +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Index-Entry-Order" +nolink "false" \end_inset - +, + how to manually fix this sorting, + but this is very tedious work). \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard -If the index generation program +\begin_layout Itemize + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667121483 +The alternative program, + +\family sans +xindy +\family default +, + is a newer and much more mighty alternative. + It can sort most languages correctly, + and it is also much more customizable in the output. + However, + also +\family sans +xindy +\family default + is no longer actively maintained, + and it has bugs that are most likely not being addressed anytime soon. + Also, + \family sans xindy \family default - is installed, \SpecialChar LyX - uses it for index generation; otherwise the program + is not always available out of the box and quite a challenge to install on some systems (particularly Windows). + But if you have it available, + it is almost always a better option than \family sans makeindex \family default -, the program that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX - distribution, is used. -\begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +. +\end_layout -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_layout Itemize +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128720 +The third option, + \family sans -Makeindex +xindex \family default - is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably - that it was developed with only the English language in mind. - So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly. - We have shown above how to fix this sorting. - However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider - to use +, + is a quite new and actively developed index processor. + It is included in modern \SpecialChar TeX + distributions such as \SpecialChar TeX +Live and Mik\SpecialChar TeX +, + is pretty much customizable and supports many languages. + The program is still in development, + so not everything might work equally well than in the older processors. + But the program is definitely worth a try, + particularly if \family sans xindy \family default -. + does not work or not satisfy your needs. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard - Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in \SpecialChar LyX -'s preferences - dialog, see section +\change_deleted -712698321 1667120703 +Both +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120703 +All +\change_unchanged + pro +\change_deleted -712698321 1667128738 +grams +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128739 +cessors +\change_unchanged + can be controlled by options that can be set in \SpecialChar LyX +'s preferences dialog, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32245,11 +39535,24 @@ xindy \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings" +nolink "false" \end_inset . The available options are listed and explained in +\change_inserted -712698321 1667128757 + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "makeindex-man,xindex,xindy" +literal "true" + +\end_inset + + +\change_deleted -712698321 1667128757 + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "makeindex-man,xindy" @@ -32257,14 +39560,32 @@ literal "true" \end_inset + +\change_unchanged . - In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate - the index. + In this dialog, + you can +\change_deleted -712698321 1667120810 +also +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120810 +even +\change_unchanged + specify +\change_deleted -712698321 1667120813 +an +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120828 +arbitrary +\change_unchanged +alternative program +\change_inserted -712698321 1667120828 +s +\change_unchanged + to generate the index. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a - given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar breakableslash +If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a given document, + you can define the program and\SpecialChar breakableslash or the options in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -32272,17 +39593,27 @@ Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Indexes \family default . - This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options - to the index program or if you need a specific layout style. + This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options to the index program or if you need a specific layout style. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667111129 +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "subsec:Multiple-Indexes" + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged Multiple Indexes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In many fields it is common to have more than one index. - For instance, you might need to set up a separate + For instance, + you might need to set up a separate \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -32292,8 +39623,8 @@ Index of Names next to the standard index. \SpecialChar LaTeX - does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages - that add this feature. + does not provide this possibility out of the box, + but there are packages that add this feature. \SpecialChar LyX uses the \series bold @@ -32301,11 +39632,23 @@ splitidx \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! splitidx + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +splitidx +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -32317,8 +39660,10 @@ status collapsed status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -If yours does not ship it, consult the \SpecialChar TeX - catalogue, +If yours does not ship it, + consult the \SpecialChar TeX + catalogue, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" @@ -32328,8 +39673,8 @@ literal "true" . Note that the package does not only consist of a \SpecialChar LaTeX - style, but it also includes - specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well. + style, + but it also includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well. Please consult the package's manual for details. \end_layout @@ -32340,7 +39685,8 @@ literal "true" \begin_layout Standard To set up \SpecialChar LyX - for the use of multiple indexes, go to + for the use of multiple indexes, + go to \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -32364,8 +39710,8 @@ Index \end_inset . - To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should - also appear as a heading) to the + To add further indexes, + add the name of the index (in the form that should also appear as a heading) to the \family sans New \family default @@ -32375,42 +39721,47 @@ Add \family default button. The new index now also appears in the list. - If you like, you can attribute an alternative \SpecialChar LyX + If you like, + you can attribute an alternative \SpecialChar LyX label color to the new index. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index - list in +Once the document changes have been applied, + you can find the new index list in \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator -List/TOC +List/Contents/References \family default and the \family sans Insert \family default menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes. - The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there - are additional features: + The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, + but there are additional features: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking - on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that. +If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, + right-clicking on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type. - Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a +By right-clicking on an index, + you can change its type. + Furthermore, + you can specify an index to be a \family sans Subindex \family default . - If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level. - For example, if you use a book class, where the standard index heading - is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can - thus be nested to the non-subindexes. + If you do that, + the heading of that list will be decreased by one level. + For example, + if you use a book class, + where the standard index heading is defined as a chapter, + subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested to the non-subindexes. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -32425,6 +39776,8 @@ Literal \begin_layout Section Nomenclature/Glossary \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -32435,27 +39788,17 @@ Nomenclature \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Glossary|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +Glossary +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout - -{ -\end_layout - -\end_inset - Nomenclature -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -32476,32 +39819,43 @@ name "sec:Nomenclature" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that - are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so - called nomenclature or glossary. +Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or glossary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX - package - +To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, + you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX + package \series bold nomencl \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! nomencl + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +nomencl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset installed. You find it in the \SpecialChar TeX - catalogue, + catalogue, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" @@ -32514,8 +39868,7 @@ literal "true" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry - and then use the menu +A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry and then use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -32572,6 +39925,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default To use \SpecialChar TeX code for nomenclature entries the option @@ -32589,10 +39943,22 @@ Literal \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Definition and Layout \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Layout +Nomenclature +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Layout +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -32601,7 +39967,8 @@ Nomenclature ! Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the +If you have symbols in formulas, + you have to define them in the \family sans Symbol \family default @@ -32619,7 +39986,8 @@ Symbol \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, insert this: +, + insert this: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -32643,8 +40011,7 @@ $ character starts/ends the formula. The \SpecialChar LaTeX --command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with - a backslash +-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with a backslash \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -32655,7 +40022,8 @@ $ \end_inset . - For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter, + For capital Greek letters, + start the command also with a capital letter, like \series bold @@ -32675,6 +40043,7 @@ Sigma \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -32690,7 +40059,8 @@ Text Style \family default - dialog to format the description text; you have to use \SpecialChar LaTeX + dialog to format the description text; + you have to use \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands. For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -32743,7 +40113,8 @@ bold \backslash textbf \series default -, for +, + for \family typewriter typewriter \family default @@ -32753,7 +40124,8 @@ typewriter \backslash texttt \series default -, for +, + for \emph on emphasized \emph default @@ -32824,7 +40196,8 @@ If the characters | \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -, @ and +, + @ and \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset @@ -32833,8 +40206,26 @@ If the characters | \end_inset should appear in nomenclature entries containing \SpecialChar TeX - code they need to be escaped - by adding a quote character in front of them. + code they need to be escaped by adding a +\change_deleted -712698321 1610611122 +quote +\change_inserted -712698321 1610611123 +percent +\change_unchanged + character in front of them. +\change_inserted -712698321 1610611807 + +\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature +LatexCommand nomenclature +symbol "%@, %|, %!, %\"" +description "The quote sign in TeX code is output by writing ' %\"{}%\"{} '." +literal "true" + +\end_inset + + +\change_deleted -712698321 1610611114 + \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\"" @@ -32844,15 +40235,29 @@ literal "true" \end_inset +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Sort order +Nomenclature +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Sort order +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -32862,10 +40267,10 @@ Nomenclature ! Sort order \begin_layout Standard The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the \SpecialChar LaTeX --code of the symbol - definition. - This leads to undesired results when you, for example, have symbols in - formulas. +-code of the symbol definition. + This leads to undesired results when you, + for example, + have symbols in formulas. Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols \emph on a @@ -32940,7 +40345,8 @@ $ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To control the sort order, you can edit the +To control the sort order, + you can edit the \family sans Sort \begin_inset space ~ @@ -32949,9 +40355,9 @@ Sort as \family default field of the nomenclature dialog. - Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol - definition. - For the example given, you can insert + Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol definition. + For the example given, + you can insert \family typewriter sigma \family default @@ -32959,7 +40365,8 @@ sigma \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset -, then +, + then \emph on a \emph default @@ -32975,7 +40382,8 @@ For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the \series bold nomencl \series default - documentation, + documentation, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "nomencl" @@ -32989,10 +40397,22 @@ literal "true" \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Options \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Options +Nomenclature +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Options +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -33013,7 +40433,8 @@ The nomencl \series default package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature. - Here are some of its options; for more have a look at its documentation: + Here are some of its options; + for more have a look at its documentation: \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -33023,7 +40444,8 @@ refeq Appends the phrase \family sans -, see equation ( +, + see equation ( \emph on eq \emph default @@ -33033,7 +40455,8 @@ eq \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - to every nomenclature entry, where + to every nomenclature entry, + where \family sans \emph on eq @@ -33049,7 +40472,8 @@ refpage Appends the phrase \family sans -, page ( +, + page ( \emph on page \emph default @@ -33059,7 +40483,8 @@ page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - to every nomenclature entry, where + to every nomenclature entry, + where \family sans \emph on page @@ -33073,8 +40498,8 @@ intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document - class options list in the +To use one or more of the options, + add them to the comma-separated document class options list in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings @@ -33082,7 +40507,8 @@ Settings dialog. In this document the options \series bold -refpage, intoc +refpage, + intoc \series default are used. \end_layout @@ -33095,9 +40521,7 @@ refpage, intoc \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature - entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the - +You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the \family sans Description \family default @@ -33164,7 +40588,8 @@ page \end_inset are automatically translated for most document languages. - If not, add these lines in front of the nomenclature list as \SpecialChar TeX + If not, + add these lines in front of the nomenclature list as \SpecialChar TeX code: \end_layout @@ -33199,7 +40624,8 @@ status open \size default \backslash -unskip, see equation +unskip, + see equation \backslash nobreakspace(#1)} \begin_inset Newline newline @@ -33232,13 +40658,15 @@ status open \size default \backslash -unskip, page +unskip, + page \backslash nobreakspace{}#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If the numbers should be hyperlinks, assure that you use +If the numbers should be hyperlinks, + assure that you use \family sans Hyperref \begin_inset space ~ @@ -33283,7 +40711,8 @@ status open \backslash -unskip, see +unskip, + see \backslash hyperlink{equation.#1}{equation \backslash @@ -33314,7 +40743,8 @@ status open \backslash -unskip, +unskip, + \backslash hyperlink{page.#1}{page \backslash @@ -33324,10 +40754,22 @@ nobreakspace{}#1}} \begin_layout Subsection Printing the Nomenclature \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Printing +Nomenclature +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Printing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -33336,10 +40778,11 @@ Nomenclature ! Printing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To print the nomenclature, use the menu +To print the nomenclature, + use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator -Lists/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator +List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Nomenclature \family default . @@ -33356,7 +40799,8 @@ Nomenclature \end_inset will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output. - By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered. + By right-clicking on it, + the amount of space for symbols can be altered. You can choose between these settings: \end_layout @@ -33394,19 +40838,21 @@ Nomenclature \end_inset . - If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the - command + If you are not happy with the name, + you can change it by redefining the command \series bold \backslash nomname \series default in the preamble. - For example, in order to change the name to + For example, + in order to change the name to \emph on List of Symbols \emph default -, add the following line to the preamble: +, + add the following line to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -33426,7 +40872,8 @@ nomname{List of Symbols}}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you are using another document language than English, replace +When you are using another document language than English, + replace \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -33442,16 +40889,29 @@ captionsenglish \backslash extras*** \series default -, where *** is the name of the language used. +, + where *** is the name of the language used. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Program \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Nomenclature ! Program +Nomenclature +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Program +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -33472,15 +40932,17 @@ name "subsec:Nomenclature-Program" \family sans makeindex \family default -, that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX - distribution, to generate the nomenclature. +, + that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX + distribution, + to generate the nomenclature. \SpecialChar LyX -'s preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control - +'s preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control \family sans makeindex \family default - by adding options, see section + by adding options, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33488,6 +40950,7 @@ makeindex \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -33506,6 +40969,8 @@ literal "true" \begin_layout Section Branches \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -33516,10 +40981,22 @@ Branches \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Branches +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Branches +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -33536,16 +41013,16 @@ name "sec:Branches" \begin_layout Standard Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output. - For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the - pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same - document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier. + For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the pupils to see the answers, + but having questions and answers in the same document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For these cases \SpecialChar LyX allows you to put text into branches. The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated. - To create a branch, either select the menu + To create a branch, + either select the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -33560,14 +41037,13 @@ Settings \family sans Branches \family default -, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation - state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not), +, + where you can specify and change the name of the branch, + its activation state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not), its background color inside \SpecialChar LyX - and whether the name of the branch should - be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active - (see below for an example). - Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch - to the name of the other) and to add + and whether the name of the branch should be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active (see below for an example). + Furthermore, + the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch to the name of the other) and to add \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33583,8 +41059,8 @@ e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents -, without having been defined) to the document's branch list. +branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents, + without having been defined) to the document's branch list. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -33595,13 +41071,13 @@ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Branch \family default where you can choose a branch. - You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking - on them. + You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking on them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch - is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output: +Here is an example, + where only the question text appears, + the answer branch is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -33613,6 +41089,7 @@ status open \series bold Question: + \series default Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner? \end_layout @@ -33631,6 +41108,7 @@ status collapsed \series bold Answer: + \series default Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen \end_layout @@ -33651,7 +41129,8 @@ Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Branches \family default -, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export. +, + the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export. Consider for example a file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33669,7 +41148,8 @@ Filename Suffix \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - is active, the PDF export file would be called + is active, + the PDF export file would be called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33693,7 +41173,8 @@ Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - branch were inactive, + branch were inactive, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33709,7 +41190,8 @@ Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - branch was active, likewise + branch was active, + likewise \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33725,7 +41207,8 @@ Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - branch was active, and + branch was active, + and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -33742,15 +41225,37 @@ Exam-Question-Answer.pdf \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are also inverted branch insets, whose content is output just in case - the branch is + +\change_inserted 5863208 1650147989 +It is also possible to +\change_deleted 5863208 1650147965 +There are also +\change_unchanged +invert +\change_deleted 5863208 1650147967 +ed +\change_inserted 5863208 1650147977 + just some +\change_unchanged + branch insets, + whose content is output just in case the branch is \emph on not \emph default - activated. - This make it easy to add alternative text for different versions of a document. - To control whether a particular inset is inverted, right-click on the inset - button and choose + activated +\change_inserted 244031559 1635284375 + (they are marked with ~ before the name) +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_deleted 244031559 1635284383 +This +\change_inserted 244031559 1635284385 +Such insets +\change_unchanged + make it easy to add alternative text for different versions of a document. + To control whether a particular inset is inverted, + right-click on the inset button and choose \family sans Invert \begin_inset space ~ @@ -33770,6 +41275,7 @@ status open \series bold No answer: + \series default Because the \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -33793,7 +41299,8 @@ Answer \begin_layout Standard To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets, - like inside equations, you can code special \SpecialChar LaTeX + like inside equations, + you can code special \SpecialChar LaTeX definitions for each branch. For example you can define for the question branch \begin_inset Foot @@ -33801,7 +41308,8 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For an introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX --syntax, see section +-syntax, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33809,6 +41317,7 @@ For an introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -33972,8 +41481,9 @@ x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the - +Inside math, + the same effect can be achieved using math macros, + see the \emph on Math \emph default @@ -33981,8 +41491,7 @@ Math \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout - files (e. +Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout files (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -33992,15 +41501,33 @@ g. any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own \SpecialChar LaTeX commands.). - For this advanced usage, see the + For this advanced usage, + see the \emph on Customization \emph default - manual, section + manual, + section \emph on Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default ). +\change_inserted 5863208 1650148012 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted 5863208 1650148601 +In case one extensively needs syncing activation branch status with open/close status of all branch insets in the document we provide +\family typewriter +branch-sync-all +\family default + \SpecialChar LyX + function, + which can be bound to keyboard shortcut or added to user-defined context menu of branch inset. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -34013,6 +41540,8 @@ name "sec:PDF-Properties" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -34025,35 +41554,146 @@ PDF properties \end_layout \begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644655914 The +\change_unchanged + \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF Properties \family default - dialog allows you to set up special options for the PDF output of your - document. - All these options are provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX --package + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644655917 +dialog +\change_unchanged +allows you to set up +\change_deleted -712698321 1644651900 +special options +\change_inserted -712698321 1644651929 +specifics +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644651937 +for +\change_inserted -712698321 1644651944 +of your document's +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644655939 +the +\change_unchanged +PDF output +\change_deleted -712698321 1644651948 + of your document +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644651614 +All +\change_inserted -712698321 1644651616 +Most of +\change_unchanged + these +\change_deleted -712698321 1644651959 +options +\change_inserted -712698321 1644651961 +specifics +\change_unchanged + are provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644651813 +- +\change_inserted -712698321 1644651814 + +\change_unchanged +package \series bold hyperref \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! hyperref + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +hyperref \end_layout \end_inset - which will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output. - This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a - table of contents entry or on a reference to move to the cross-referenced - part of the document. + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644653717 + which you need to enable by clicking +\family sans +Use Hyperref Support +\family default + in order to set the PDF properties (if the package is already loaded by your document class or another package, + the checkbox you need to click is labeled +\family sans +Customize Hyperref Options +\family default + instead). + Among other things, + hyperref +\change_deleted -712698321 1644651887 + which +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644653821 +will +\change_inserted -712698321 1644653851 + hyper +\change_unchanged +link +\change_inserted -712698321 1644653826 +s +\change_unchanged + all +\change_inserted -712698321 1644653859 +URLs and +\change_unchanged +cross-references in the +\change_deleted -712698321 1644653786 +DVI- and +\change_unchanged +PDF +\change_inserted -712698321 1644653751 +\change_deleted -712698321 1644653751 +- +\change_unchanged +output. + This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a +\change_inserted -712698321 1644653878 +n URL, + a +\change_unchanged + table of contents entry or on a reference to +\change_inserted -712698321 1644653918 +open a website or to +\change_unchanged +move to the cross-referenced part of the document. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644653971 + Furthermore, + you can set PDF metadata (such as document author and title), + or determine how the PDF is being opened by the reader program. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -34062,9 +41702,15 @@ The header information in the dialog tab General \family default is saved together with the PDF as file properties. - Many programs are able to extract this information, for example, automatically - to recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about. - This is very useful to sort, classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues. + Many programs are able to extract this information, + for example, + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644656745 +automatically +\change_unchanged +to recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about. + This is very useful to sort, + classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues. When the option \family sans Automatically @@ -34077,9 +41723,15 @@ fill header \family default - is set, \SpecialChar LyX - tries to extract the header information from your document title - and author entries. + is set, + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654039 +\SpecialChar LyX + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654041 +hyperref +\change_unchanged + tries to extract the header information from your document title and author entries. The option \family sans Load @@ -34096,16 +41748,57 @@ fullscreen mode \family default - will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations. + will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, + which is useful for presentations. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can specify in the dialog tab + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654066 +You can specify i +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654066 +I +\change_unchanged +n the dialog tab \family sans Hyperlinks \family default - how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences - are created. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654103 +you can customize the +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654105 +how +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654109 + look of +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654087 +the +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654087 +such +\change_unchanged + links +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654147 +, + and you can specify +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654275 +if and which +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654283 +will look and if links for +\change_unchanged +bibliographical backreferences are created +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654335 +. + +\family sans +Backreferences +\family default + are links inserted at the end of bibliographic entries pointing to either sections, + pages or slides on which these entries are being cited +\change_unchanged +. The \family sans Break @@ -34122,7 +41815,8 @@ over lines \family default - option allows long links to be split; + option allows long links to be split; + \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ @@ -34146,7 +41840,8 @@ Color links \family default - both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames; + both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames; + \family sans Color \begin_inset space ~ @@ -34186,28 +41881,63 @@ green \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -but you can change these in the field +but you can change these in the +\change_deleted -712698321 1644651692 +field +\change_inserted -712698321 1644651692 +tab +\change_unchanged + \family sans -Additional options +Additional +\change_deleted -712698321 1644656056 +o +\change_inserted -712698321 1644656056 +O +\change_unchanged +ptions \family default . - For example, in this document they were changed with the additional options: + For example, + in this document they were changed with the +\change_inserted -712698321 1644651709 +se +\change_unchanged + additional options +\change_inserted -712698321 1644651730 + added to +\family sans +Hypersetup +\change_unchanged + +\family default +: \end_layout -\begin_layout Standard +\begin_layout Quote \series bold -linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue +linkcolor=black, + citecolor=black, + urlcolor=blue, + filecolor=blue \end_layout \begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654422 If the option \family sans Backreferences \family default - is set, the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different - entries, showing, depending on the option selected, the number of the section, + is set, + the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different entries, + showing, + depending on the option selected, + the number of the section, slide or page where the entry is referenced. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -34215,35 +41945,171 @@ In the dialog tab \family sans Bookmarks \family default - you can specify if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of - your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document. - You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections - or not. - With the + you can specify if PDF +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654456 + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654456 +- +\change_unchanged +bookmarks +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654511 +(shown as a collapsible outline in the PDF reader) +\change_unchanged +should be created for every section of your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document. + You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections or not. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654607 +With +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654609 +By checking +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654594 +the +\change_unchanged + \family sans -Open bookmarks +Open bookmark +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654550 + tree +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654551 +s +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654802 + \family default +you can instruct the PDF reader to uncollapse the outliner when opening the PDF. + +\change_unchanged \family sans Level \family default - you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks - when opening the PDF. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654838 +determines up to which level this uncollapsing is done. +\change_deleted -712698321 1644654687 +you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF. + +\change_unchanged For example level \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2 will display all sections and subsections, while level +2 will display all sections and subsections, + while level \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1 will only display the sections. +1 will only display the sections +\change_inserted -712698321 1644654724 + (collapsing the rest) +\change_unchanged +. +\change_inserted -712698321 1644656154 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644657105 +In the +\family sans +Additional Options +\family default + dialog tab you can insert hyperref options which are not among the ones described above as a comma-separated list (please refer to the hyperref manual +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "hyperref" +literal "true" + +\end_inset + + for a full list and documentation of possible options). + Note that these options will be passed to hyperref via +\begin_inset Flex Code +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644656321 + +\backslash +hypersetup +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, + not via the package options. + This will exclude some options that can only be specified via the latter. + If you need to use one of those options, + you can set them by adding +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644656496 + +\series bold +PackageOptions hyperref option1,option +\change_deleted 274215730 1652836969 +1 +\change_inserted 274215730 1652836970 +2 +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644656431 +in +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar menuseparator +Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator +Local Layout +\family default + (but only if hyperref is not loaded by your document class). +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1644744249 +The +\family sans +Document Metadata +\family default + input widget allows you to insert PDF properties that are independent of the hyperref package and rely on some (rather new) \SpecialChar LaTeX + core features. + This requires \SpecialChar LaTeX + version 06/2022 at least (with earlier versions, + input is simply ignored). + The widget expects a comma-separated list of key-value options (such as +\series bold +pdfversion=1.7, + lang=de-DE +\series default +). + At the point of writing this, + the list of options is still rather small and not very well documented (look for a file called +\emph on +documentmetadata-support.pdf +\emph default +), + but it is expected that in the future, + rather fundamental PDF properties (such as structure tagging for accessibility reasons and different PDF standards such as PDF/A) can be set this way. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1644656978 PDF properties are also used in this document. - When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional - + When you look in its document settings, + you can see that some additional \series bold hyperref \series default @@ -34257,6 +42123,8 @@ literal "true" \end_inset . +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -34276,6 +42144,8 @@ name "sec:TeX-Code" \SpecialChar TeX Code Boxes \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -34298,25 +42168,25 @@ name "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes" \begin_layout Standard As \SpecialChar LyX uses \SpecialChar LaTeX - in the background, it supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX + in the background, + it supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX commands and constructs, but not all. \SpecialChar LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands. All the time packages are being updated and new ones added. - This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there - is a \SpecialChar LaTeX --package for every problem, though \SpecialChar LyX - cannot support all packages and - their commands. + This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there is a \SpecialChar LaTeX +-package for every problem, + though \SpecialChar LyX + cannot support all packages and their commands. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -But don't worry, you can use any \SpecialChar LaTeX +But don't worry, + you can use any \SpecialChar LaTeX -command directly in \SpecialChar LyX inside the \SpecialChar TeX - Code - box. + Code box. A \SpecialChar TeX Code box is created by the menu \family sans @@ -34340,8 +42210,7 @@ arg "ert-insert" \end_inset ). - The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on - it and selecting + The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on it and selecting \family sans Close Inset \family default @@ -34353,7 +42222,8 @@ You can insert complete or incomplete commands as \SpecialChar TeX Code. Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard \SpecialChar LyX text. - For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word + For example, + if you want to draw a frame around a word \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -34370,7 +42240,8 @@ The LyX way would be to use a framed box. \backslash fbox \series default -, you can write the command part +, + you can write the command part \series bold \backslash @@ -34384,8 +42255,7 @@ fbox{ in a second \SpecialChar TeX Code box behind the word. The word between the two \SpecialChar TeX - Code boxes is then the argument as it is in the - following example: + Code boxes is then the argument as it is in the following example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -34438,10 +42308,11 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default At the end of \SpecialChar LaTeX --commands without parameters, you have to insert a space - to let \SpecialChar LaTeX +-commands without parameters, + you have to insert a space to let \SpecialChar LaTeX know that the command is finished. \end_layout @@ -34465,6 +42336,8 @@ The \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -34485,12 +42358,13 @@ name "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something - about the \SpecialChar LaTeX +When you write larger documents or books, + you will need to know something about the \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands that \SpecialChar LyX uses in the background. Because \SpecialChar LaTeX - is based on commands, you can + is based on commands, + you can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -34499,22 +42373,19 @@ program \end_inset your text. - This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at - any time if you know the right commands. - For example, imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline - is the end of the day. - Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have - all caption labels bold. - But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels - in your manual. - Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one - day. + This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at any time if you know the right commands. + For example, + imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the end of the day. + Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have all caption labels bold. + But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels in your manual. + Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one day. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now \SpecialChar LaTeX comes into play. - As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a \SpecialChar LaTeX + As mentioned above, + for every problem there exists a \SpecialChar LaTeX -package. First you have to find out which and therefore look in the \SpecialChar LaTeX package database, @@ -34536,17 +42407,30 @@ caption \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! caption + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +caption +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset is what you need. - To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu + To use a package, + you have to load it in the document preamble (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings @@ -34573,8 +42457,8 @@ usepackage[options]{package name} \begin_layout Standard All \SpecialChar LaTeX - commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within - two braces and the options are set within two brackets. + commands begin with a backslash, + the command argument is set within two braces and the options are set within two brackets. Note that not all commands have an argument and options. \end_layout @@ -34584,8 +42468,8 @@ In your case the package name is caption \series default . - After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option - + After a look in the documentation of the package, + you know that the option \series bold labelfont=bf \series default @@ -34611,7 +42495,9 @@ For more commands provided by the \series bold caption \series default - package, have a look at its documentation, + package, + have a look at its documentation, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "caption" @@ -34628,17 +42514,18 @@ literal "true" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems - like your case. +Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems like your case. For example if you use a \family sans KOMA-Script \family default - class, you don't need the package + class, + you don't need the package \series bold caption \series default -, you can instead write +, + you can instead write \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -34653,8 +42540,8 @@ bfseries} \begin_layout Standard in the preamble and the problem is solved. - So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the - documentation of the document class you want to use. + So if you plan to write a large document, + you should have a look at the documentation of the document class you want to use. ( \series bold @@ -34665,20 +42552,19 @@ setkomafont \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the - text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command - argument. +Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, + while commands in the text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command argument. To insert a \SpecialChar LaTeX --command in text, use the \SpecialChar TeX - Code box as described in the previous - section. +-command in text, + use the \SpecialChar TeX + Code box as described in the previous section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to learn more about \SpecialChar LaTeX - and its syntax, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX --books - + and its syntax, + have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX +-books \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion,latexguide" @@ -34883,16 +42769,30 @@ name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Header/Footer line +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Header/Footer line +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -34905,8 +42805,8 @@ Header/Footer line \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need - to set the +To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, + you need to set the \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ @@ -35012,7 +42912,8 @@ for the different positions in the header/footer. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Normally, headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document. +Normally, + headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document. But you can change them anywhere you want to. Figure \begin_inset space ~ @@ -35022,6 +42923,7 @@ Normally, headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Page-layout" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -35109,10 +43011,12 @@ Right Header \begin_layout Plain Layout The normal text on the page goes here. - The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including - footnotes). - Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of - the chapter, company logo but you can use almost anything, except of floats. + The running header is above the text, + and the footer is below (including footnotes). + Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, + title of the chapter, + company logo but you can use almost anything, + except of floats. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -35233,8 +43137,8 @@ status open \series bold Note \series default -: some document classes implement their own customized page headers and - footers if +: + some document classes implement their own customized page headers and footers if \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ @@ -35243,8 +43147,7 @@ Page style \family default is set to “Default”. - Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers - and footers. + Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers and footers. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -35257,21 +43160,22 @@ Definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To define your header line, add all three header environments. - The things you add to each environment appear on odd numbered pages, the - things in the optional arguments on even numbered pages. - For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and - can be omitted. - If you leave a header environment or its argument empty, nothing appears - in the output. +To define your header line, + add all three header environments. + The things you add to each environment appear on odd numbered pages, + the things in the optional arguments on even numbered pages. + For single-sided documents, + the optional arguments will not be used and can be omitted. + If you leave a header environment or its argument empty, + nothing appears in the output. Defining the footer line works similarly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For the definition, you will need some \SpecialChar LaTeX +For the definition, + you will need some \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands that are inserted as \SpecialChar TeX - code - (menu + code (menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator TeX @@ -35305,8 +43209,8 @@ roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals \backslash leftmark prints the current section number and title. - If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and - title instead. + If the document has chapters, + it prints the current chapter number and title instead. It is called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -35322,8 +43226,8 @@ leftmark \backslash rightmark prints the current subsection number and title. - If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and - title instead. + If the document has chapters, + it prints the current section number and title instead. It is normally used in the right header. \end_layout @@ -35333,11 +43237,13 @@ Default header/footer \begin_layout Standard The custom header/footer is not empty by default. - The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center - footer has the page number. - In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the - relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank. - So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank + The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center footer has the page number. + In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, + include the relevant header/footer style in your document, + but leave it blank. + So, + if you do not want a page number in the footer, + include a blank \family sans Center \begin_inset space ~ @@ -35355,11 +43261,11 @@ Appearance \begin_layout Standard The header and footer will appear on normal pages. Some pages are different. - The title page has a header/footer environment of its own, and so does - any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book. - Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal. - There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on - the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway. + The title page has a header/footer environment of its own, + and so does any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book. + Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, + but that is normal. + There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -35367,7 +43273,8 @@ Header and footer decoration line \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -By default, you get a 0.4 +By default, + you get a 0.4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -35411,7 +43318,8 @@ mm \family default \emph default . - If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0 + If you don't want a line, + set the thickness to 0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -35419,9 +43327,11 @@ pt. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX +The lines can also be colored, + but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX . - If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in section + If you really need this, + have a look at the Internet or in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35441,11 +43351,12 @@ Several header/footer lines \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do - this by adding a ragged line break in the style definition. - However, the default height of the header/footer is only the height of - one text line. - To expand the height, redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX +In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, + you can do this by adding a ragged line break in the style definition. + However, + the default height of the header/footer is only the height of one text line. + To expand the height, + redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX length \series bold @@ -35499,8 +43410,8 @@ g. 1cm \series default ). - If you don't know how much space is needed for the height, define your - header/footer and preview your document as a PDF. + If you don't know how much space is needed for the height, + define your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF. Then open the \SpecialChar LaTeX logfile with the menu \family sans @@ -35525,18 +43436,30 @@ fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! fancyhdr + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +fancyhdr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset . - If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least - for your header/footer. + If there is such a warning, + it contains the space that you need at least for your header/footer. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -35560,7 +43483,8 @@ Header \backslash rightmark \series default -, empty optional argument +, + empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -35568,7 +43492,8 @@ Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Header empty, empty optional argument +Header empty, + empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -35576,7 +43501,8 @@ Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Header empty, +Header empty, + \series bold \backslash @@ -35590,7 +43516,8 @@ Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Footer empty, +Footer empty, + \series bold \backslash @@ -35613,7 +43540,8 @@ Footer \family default \series default \color inherit -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -35643,7 +43571,8 @@ Footer \backslash Roman{page} \series default -, empty optional argument +, + empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -35657,13 +43586,17 @@ pt \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats. - For more specialized features, for example, thumb-indexes, see the manual - of the +In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, + except floats. + For more specialized features, + for example, + thumb-indexes, + see the manual of the \series bold fancyhdr \series default - package, + package, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "fancyhdr" @@ -35717,6 +43650,8 @@ name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -35727,10 +43662,22 @@ Instant preview \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Preview +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Preview +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -35740,9 +43687,7 @@ Document ! Preview \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX - allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly - so you can see how they will look in the final document without having - to break your train of thought with viewing the output. + allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having to break your train of thought with viewing the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -35750,18 +43695,31 @@ Prerequisites \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To get previews working, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX +To get previews working, + you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold preview-latex \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! preview-latex + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +preview-latex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -35771,8 +43729,10 @@ status collapsed preview \series default ) installed. - If it is not already installed, you will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX --catalogue, + If it is not already installed, + you will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX +-catalogue, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" @@ -35790,10 +43750,10 @@ pnmcrop \family typewriter netpbm \family default - package; for \SpecialChar LyX + package; + for \SpecialChar LyX on Windows this program and also the \SpecialChar LaTeX --package are automatically - installed together with \SpecialChar LyX +-package are automatically installed together with \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout @@ -35880,8 +43840,7 @@ math \begin_layout Standard Previews are generated when you load a document into \SpecialChar LyX - and when you finish - editing an inset. + and when you finish editing an inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -35892,9 +43851,9 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately - generated by activating the option + Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately generated by activating the option \family sans Display \begin_inset space ~ @@ -35918,10 +43877,10 @@ Selected document parts \begin_layout Standard Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview, for example things that \SpecialChar LyX - cannot render like rotated parts or things that - are not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX + cannot render like rotated parts or things that are not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX . - To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu + To do this, + insert a preview inset via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Preview @@ -35929,11 +43888,14 @@ Preview . Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset. The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset. - If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff. + If you click on the preview, + you can edit the previewed stuff. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX +An example: + To create rotated boxes, + you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX command \series bold @@ -35973,8 +43935,7 @@ Objects Code boxes you want to see in \SpecialChar LyX the final rotated boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding text. - Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated - boxes into it. + Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated boxes into it. Here is the result: \end_layout @@ -36069,9 +44030,9 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Previewing works also for colors. - In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the \SpecialChar LaTeX - command - + In this example a special framed, + colored box was created using the \SpecialChar LaTeX + command \series bold \backslash @@ -36139,7 +44100,8 @@ fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{ \end_inset -This is text within a colored, framed box. +This is text within a colored, + framed box. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed @@ -36167,20 +44129,18 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Standard If \SpecialChar LyX - does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described - above and also make sure that \SpecialChar TeX - Code in the preview inset is valid and that - you loaded the \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages in your document preamble that are required by - the \SpecialChar TeX + does not show a preview, + make sure that you enabled previews as described above and also make sure that \SpecialChar TeX + Code in the preview inset is valid and that you loaded the \SpecialChar LaTeX + packages in your document preamble that are required by the \SpecialChar TeX Code. If \SpecialChar LyX - cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able to - view your document due to \SpecialChar LaTeX + cannot create a preview, + you will in most cases also not be able to view your document due to \SpecialChar LaTeX errors. So if you have to use some \SpecialChar TeX - Code and don't know if it is correct, the preview - inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the whole document. + Code and don't know if it is correct, + the preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the whole document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -36202,20 +44162,21 @@ Pane \family default and a window will be shown where you can see the \SpecialChar LaTeX -source code. - The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor - currently sits. + The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor currently sits. You can also select document parts in \SpecialChar LyX -'s main window, then only this selection - (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code. - To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in - the source view window. +'s main window, + then only this selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code. + To view the whole document as source, + enable the corresponding option in the source view window. If you check \family sans Automatic update \family default -, you can see the changes as you make them in \SpecialChar LyX -; but note that if you have - several documents open, this will slow things down as \SpecialChar LyX +, + you can see the changes as you make them in \SpecialChar LyX +; + but note that if you have several documents open, + this will slow things down as \SpecialChar LyX updates them all, not just the one which is open at the time. \end_layout @@ -36230,6 +44191,8 @@ name "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -36240,6 +44203,8 @@ Replace \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -36265,23 +44230,27 @@ The advanced find and replace feature of \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the - latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire - mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex - formulas +Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, + where the latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; + not only entire mathematical formulas are found, + but also parts occurring within more complex formulas \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in - any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics -), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with - a section heading will only be found within section headings +Search may be format-insensitive, + so that the searched text is found in any context/style (standard text, + section headings, + notes, + and even mathematics), + or it may be format-sensitive, + so that, + for example, + a word entered with a section heading will only be found within section headings \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Search may be restricted to mathematics environments only; this is useful - for remangling math notation where one does not want to match any text - outside of mathematics environments +Search may be restricted to mathematics environments only; + this is useful for remangling math notation where one does not want to match any text outside of mathematics environments \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -36289,7 +44258,8 @@ Search may be widened to a specific \emph on scope \emph default -, i. +, + i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -36298,7 +44268,8 @@ e. \end_inset a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited, - all the open files, or all the manuals available from the + all the open files, + or all the manuals available from the \family sans Help \family default @@ -36306,8 +44277,8 @@ Help \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text - capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i. +Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, + so that the replaced text capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -36315,7 +44286,9 @@ e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase) +all lowercase, + all uppercase, + first letter uppercase followed by lowercase) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -36365,8 +44338,8 @@ Enter into the Find \family default \SpecialChar LyX - mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking - on the + mini-editor a simple word, + and search for occurrences of it by clicking on the \family sans Find \begin_inset space ~ @@ -36381,8 +44354,10 @@ arg "paragraph-break" \end_inset key). - The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized -, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text. + The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, + and in emphasized, + bold or normal face, + and in both in section titles and in standard text. Pressing \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" @@ -36405,8 +44380,7 @@ Case sensitive \family default - option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the - + option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the \family sans Find \family default @@ -36427,7 +44401,8 @@ Searching for mathematics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Mathematical formulas, such as +Mathematical formulas, + such as \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ \end_inset @@ -36435,13 +44410,14 @@ Mathematical formulas, such as \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$ \end_inset -, may be searched for by typing them in the +, + may be searched for by typing them in the \family sans Find \family default editor. - When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when - it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas. + When searching for a formula, + it is found both when it is alone and when it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas. For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}$ \end_inset @@ -36464,7 +44440,8 @@ Settings Ignore format \family default option. - This way, entering in the + This way, + entering in the \family sans Find \family default @@ -36472,26 +44449,26 @@ Find \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word - occurring in emphasized or boldface. +a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring in emphasized or boldface. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective - instances with the same face only, and within the same text style only. +an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective instances with the same face only, + and within the same text style only. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -a normal word in a section heading, and searching for it, would find occurrences - of it only within section headings. - Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition - to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same - style. +a normal word in a section heading, + and searching for it, + would find occurrences of it only within section headings. + Also, + if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, + in addition to a section style, + then it is found only when occurring with the same style. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also - displayed formulas (and not inline formulas). +a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -36512,7 +44489,8 @@ Replace with \family default editor. - In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the + In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, + click on the \family sans Replace \family default @@ -36540,13 +44518,12 @@ with \begin_layout Standard You can replace with fully-featured formatted \SpecialChar LyX entries. - Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention - two): + Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention two): \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the - same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like +replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the same word, + for example replacing occurrences of a name like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -36570,8 +44547,8 @@ func() \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize -performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing - occurrences of +performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, + for example replacing occurrences of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -36619,7 +44596,8 @@ Ignore format \family sans Settings \family default - tab, in order to avoid replacing all + tab, + in order to avoid replacing all \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -36627,7 +44605,8 @@ R \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of + letters occurring in normal text), + or occurrences of \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$ \end_inset @@ -36635,7 +44614,8 @@ R \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\,j}$ \end_inset -, or occurrences of +, + or occurrences of \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$ \end_inset @@ -36646,7 +44626,7 @@ R . \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Advanced usage \end_layout @@ -36670,8 +44650,7 @@ literal "false" \end_inset - You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into - the + You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into the \family sans Find \family default @@ -36686,15 +44665,14 @@ Insert Regular Expression Find \family default editor. - Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular - expression matching rules + Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular expression matching rules \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed \SpecialChar LyX - - segment, i. + segment, + i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -36703,21 +44681,22 @@ e. \end_inset when matching \SpecialChar LaTeX - code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed to - match expressions. + code, + no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed to match expressions. \end_layout \end_inset -, while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the - same text in the document. +, + while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the same text in the document. You can cut and paste regexp-mode insets. Examples of using such a feature may be: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering - in the +Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: + for example, + entering in the \family sans Find \family default @@ -36729,21 +44708,36 @@ Find \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset - on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all - fractions with the given denominator. + on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all fractions with the given denominator. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate -Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking - the +Searching for all text with a given style: + for example, + after +\change_deleted 1549938239 1651390777 +un +\change_unchanged +checking the +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651390710 + \family sans +'Adhere to search string formatting of' +\change_deleted 1549938239 1651390724 Ignore format +\change_unchanged + \family default - option from the + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651390961 +and the 'Select all' +\change_unchanged +option from the \family sans Settings \family default - tab, entering a + tab, + entering a \series bold \begin_inset Formula $.*$ @@ -36751,46 +44745,191 @@ Settings \series default - regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face, finds all - emphasized or bold face text respectively. - Also, by inserting a + regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face, + finds all emphasized or bold face text respectively. + Also, + by inserting a \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading, you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings. + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651391772 + The meaning of the specific style options (if checked) is as follows: +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651391862 +Language Allows searching for text in specific language +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392163 +Font +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +color colored text like cyan, + yellow, + etc +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392038 +Font +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +family Roman, + Sans serif, + Typewriter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392204 +Font +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +series e.g. + Bold \end_layout +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392249 +Font +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +shape e.g. + upright, + italic, + ... +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392299 +Font +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +size e.g. + Large, + Tiny, + ... +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392343 +Emph/noun Semantic Markup: + Emphasized, + Noun +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392414 +Underlining e.g. + Single, + Double, + Wawy +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392503 +Strike-through Single, + With '/' +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392776 +Deletion searches also in deleted parts (in case of 'Track Changes' enabled) +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651392891 +Sectioning +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +markup e.g. + title, + part, + chapter, + section, + ... + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper \begin_layout Standard -Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual: +Finally, + references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual: Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces \begin_inset Formula $()$ \end_inset -, and referring back to them through +, + and referring back to them through \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$ \end_inset -, etc.. - For example, try searching with the regexp +, + etc.. + For example, + try searching with the regexp \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset + +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651393222 + +\backslash +b( +\backslash +w+) +\backslash +s +\backslash +1 +\backslash +b +\change_deleted 1549938239 1651393089 [[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]] \backslash 1[[:space:]] +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -in order to find word repetitions, if there are any. +in order to find word repetitions, + if there are any. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented. +The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) +\change_inserted 1549938239 1651393403 +fully +\change_unchanged +implemented. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -36801,10 +44940,11 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when - occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced - sub-expressions is absolute. + Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, + and when occurring in multiple different regexps, + where the numbering of back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute. That is, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36835,6 +44975,8 @@ name "sec:Spellchecking" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -36854,7 +44996,8 @@ Spell checking Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Spellchecker \family default -, the +, + the \family sans F7 \family default @@ -36864,32 +45007,32 @@ type "icon" arg "dialog-show spellchecker" \end_inset - start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the - beginning of the currently selected text. - A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing - you to edit and replace it in a second line. - Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text - scrolled so that it is visible. - In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio -n, if any could be found. + start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the beginning of the currently selected text. + A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, + allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line. + Whenever an unknown word is found, + the word is highlighted and the text scrolled so that it is visible. + In the spellchecker sidebar, + there is a box showing suggestions for a correction, + if any could be found. Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the \family sans Replacement \family default - field, double-clicking directly invokes the replacement. + field, + double-clicking directly invokes the replacement. Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language - that is set in the +By default, + the dictionary file used is determined by the document language that is set in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. - You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing - a different one at the top of the dialog. + You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing a different one at the top of the dialog. \SpecialChar LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages. This works if you have set the language of the text parts using the @@ -36919,11 +45062,17 @@ All spell-checker dictionaries supported by \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout +\change_deleted 244031559 1606069762 + https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/ +\change_inserted 244031559 1606069762 +https://www.lyx.org/trac/export/HEAD/lyxsvn/dictionaries/trunk/dicts/ +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -36932,12 +45081,31 @@ https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -There are 2 + +\change_deleted 244031559 1606070170 +There are +\change_inserted 244031559 1606070176 +You should download +\change_unchanged + 2 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -files for each language. - To install a dictionary on Windows, copy the 2 +files for each language +\change_inserted 244031559 1606070127 + (use +\emph on +Original Format +\emph default + link at the end of the opened webpage) +\change_unchanged +. + To install a dictionary on Windows, + copy the +\change_inserted 244031559 1606069925 +se +\change_unchanged + 2 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36961,15 +45129,19 @@ With Linux one needs to install the packages for the desired language. \family typewriter aspell-xx \family default -, +, + \family typewriter hunspell-xx \family default , + \family typewriter myspell-xx \family default -, etc., where +, + etc., + where \family sans xx \family default @@ -37002,7 +45174,8 @@ Spellchecker engine Select the library \SpecialChar LyX should use for spell checking. - Depending on your platform, + Depending on your platform, + \family typewriter hunspell \family default @@ -37040,9 +45213,10 @@ Alternative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -language If this field is not empty, \SpecialChar LyX - will always use the given language - for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is. +language If this field is not empty, + \SpecialChar LyX + will always use the given language for the spell checking, + no matter what the document language is. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -37050,8 +45224,8 @@ Escape \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker - should escape, e. +characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker should escape, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -37072,8 +45246,7 @@ compound \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words - like +words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -37091,10 +45264,9 @@ Spellcheck continuously Checks the spelling of your document as you type it. Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line. - By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker - appear in a context menu. - Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested - word. + By right-clicking on an underlined word, + suggestions from the spellchecker appear in a context menu. + Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested word. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -37110,13 +45282,15 @@ and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document content is checked - as well. +comments If enabled, + the spelling of non-printed document content is checked as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Thesaurus \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -37138,8 +45312,8 @@ name "sec:Thesaurus" \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus. - It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox - (namely the + It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, + OpenOffice and Firefox (namely the \family sans MyThes \family default @@ -37160,16 +45334,17 @@ literal "false" \end_inset - thesaurus library, which is included in \SpecialChar LyX + thesaurus library, + which is included in \SpecialChar LyX ). - Therefore, \SpecialChar LyX + Therefore, + \SpecialChar LyX is able to directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which are available for many languages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for - the use with \SpecialChar LyX +This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for the use with \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout @@ -37186,7 +45361,8 @@ MyThes \emph default OpenOffice \family default - thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix + thesauri consist of two files per language: + A file with the suffix \emph on *.dat \emph default @@ -37195,8 +45371,7 @@ OpenOffice *.idx \emph default . - The standardized file names include the language code for the given language - (e. + The standardized file names include the language code for the given language (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -37209,7 +45384,8 @@ g. en_US \family default for US English). - For instance, the US English files are named: + For instance, + the US English files are named: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -37229,8 +45405,8 @@ LibreOffice \family sans OpenOffice \family default - and its thesaurus installed, these files should be already on your system - and you just need to point \SpecialChar LyX + and its thesaurus installed, + these files should be already on your system and you just need to point \SpecialChar LyX (in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -37244,28 +45420,33 @@ dictionaries \family default ) to the path where they are installed. \begin_inset Foot -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -On Linux, depending on your distribution and the way you installed the dictionar -ies, typical locations are +On Linux, + depending on your distribution and the way you installed the dictionaries, + typical locations are \family typewriter /usr/share/mythes/ \family default -, +, + \family typewriter /usr/share/myspell/dicts/ \family default -, +, + \family typewriter /usr/share/ooo/thesaurus/ \family default , + \family typewriter ~/.config/libreoffice//user/ \family default or alike. - On Windows, dictionaries are to be found at + On Windows, + dictionaries are to be found at \family typewriter ~ \backslash @@ -37278,7 +45459,8 @@ share extensions \family default or similar. - On the Mac, the default location is + On the Mac, + the default location is \family typewriter /Users\SpecialChar breakableslash \SpecialChar breakableslash @@ -37293,26 +45475,38 @@ user \end_inset - On Windows, you can alternatively also select dictionaries for installation - during the \SpecialChar LyX - installation process, which will then be installed in the correct - place right away. + On Windows, + you can alternatively also select dictionaries for installation during the \SpecialChar LyX + installation process, + which will then be installed in the correct place right away. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to install new\SpecialChar breakableslash -further thesaurus dictionaries, you can downloaded - them from here: + +\change_deleted 244031559 1606069849 +further +\change_inserted 244031559 1606069853 +updated +\change_unchanged + thesaurus dictionaries, + you can download them from here: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout +\change_deleted 244031559 1606069803 + https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/ +\change_inserted 244031559 1606069803 +https://www.lyx.org/trac/export/HEAD/lyxsvn/dictionaries/trunk/thes/ +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -37321,8 +45515,8 @@ https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To install a new dictionary, download the two files for this dictionary - into the thesaurus path (which is set in +To install a new dictionary, + download the two files for this dictionary into the thesaurus path (which is set in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -37335,18 +45529,21 @@ dictionaries \family default ) and restart \SpecialChar LyX . - If this path is not defined yet, you can use a dictionary of your choice - and point \SpecialChar LyX + If this path is not defined yet, + you can use a dictionary of your choice and point \SpecialChar LyX there. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Alternatively, you can also install new dictionaries via +Alternatively, + you can also install new dictionaries via \family sans LibreOffice\SpecialChar breakableslash OpenOffice \family default - or, on Linux, via your package manager (look for + or, + on Linux, + via your package manager (look for \emph on mythes-* \emph default @@ -37355,7 +45552,8 @@ mythes-* libreoffice-thesaurus-* \emph default packages). - If you do this, make sure that \SpecialChar LyX + If you do this, + make sure that \SpecialChar LyX is able to find the installed dictionaries, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} @@ -37381,7 +45579,8 @@ Using the thesaurus \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To start the thesaurus, use the menu +To start the thesaurus, + use the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Thesaurus @@ -37392,14 +45591,13 @@ type "icon" arg "thesaurus-entry" \end_inset - while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is - selected. - A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as - a replacement. + while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is selected. + A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as a replacement. The suggestions are grouped into categories. - Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not - only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as - + Note that, + for some languages (such as English), + the thesaurus does not only show equivalent words (synonyms), + but also generic terms (such as \emph on organism \emph default @@ -37407,7 +45605,8 @@ organism \emph on plant \emph default -), related terms (such as +), + related terms (such as \emph on political \begin_inset space ~ @@ -37419,7 +45618,8 @@ theory \emph on anarchistic \emph default -), compounds (such as +), + compounds (such as \emph on tree \begin_inset space ~ @@ -37427,7 +45627,8 @@ tree diagram \emph default -, if you look for +, + if you look for \emph on tree \emph default @@ -37440,22 +45641,25 @@ girl boy \emph default ). - Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such. + Generic terms, + related terms and antonyms are marked as such. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but - you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look - up directly there. +The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, + but you can also switch it in the dialog, + as you can enter new words to look up directly there. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in - the dictionary, such as the above +Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in the dictionary, + such as the above \emph on tree diagram \emph default -), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i. +), + and you have to use the so called lemma form, + i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -37463,13 +45667,16 @@ e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person - singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs). - For example, looking up the word form +the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: + first person singular indicative active for nouns, + infinitive for verbs). + For example, + looking up the word form \emph on reporting \emph default - yields no results, while results are shown for the word form + yields no results, + while results are shown for the word form \emph on report \emph default @@ -37490,14 +45697,17 @@ report \emph on report \emph default -s); then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in - the dialog, and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only - the highlighted part will be replaced; thus the ending remains). +s); + then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in the dialog, + and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted part will be replaced; + thus the ending remains). \end_layout \begin_layout Section Change Tracking \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -37508,10 +45718,22 @@ Change Tracking \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Change Tracking +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Change Tracking +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -37527,8 +45749,7 @@ name "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be - able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document. +When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document. You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not. This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu \family sans @@ -37555,7 +45776,8 @@ Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors: underlined text \bar default \color inherit - is an addition, + is an addition, + \strikeout on \color blue canceled text @@ -37584,17 +45806,28 @@ Colors \family default . \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! Change tracking +Color +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Change tracking +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset The author and the date of the change are shown in \SpecialChar LyX -'s status bar when the - cursor is in changed text. +'s status bar when the cursor is in changed text. The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" @@ -37605,13 +45838,26 @@ arg "changes-merge" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in \SpecialChar LyX +When change tracking is activated, + you will see the review toolbar in \SpecialChar LyX : \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! Review +Toolbar +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Review +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -38060,8 +46306,8 @@ Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Not all changes are (yet) visualized, especially no format changes like - from +Not all changes are (yet) visualized, + especially no format changes like from \emph on normal \emph default @@ -38081,22 +46327,23 @@ Description \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight - the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons. - When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about - the next change after the current cursor position. +The review toolbar helps you to accept, + reject, + or merge changes – highlight the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons. + When you merge changes, + a window pops up showing you information about the next change after the current cursor position. So you don't need to highlight a certain change. - Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and - step to the next change. + Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and step to the next change. This way you can jump through all the changes in the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important - to describe a change. +The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important to describe a change. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1577206802 To show the changes made in the output you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold @@ -38104,18 +46351,31 @@ dvipost \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! dvipost + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +dvipost +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset installed. You will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX - Catalogue, + Catalogue, + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" @@ -38125,6 +46385,8 @@ literal "true" or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX -system. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -38137,6 +46399,8 @@ name "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -38157,12 +46421,9 @@ Compare \family default . The comparison result is a \SpecialChar LyX - file with change tracking enabled showing the - differences. + file with change tracking enabled showing the differences. In the comparison dialog you can select from which document \SpecialChar LyX - should take - the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option - + should take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option \family sans Copy \begin_inset space ~ @@ -38229,6 +46490,8 @@ Output \begin_layout Section International Support \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -38243,9 +46506,9 @@ International support \begin_layout Standard This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX with any language you want. - For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set - up \SpecialChar LyX - to use them: + For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set up \SpecialChar LyX + to use them: + \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Arabic,Armenian,Cyrillic,Farsi,Hebrew,Japanese" @@ -38257,8 +46520,10 @@ literal "true" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Besides languages, \SpecialChar LyX - also supports phonetic symbols, see section +Besides languages, + \SpecialChar LyX + also supports phonetic symbols, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38266,6 +46531,7 @@ Besides languages, \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Special-Character" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -38275,30 +46541,66 @@ reference "subsec:Special-Character" \begin_layout Subsection Language Options \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Language ! Options +Language +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Options +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Language +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Language +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -38315,7 +46617,8 @@ Language \family default dialog lets you set \family roman -the language, the quote style and character encoding +the language, + the quote style and character encoding \family default . \end_layout @@ -38344,6 +46647,7 @@ Default \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Language-encodings" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -38366,11 +46670,12 @@ If you have for example a U. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you - can use an alternate keymap. - For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure \SpecialChar LyX - to use - an Italian keymap. +S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, + you can use an alternate keymap. + For example, + if you want to write in Italian, + you can configure \SpecialChar LyX + to use an Italian keymap. The \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -38378,7 +46683,8 @@ Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator Keyboard/Mouse \family default - dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section + dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38386,24 +46692,27 @@ Keyboard/Mouse \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Keyboard-Map" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select - which one you want to use. + You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select which one you want to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely - different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance). - You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U. +Finally, + you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely different keymap (for Vulcan, + for instance). + You may, + for example, + normally write in Italian on a U. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset S.-style keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German. - In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing - one to support the characters you want. + In such a case, + you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing one to support the characters you want. This and many other customizations are explained in the \emph on Customization @@ -38425,17 +46734,28 @@ name "chap:The-User-Interface" \begin_layout Standard This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality. - It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special - topic inside the user's guide. + It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special topic inside the user's guide. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The File Menu \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! File +Menu +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +File +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -38465,12 +46785,12 @@ New from Template \begin_layout Standard This menu entry prompts you for a template to use. - Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for - the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. + Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for the document, + features you would otherwise need to change manually. \change_inserted -712698321 1553353209 - Furthermore, templates can provide text structures and fragments for recurring - writing tasks. + Furthermore, + templates can provide text structures and fragments for recurring writing tasks. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -38548,8 +46868,7 @@ Save As Template \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1553352904 -Saves the document in the appropriate templates directory for later use - as a template. +Saves the document in the appropriate templates directory for later use as a template. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -38575,8 +46894,7 @@ Version Control \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when - one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes. +This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes. It is described in the section \emph on Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX @@ -38595,9 +46913,13 @@ Import \begin_layout Standard Here you can import files from older \SpecialChar LyX - versions, HTML files, \SpecialChar LaTeX - files, NoWeb - files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files (CSV). + versions, + HTML files, + \SpecialChar LaTeX + files, + NoWeb files, + plain text files and comma separated, + table-like text files (CSV). The files will be imported as a new \SpecialChar LyX document. \end_layout @@ -38611,8 +46933,9 @@ Plain text \family default -, line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu - entry +, + line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; + when using the menu entry \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ @@ -38628,7 +46951,8 @@ Join Lines \family default -, consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph. +, + consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph. A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file. \end_layout @@ -38653,8 +46977,8 @@ You can export your document to various file formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail - in section +Here is a list of all available entries; + some of them are explained in detail in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38662,6 +46986,7 @@ Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -38682,7 +47007,8 @@ LyX format of the special \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK) +1.4.x versions for Chinese, + Japanese and Korean (CJK) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -38692,8 +47018,7 @@ LyX format of the special \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Description -DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup - language +DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup language \family typewriter DocBook \end_layout @@ -38703,8 +47028,7 @@ DocBook \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup - language +(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup language \family typewriter DocBook \end_layout @@ -38712,8 +47036,7 @@ DocBook \begin_layout Description DraftDVI \SpecialChar LaTeX 's native DVI-format. - This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in - files paths or file names in your document. + This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in files paths or file names in your document. \SpecialChar LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to \family sans @@ -38723,8 +47046,7 @@ DVI \end_layout \begin_layout Description -DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces - in files paths or file names +DVI DVI-format that also allows the usage of special characters or spaces in files paths or file names \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -38741,8 +47063,10 @@ TeX Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default -; supports Unicode and the usage of non-\SpecialChar TeX - fonts; +; + supports Unicode and the usage of non-\SpecialChar TeX + fonts; + \series bold \begin_inset Note Greyedout @@ -38752,6 +47076,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly. \end_layout @@ -38788,7 +47113,8 @@ Graphviz \end_layout \begin_layout Description -HTML HTML-format; +HTML HTML-format; + \series bold \begin_inset Note Greyedout @@ -38798,6 +47124,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default the exported file will be stored in a subdirectory. \end_layout @@ -38820,8 +47147,8 @@ Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to \family sans MS Word \family default -; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and - not in the format +; + as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not in the format \family sans MathML \family default @@ -38858,12 +47185,15 @@ LaTeX (pdflatex) \family default text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX - source, additionally all images used in the document - will be converted to a format that is readable by the + source, + additionally all images used in the document will be converted to a format that is readable by the \family typewriter pdflatex \family default - program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG) + program (GIF, + JPG, + PDF, + PNG) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -38876,9 +47206,9 @@ LaTeX (plain) \family default text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX - source code, additionally all images used in the document - will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable by the - + source code, + additionally all images used in the document will be converted to the EPS-format, + only this format is readable by the \family typewriter latex \family default @@ -38919,8 +47249,7 @@ book TeX \family default ) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX - source and also code in the syntax of the music notation - software + source and also code in the syntax of the music notation software \family typewriter LilyPond \end_layout @@ -38945,7 +47274,8 @@ g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -2.1.x"; +2.1.x"; + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -38973,10 +47303,11 @@ Archive \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon - your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary - to compile it (images, child documents, Bib\SpecialChar TeX - files, etc.) +(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary to compile it (images, + child documents, + Bib\SpecialChar TeX + files, + etc.) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -39001,7 +47332,8 @@ Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -XML Office Open XML file, to be opened with +XML Office Open XML file, + to be opened with \family sans Microsoft Word \family default @@ -39029,11 +47361,16 @@ OpenDocument \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(Pandoc) OpenDocument file, to be opened with +(Pandoc) OpenDocument file, + to be opened with \family sans -LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword +LibreOffice, + OpenOffice, + KOffice, + Abiword \family default -, etc.. +, + etc.. For the conversion the program \family typewriter Pandoc @@ -39093,7 +47430,8 @@ PDF \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default -, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file +, + produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -39125,8 +47463,7 @@ dpi (e.g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset -useful for e-books to be read on tablet PCs or for large documents as intermedia -te preview) +useful for e-books to be read on tablet PCs or for large documents as intermediate preview) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -39143,7 +47480,8 @@ PDF Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default -, produces PDF-files directly +, + produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -39159,7 +47497,8 @@ PDF \family typewriter pdflatex \family default -, produces PDF-files directly +, + produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -39175,7 +47514,8 @@ PDF \family typewriter ps2pdf \family default -, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file +, + produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -39192,7 +47532,8 @@ PDF Xe\SpecialChar TeX \family default -, produces PDF-files directly +, + produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -39220,8 +47561,8 @@ text (ps2ascii) \family default - text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format - and then exported as text using the program + text format, + the document will first be converted to Postscript format and then exported as text using the program \family sans ps2ascii \end_layout @@ -39235,7 +47576,8 @@ Postscript \family typewriter dvips \family default -; for possible +; + for possible \family typewriter dvips \family default @@ -39247,6 +47589,7 @@ dvips \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:General-output" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39255,8 +47598,7 @@ reference "subsec:General-output" \begin_layout Description Sweave text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX - source and also code in the statistical programming - language + source and also code in the statistical programming language \family typewriter R \family default @@ -39282,7 +47624,8 @@ If one of the menu entries \family sans DVI \family default -, +, + \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ @@ -39294,10 +47637,12 @@ PDF \family sans Postscript \family default - is missing, you need to update your \SpecialChar LaTeX + is missing, + you need to update your \SpecialChar LaTeX installation. After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX -, see section +, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39305,11 +47650,14 @@ Postscript \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" +nolink "false" \end_inset . \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -39327,8 +47675,7 @@ Fax \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on - Windows you additionally need to register its program path to \SpecialChar LyX +This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on Windows you additionally need to register its program path to \SpecialChar LyX 's PATH prefix, see section \begin_inset space ~ @@ -39338,6 +47685,7 @@ This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paths" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39361,6 +47709,7 @@ kdeprintfax \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Converters" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39387,10 +47736,22 @@ Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits. \begin_layout Section The Edit Menu \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Edit +Menu +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Edit +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -39411,6 +47772,7 @@ Described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39418,7 +47780,11 @@ reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special +Cut, + Copy, + Paste, + Paste Recent, + Paste Special \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -39430,6 +47796,7 @@ Described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39442,7 +47809,8 @@ Select Whole Inset \begin_layout Standard Selects the content of the inset in which the cursor currently is. - If the cursor is outside an inset, the whole document will be selected. + If the cursor is outside an inset, + the whole document will be selected. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -39466,6 +47834,7 @@ Described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39485,6 +47854,7 @@ Described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39496,8 +47866,7 @@ Move Paragraph Up/Down \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph - up or down. +This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph up or down. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -39517,6 +47886,7 @@ Described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39528,10 +47898,22 @@ reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Settings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Paragraph ! Settings +Paragraph +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -39540,14 +47922,13 @@ Paragraph ! Settings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width. - These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently - in. +Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, + line spacing and label width. + These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently in. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you - have chosen to separate paragraphs with +You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you have chosen to separate paragraphs with \family sans Indentation \family default @@ -39575,8 +47956,7 @@ Text Properties \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525756615 -This sub-menu provides several ways to customize the appearance of text - passages. +This sub-menu provides several ways to customize the appearance of text passages. You can \end_layout @@ -39592,7 +47972,8 @@ Text Properties Customize\SpecialChar ldots \family default -; this is described in section +; + this is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39600,6 +47981,7 @@ Customize\SpecialChar ldots \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39621,11 +48003,13 @@ Change the casing of selected text ( \family sans Capitalize \family default -, +, + \family sans Uppercase \family default -, +, + \family sans Lowercase \family default @@ -39641,16 +48025,22 @@ Custom Text Styles \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525756787 -This sub-menu only appears the document class or a module provides custom - text styles (in the case of this document: +This sub-menu only appears +\change_inserted 630872221 1621860799 + if +\change_inserted -712698321 1525756787 + the document class or a module provides custom text styles (in the case of this document: + \family sans Code \family default -, +, + \family sans Emph \family default -, +, + \family sans Noun \family default @@ -39658,7 +48048,8 @@ Noun \family sans Strong \family default -, provided by the +, + provided by the \family sans Logical Markup \family default @@ -39671,6 +48062,7 @@ Logical Markup \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Custom-Character-Styles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39685,8 +48077,8 @@ Table and Rows & Columns \begin_layout Standard These menus only appear if the cursor is inside a table. - It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders - of a cell and to set the alignment of the cell. + It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, + add or remove borders of a cell and to set the alignment of the cell. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -39696,8 +48088,7 @@ Dissolve Inset \begin_layout Standard This menu only appears if the cursor is inside an inset. It will dissolve this inset. - This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal - text. + This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal text. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -39714,8 +48105,7 @@ Increase/Decrease List Depth \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can - be nested. +These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can be nested. They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39724,6 +48114,7 @@ These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39731,6 +48122,7 @@ reference "sec:Nesting" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39740,10 +48132,22 @@ reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" \begin_layout Section The View Menu \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! View +Menu +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +View +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -39796,6 +48200,7 @@ Shows the outline window as described in sections \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Navigating" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39803,6 +48208,7 @@ reference "sec:Navigating" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Table-of-Contents" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39814,8 +48220,8 @@ Source Pane \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described - in section +Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39823,6 +48229,7 @@ Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -39840,8 +48247,8 @@ Opens a window showing console messages. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background - while \SpecialChar LaTeX +e., + hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background while \SpecialChar LaTeX is processing the document. \end_layout @@ -39855,6 +48262,8 @@ name "subsec:Toolbars" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -39867,8 +48276,7 @@ Toolbar \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -In this menu entry you can set the icon size and the appearance of the different - toolbars. +In this menu entry you can set the icon size and the appearance of the different toolbars. All toolbars and the \family sans Command @@ -39877,19 +48285,50 @@ Command Buffer \family default - can be turned on and off. + can be turned +\emph on +on +\emph default + and +\emph on +off +\emph default +. The \emph on on \emph default state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark. - The + +\change_deleted -712698321 1608195495 + +\change_inserted -712698321 1608195492 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +The +\change_inserted -712698321 1608195407 + +\family sans +Phonetic +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Symbols +\family default +, + +\change_unchanged + \family sans Table \family default -, +, + \family sans Math, + \family default \family sans @@ -39898,6 +48337,7 @@ Math \end_inset Macros, + \family default \family sans @@ -39914,12 +48354,36 @@ Panels toolbars can additionally be set to the state \emph on automatic +\change_deleted -712698321 1608195728 + \emph default -, denoted in the menu with the suffix +, + +\change_inserted -712698321 1608196033 +. + The state of these toolbars is set and indicated in a submenu which lets you select +\family sans +On +\family default +, + +\family sans +Off +\family default +, + and +\family sans +Automatic +\family default +. +\change_deleted -712698321 1608195563 +denoted in the menu with the suffix \family sans (auto) \family default . +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -39927,15 +48391,28 @@ In the \emph on on \emph default - state the toolbar is permanently shown; in the + state the toolbar is permanently shown +\change_inserted -712698321 1608195803 +, + in the +\emph on +off +\emph default + state it is never shown +\change_unchanged +; + in the \emph on automatic \emph default - state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment - or when a certain feature is enabled. - That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking - is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor - is inside a formula or table respectively. + state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment or when a certain feature is enabled. + That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking is activated, + the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor is inside a formula or table respectively +\change_inserted -712698321 1608195857 +, + the phonetic symbols toolbar only in the phonetic symbols environment +\change_unchanged +. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -39948,6 +48425,7 @@ automatic \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Toolbars" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40017,11 +48495,14 @@ Lower Half \family default will split it horizontally. - This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or - to view the same document, but at different positions. - You can even split the main window several times to view, for example, + This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, + or to view the same document, + but at different positions. + You can even split the main window several times to view, + for example, three or more documents at the same time. - To close a split view, use the menu + To close a split view, + use the menu \family sans Close \begin_inset space ~ @@ -40049,21 +48530,33 @@ Fullscreen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars - so that you will see nothing but your text. +Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so that you will see nothing but your text. It furthermore displays \SpecialChar LyX 's main window fullscreen. - To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click - and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu. + To return from fullscreen to the normal view, + press F11, + or right-click and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Insert Menu \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Insert +Menu +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Insert +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -40084,6 +48577,7 @@ Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40114,8 +48608,7 @@ Symbols Opens the \family sans Symbols \family default - dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your - \SpecialChar LaTeX + dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your \SpecialChar LaTeX system. By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories; the available characters depend on the \SpecialChar LaTeX @@ -40140,13 +48633,13 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Not all characters will be visible in the \family sans Symbols \family default - dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences - dialog (see section + dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences dialog (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40154,6 +48647,7 @@ Symbols \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40166,7 +48660,8 @@ reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts" \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar ldots +Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: + \SpecialChar ldots \end_layout @@ -40187,6 +48682,7 @@ Sentence Inserts an end of sentence period as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Abbreviations" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40198,8 +48694,9 @@ Ordinary \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote style you selected in - the +Quote Inserts this quote: + ", + no matter what quote style you selected in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -40213,8 +48710,7 @@ Single \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the - +Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -40224,11 +48720,24 @@ Language \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\change_deleted 177693 1654619391 Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619396 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar nobreakdash +Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that +\change_deleted 177693 1654619439 +is protected from +\change_inserted 177693 1654619443 +prevents automatic +\change_unchanged + line breaks: + \SpecialChar nobreakdash \end_layout @@ -40237,7 +48746,8 @@ Breakable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar breakableslash +Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: + \SpecialChar breakableslash \end_layout @@ -40246,16 +48756,62 @@ Visible \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when - pressing the +Space +\change_deleted -712698321 1590482504 +Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when pressing the \family sans Space \family default - key): + key): + \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset +\change_unchanged +Inserts a character to visualize that there is or should be a space. + This is e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset space \space{} +\end_inset + +useful if you need to indicate a space in a command sequence. + An example from the \SpecialChar LyX + +\emph on +Math +\emph default + manual: + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +To insert a fraction use the command +\series bold + +\backslash +frac +\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} +\end_inset + +A +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +B. +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + The visible space is hereby the character before the +\series bold +A +\series default +. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -40263,7 +48819,8 @@ Menu \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar menuseparator +Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: + \SpecialChar menuseparator \end_layout @@ -40274,6 +48831,8 @@ Phonetic Symbols \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -40284,17 +48843,27 @@ Phonetic symbols \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Language ! Phonetic symbols +Language +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Phonetic symbols \end_layout \end_inset -Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic - Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these - symbols. + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these symbols. To use this feature you must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold @@ -40302,11 +48871,23 @@ tipa \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! tipa + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +tipa +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -40329,8 +48910,10 @@ Specific Manuals \begin_layout Description Logos Inserts the logos of the programs \SpecialChar LyX -, \SpecialChar TeX -, \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + \SpecialChar TeX +, + \SpecialChar LaTeX and \SpecialChar LaTeX2e . \end_layout @@ -40344,11 +48927,13 @@ Opens a submenu with the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Superscript Inserts a superscript: test +Superscript Inserts a superscript: + test \begin_inset script superscript \begin_layout Plain Layout -a, b +a, + b \end_layout \end_inset @@ -40357,7 +48942,8 @@ a, b \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Subscript Inserts a subscript: test +Subscript Inserts a subscript: + test \begin_inset script subscript \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -40370,11 +48956,23 @@ Subscript Inserts a subscript: test \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\change_deleted 177693 1654619456 Protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619456 +Non-Breaking +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Space Inserts a protected space as described in section +Space Inserts a +\change_deleted 177693 1654619466 +protected +\change_inserted 177693 1654619468 +non-breaking +\change_unchanged + space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40382,6 +48980,7 @@ Space Inserts a protected space as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Protected-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40398,12 +48997,27 @@ Space Inserts an inter-word space as described in section \end_inset +\change_inserted 177693 1654667914 + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Normal-Space" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + + +\change_deleted 177693 1654667914 + \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset + +\change_unchanged . \end_layout @@ -40420,6 +49034,7 @@ Space Inserts a thin space as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Thin-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40427,6 +49042,8 @@ reference "subsec:Thin-Space" \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\change_deleted -712698321 1590482457 Visible \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40446,7 +49063,8 @@ useful if you need to indicate a space in a command sequence. \emph on Math \emph default - manual: + manual: + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -40473,6 +49091,8 @@ B. A \series default . +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -40488,6 +49108,7 @@ Space Inserts horizontal space as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40507,6 +49128,7 @@ Line Inserts a horizontal line as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Lines" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40526,6 +49148,7 @@ Space Inserts vertical space as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Vertical-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40541,6 +49164,7 @@ Phantom Inserts a Phantom space as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Phantom-Space" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40560,6 +49184,7 @@ Point Inserts a hyphenation point as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hyphenation" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40579,6 +49204,7 @@ Break Inserts a ligature break as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Ligatures" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40594,8 +49220,7 @@ Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a line break point (zero-width space character) that is invisible - in the output. +Break Inserts a line break point (zero-width space character) that is invisible in the output. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40607,6 +49232,7 @@ reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40630,6 +49256,7 @@ Break Inserts a forced line break as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40641,8 +49268,11 @@ Justified \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text - as described in section +Break Inserts a forced line break that +\change_deleted -712698321 1590482910 +right +\change_unchanged +justifies the remaining text as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40650,6 +49280,7 @@ Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40669,6 +49300,7 @@ Page Inserts a forced page break as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40680,9 +49312,8 @@ Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph - breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, as described in - section +Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40690,10 +49321,51 @@ Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks" +nolink "false" \end_inset . +\change_inserted -712698321 1607005731 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted -712698321 1607005924 +No +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Page +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Break Instructs \SpecialChar LaTeX + to prevent a page break at the given position. + See section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621862329 + +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\change_inserted -712698321 1607005924 + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Suppressing-Page-Breaks" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -40709,6 +49381,7 @@ Page Inserts a clear page break as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40732,6 +49405,7 @@ Page Inserts a clear doublepage break as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40740,20 +49414,20 @@ reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks" \begin_layout Subsection -\change_inserted -712698321 1533459357 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 Field \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -\change_inserted -712698321 1533459959 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 Here you can insert fields holding specific information. The submenu allows you to insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted -712698321 1533460018 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 Date \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40763,7 +49437,7 @@ Date \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted -712698321 1533460347 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 Date \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40772,13 +49446,12 @@ Date \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Modification) inserts the date of the last file modification (time of last - save) +Modification) inserts the date of the last file modification (time of last save) \end_layout \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted -712698321 1533647074 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 Date \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40788,7 +49461,7 @@ Date \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted -712698321 1533647089 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 Time \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40798,7 +49471,7 @@ Time \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted -712698321 1533647093 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 Time \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40807,13 +49480,12 @@ Time \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Modification) inserts the time of the last file modification (time of last - save) +Modification) inserts the time of the last file modification (time of last save) \end_layout \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted -712698321 1533647133 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 Time \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40823,7 +49495,7 @@ Time \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted -712698321 1533647170 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621867346 File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40841,7 +49513,23 @@ Extension) inserts the name of the current file (without the extension .lyx) \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted -712698321 1533647240 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621867469 +Version +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Control +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Revision inserts the version control reference number (e.g. + git commit hash). + This submenu does not appear if the file is not under version control +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 User \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40857,7 +49545,7 @@ Identity \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted -712698321 1533647259 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 User \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40873,14 +49561,15 @@ Identity \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted -712698321 1533460561 +\change_inserted 630872221 1621866608 Other\SpecialChar ldots - opens a dialog that lets you insert alternative formats of the three - date types listed above and insert a range of other information. + opens a dialog that lets you insert alternative formats of the three date types listed above and insert a range of other information. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -List/TOC + +\family sans +List/Contents/References \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -40893,13 +49582,16 @@ Table of Contents \family default -, the +, + the \family sans List of Algorithms \family default -, +, + \family sans List of Figures, + \family default \family sans @@ -40917,6 +49609,7 @@ List of Listings \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:toc" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40933,10 +49626,12 @@ Index List \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, the +, + the \family sans Nomenclature \family default @@ -40948,6 +49643,7 @@ Nomenclature \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nomenclature" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40964,6 +49660,7 @@ Bib\SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -40975,7 +49672,8 @@ Float \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To insert floats, as described in section +To insert floats, + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40983,6 +49681,7 @@ To insert floats, as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41006,7 +49705,8 @@ Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To insert notes, described in section +To insert notes, + described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -41014,6 +49714,7 @@ To insert notes, described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Notes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41025,8 +49726,9 @@ Branch \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a - new branch. +Inserts a branch inset, + if any, + and allowing you to create and insert a new branch. Branches are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -41035,6 +49737,7 @@ Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Branches" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41047,8 +49750,7 @@ Custom Insets \begin_layout Standard Inserts document class-specific insets. - Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain - document class. + Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain document class. An example is the document class \change_deleted -712698321 1553354540 @@ -41076,7 +49778,8 @@ Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default in \emph on -Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format +Installing New Document Classes, + The Layout file format \emph default of the \emph on @@ -41088,6 +49791,8 @@ Customization \begin_layout Subsection File \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -41100,8 +49805,7 @@ External Material \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files - in your document. +This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files in your document. For more information see chapter \emph on External Document Parts @@ -41116,6 +49820,8 @@ Objects manual. \begin_layout Subsection Box \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -41161,6 +49867,7 @@ Citation \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41184,6 +49891,7 @@ cross-reference \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41207,6 +49915,7 @@ label \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41216,6 +49925,8 @@ reference "sec:Cross-References" \begin_layout Subsection Caption \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -41226,10 +49937,32 @@ Captions \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Tables ! Multi-page ! Caption +Tables +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Multi-page +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Caption +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -41247,12 +49980,18 @@ Inserts a caption in a float or multi-page table. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" +nolink "false" \end_inset -; captions in multi-page tables are described in the section +; + captions in multi-page tables are described in the section \emph on -Multi-page Captions +Multi-page +\change_inserted -712698321 1590482693 +Table +\change_unchanged +Captions \emph default of the \emph on @@ -41278,6 +50017,7 @@ Inserts an index entry as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41297,6 +50037,7 @@ Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nomenclature" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41317,6 +50058,7 @@ Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Tables" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41353,6 +50095,7 @@ Graphics \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Graphics" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41372,6 +50115,7 @@ Inserts a URL as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:URLs" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41391,6 +50135,7 @@ Inserts a hyperlink as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hyperlinks" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41410,6 +50155,7 @@ Inserts a footnote as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Footnotes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41429,6 +50175,7 @@ Inserts a marginal note as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Marginal-Notes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41442,8 +50189,7 @@ Separate (Above/Below) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -These menu items are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive - environments of the same type. +These menu items are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive environments of the same type. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -41452,6 +50198,7 @@ These menu items are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Separate-Nestings" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41463,7 +50210,8 @@ Short Title \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Is only visible if the cursor is in front, in or behind a section heading, +Is only visible if the cursor is in front, + in or behind a section heading, title or caption of a float. Inserts a short title as described in section \begin_inset space ~ @@ -41473,6 +50221,7 @@ Is only visible if the cursor is in front, in or behind a section heading, \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Short-Titles" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41494,6 +50243,7 @@ Inserts a \SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41503,6 +50253,8 @@ reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes" \begin_layout Subsection Program Listing \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -41541,8 +50293,7 @@ Date \change_deleted -712698321 1533459320 Inserts the actual date. - The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for - \SpecialChar LyX + The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for \SpecialChar LyX 's menus. \change_unchanged @@ -41561,6 +50312,7 @@ Inserts a preview inset as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41570,10 +50322,22 @@ reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \begin_layout Section The Navigate Menu \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Navigate +Menu +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Navigate +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -41582,7 +50346,11 @@ Menu ! Navigate \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc. +This menu lists the existing chapters, + sections, + figures, + tables, + etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -41596,13 +50364,15 @@ Bookmarks \begin_layout Standard With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks. - This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have - to jump, for example, between section + This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have to jump, + for example, + between section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 and 6.3. - To create bookmarks for this example, go to section + To create bookmarks for this example, + go to section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -41636,8 +50406,7 @@ Bookmark \family default 2. - Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by - the key bindings + Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by the key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 1" @@ -41653,8 +50422,12 @@ arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted 244031559 1613377262 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. - The submenu + +\change_unchanged +The submenu \family sans Clear \begin_inset space ~ @@ -41674,12 +50447,15 @@ Back \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection -Next Note, Change, Cross-reference +Next Note, + Change, + Cross-reference \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference after the current cursor - position. +Jump to the next note, + change, + or cross-reference after the current cursor position. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -41689,8 +50465,7 @@ Go to Label \begin_layout Standard Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference. Sets the cursor before the referenced label. - (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use - + (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use \family sans Go \begin_inset space ~ @@ -41735,10 +50510,22 @@ Features \begin_layout Section The Document Menu \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Document +Menu +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Document +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -41759,6 +50546,7 @@ Change Tracking is described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41775,15 +50563,18 @@ TeX \begin_layout Standard After running \SpecialChar LaTeX - by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled. + by viewing or exporting a document, + this menu will be enabled. It shows the logfile of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -program used. - You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something - to the clipboard or update the view. + You can go to the next error or the next warning, + search, + copy something to the clipboard or update the view. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -With the help of the logfile, experts can find reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX +With the help of the logfile, + experts can find reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors. \end_layout @@ -41795,8 +50586,7 @@ Open Containing Directory one can open \SpecialChar LyX 's temporary folder for the document. This folder contains all converted and created files to generate the output. - Some of these files might be of interest for experts to solve problems - or for writers who need to supply intermediate files. + Some of these files might be of interest for experts to solve problems or for writers who need to supply intermediate files. For example some journals require to send the \family sans *.bbl @@ -41810,8 +50600,7 @@ Start Appendix Here \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position - as described in section +Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -41819,6 +50608,7 @@ Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Appendices" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41834,8 +50624,7 @@ View \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as - default output format for the document (menu +This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as default output format for the document (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -41850,7 +50639,8 @@ Output Format \family default -; see section +; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -41858,6 +50648,7 @@ Format \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41886,7 +50677,8 @@ Output Format \family default -; see section +; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -41894,6 +50686,7 @@ Format \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41914,7 +50707,8 @@ File Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Viewer \family default -; see section +; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -41922,6 +50716,7 @@ Viewer \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41945,10 +50740,9 @@ View (Other Formats) \begin_layout Standard With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats. - The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the - actual document with an external program. - The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on - the \SpecialChar LaTeX + The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual document with an external program. + The menu entries are not the same on all installations — + it depends on the \SpecialChar LaTeX programs that are found when \SpecialChar LyX was configured. All possible formats are listed in section @@ -41959,6 +50753,7 @@ With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -41968,7 +50763,8 @@ reference "subsec:Export" DVI \family default . - If it is missing, you need to update or repair your \SpecialChar LaTeX + If it is missing, + you need to update or repair your \SpecialChar LaTeX installation. After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX (see section @@ -41979,11 +50775,14 @@ DVI \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" +nolink "false" \end_inset . \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -42014,7 +50813,8 @@ File Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Viewer \family default -; see section +; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -42022,6 +50822,7 @@ Viewer \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42039,8 +50840,7 @@ Update \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in - the default output format) without opening a new viewer window. +This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in the default output format) without opening a new viewer window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -42048,8 +50848,7 @@ Update (Other Formats) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of - your document without opening a new viewer window. +With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of your document without opening a new viewer window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -42080,8 +50879,9 @@ Objects \emph default manual for more information on this topic). This item allows you to view the master document from within its child. - That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a - book, + That is, + if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a book, + \family sans View \begin_inset space ~ @@ -42093,7 +50893,8 @@ Master Document \family default - generates the output of the whole book, while + generates the output of the whole book, + while \family sans View \family default @@ -42101,8 +50902,7 @@ View \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The format used by this function is the default output format as specified - in the document settings (menu +The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the document settings (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -42117,7 +50917,8 @@ Output Format \family default -; see section +; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -42125,6 +50926,7 @@ Format \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42152,7 +50954,8 @@ Output Format \family default -; see section +; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -42160,6 +50963,7 @@ Format \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42193,13 +50997,11 @@ Embedded Objects \emph default manual for more information on this topic). - This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within - its child without the need to switch to the master document itself. + This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within its child without the need to switch to the master document itself. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The format used by this function is the default output format as specified - in the document settings (menu +The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the document settings (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -42214,7 +51016,8 @@ Output Format \family default -; see section +; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -42222,6 +51025,7 @@ Format \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42249,7 +51053,8 @@ Output Format \family default -; see section +; + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -42257,6 +51062,7 @@ Format \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42276,8 +51082,7 @@ name "subsec:Compressed" \begin_layout Standard Un/compresses the current document. - For documents under version control it is strongly recommended to disable - compression (see the + For documents under version control it is strongly recommended to disable compression (see the \emph on Additional Features \emph default @@ -42305,6 +51110,7 @@ The document settings are described in appendix \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-Document-Settings" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42314,10 +51120,22 @@ reference "chap:The-Document-Settings" \begin_layout Section The Tools Menu \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Tools +Menu +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Tools +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -42338,6 +51156,7 @@ Spell checking is explained in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42357,6 +51176,7 @@ The thesaurus is described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Thesaurus" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42366,6 +51186,8 @@ reference "sec:Thesaurus" \begin_layout Subsection Statistics \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -42376,6 +51198,8 @@ Word count \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -42388,8 +51212,7 @@ Character count \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or - the highlighted document part. +Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -42399,6 +51222,8 @@ TeX \family default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -42429,6 +51254,8 @@ TeX \family default Information \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -42458,6 +51285,8 @@ path \begin_layout Subsection Compare \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -42479,6 +51308,7 @@ Opens a dialog to compare \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42488,29 +51318,29 @@ reference "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" \begin_layout Subsection Reconfigure \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LyX - ! Reconfigure|see -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed -\begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open -{ +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Reconfigure \end_layout \end_inset -Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +\begin_inset IndexMacro see +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout +Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX -} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -42522,6 +51352,8 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -42536,10 +51368,12 @@ Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \begin_layout Standard Reconfigures \SpecialChar LyX -; that is, \SpecialChar LyX +; + that is, + \SpecialChar LyX looks for \SpecialChar LaTeX --packages and programs it needs; see - also section +-packages and programs it needs; + see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -42547,6 +51381,7 @@ Reconfigures \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42570,6 +51405,7 @@ Preferences \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42579,10 +51415,22 @@ reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" \begin_layout Section The Help Menu \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Menu ! Help +Menu +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Help +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -42594,8 +51442,8 @@ Menu ! Help This menu lists the documentation files of \SpecialChar LyX in the language of \SpecialChar LyX 's menus. - If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be - listed. + If a file is not available in this language, + the English version will be listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -42609,8 +51457,7 @@ Configuration \family default shows a \SpecialChar LyX document with information about the \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages and classes found - by \SpecialChar LyX + packages and classes found by \SpecialChar LyX (see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -42619,6 +51466,7 @@ Configuration \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42634,9 +51482,9 @@ About LyX \family default - gives information about the copyright, the credits and the \SpecialChar LyX - version you - are using. + gives information about the copyright, + the credits and the \SpecialChar LyX + version you are using. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -42659,6 +51507,7 @@ How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Toolbars" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -42677,10 +51526,22 @@ Additional Features \begin_layout Subsection Standard Toolbar \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! Standard +Toolbar +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Standard +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -42706,8 +51567,7 @@ Toolbar ! Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following - buttons: +The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \begin_inset ERT status collapsed @@ -43240,7 +52100,8 @@ arg "font-emph" \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Emphasize text, function of the +Emphasize text, + function of the \change_deleted -712698321 1525758222 \family sans @@ -43289,7 +52150,8 @@ arg "font-noun" \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Set text to noun style, function of the +Set text to noun style, + function of the \change_deleted -712698321 1525758226 \family sans @@ -43540,7 +52402,8 @@ arg "dialog-toggle toc" \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -Toggle outline window on/off, +Toggle outline window on/off, + \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Outline @@ -43613,10 +52476,22 @@ Toggle table toolbar on/off \begin_layout Subsection Extra Toolbar \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! Extra +Toolbar +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Extra +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -43642,8 +52517,7 @@ Toolbar ! Extra \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following - buttons: +The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -43695,7 +52569,7 @@ Default \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" -arg "layout Enumerate" +arg "layout-toggle Enumerate" \end_inset @@ -43722,7 +52596,7 @@ Numbered list \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" -arg "layout Itemize" +arg "layout-toggle Itemize" \end_inset @@ -43749,7 +52623,7 @@ Itemized list \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" -arg "layout List" +arg "layout-toggle List" \end_inset @@ -43776,7 +52650,7 @@ List \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" -arg "layout Description" +arg "layout-toggle Description" \end_inset @@ -44495,10 +53369,22 @@ Thesaurus \begin_layout Subsection View/Update Toolbar \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! View / Update +Toolbar +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +View / Update +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -44523,8 +53409,7 @@ Toolbar ! View / Update \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following - buttons: +The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -44624,6 +53509,14 @@ arg "master-buffer-view" \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\change_inserted -131811572 1600333746 +View +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged Master \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -44697,7 +53590,13 @@ arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync" \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator -Output\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\change_deleted -131811572 1600333766 +Output +\change_inserted -131811572 1600333762 +Formats +\change_unchanged +\SpecialChar menuseparator Synchronize with Output \end_layout @@ -44780,8 +53679,7 @@ Update (Other Formats) \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1545901302 -* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default - icon set. +* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default icon set. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -44799,15 +53697,29 @@ The change tracking toolbar is explained in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, the table toolbar +, + the table toolbar \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! Table +Toolbar +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Table +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -44822,10 +53734,22 @@ Objects \emph default manual and the math macro toolbar \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Toolbar ! Macro +Toolbar +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Macro +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -44847,10 +53771,22 @@ name "chap:The-Document-Settings" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Document ! Settings +Document +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -44867,8 +53803,7 @@ Document Setting \family default -s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and - is called with the menu +s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and is called with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings @@ -44884,8 +53819,7 @@ Settings defaults.lyx \family default which is automatically loaded by \SpecialChar LyX - when you create a new document without - using a template. + when you create a new document without using a template. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -44894,15 +53828,15 @@ The button Use Class Defaults \family default resets the document settings to the default of the document class. - This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC. + This affects mostly class options, + the page layout and Numbering & TOC. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections. - There are so many document settings available that it might take a while - to find the one you are looking for. - To find a setting quicker, you can use the search field which is above - the submenus of the dialog. + There are so many document settings available that it might take a while to find the one you are looking for. + To find a setting quicker, + you can use the search field which is above the submenus of the dialog. If you search e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -44919,7 +53853,8 @@ page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, you will see that some submenus will be grayed-out and disabled. +, + you will see that some submenus will be grayed-out and disabled. Only the submenus with page settings stay enabled. The found page settings are labeled red in these submenus. \end_layout @@ -44929,8 +53864,10 @@ Document Class \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a - master document. +Here you set the document class, + class options, + a graphics driver, + and a master document. Document classes are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -44939,11 +53876,11 @@ Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Document-Classes" +nolink "false" \end_inset . - \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -44955,16 +53892,19 @@ Local Layout \family default - you can load you own layout-file, that is not in \SpecialChar LyX + you can load you own layout-file, + that is not in \SpecialChar LyX 's \emph on layouts \emph default folder and thus not recognized by \SpecialChar LyX as a layout for a document class. - For more about layout-files, see the chapter + For more about layout-files, + see the chapter \emph on -Installing New Document Classes, Types of Layout Files +Installing New Document Classes, + Types of Layout Files \emph default of the \emph on @@ -44975,27 +53915,29 @@ Customization \begin_layout Standard Some classes use special class options by default. - If this is the case, they are listed in the field + If this is the case, + they are listed in the field \family sans Predefined \family default and you can decide to use them or not. - If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for, it is - recommended you leave them untouched. + If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for, + it is recommended you leave them untouched. The \family sans Graphics driver \family default is used for \SpecialChar LaTeX -'s graphics, color and page layout packages. +'s graphics, + color and page layout packages. If using \family sans Default \family default -, the default driver for the \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + the default driver for the \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages is used. - It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are - doing. + It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are doing. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed @@ -45006,14 +53948,21 @@ When you want to use one of the following drivers \family sans -dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln +dvi2ps, + dvialw, + dvilaser, + dvitops, + psprint, + pubps, + ln \family default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset you first have to activate them in your \SpecialChar LaTeX - distribution, see section + distribution, + see section \emph on Driver support \emph default @@ -45040,8 +53989,7 @@ Master \family default document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument. The master document will be used by \SpecialChar LyX - in the background if the child document - is opened without its master. + in the background if the child document is opened without its master. This way child documents are always compilable. More about master and child documents is explained in the section \emph on @@ -45060,8 +54008,7 @@ Objects \begin_layout Standard There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX --package - +-package \series bold refstyle \series default @@ -45071,27 +54018,52 @@ prettyref \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! prettyref + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +prettyref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! refstyle + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +refstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - for cross-references, see section + for cross-references, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -45099,6 +54071,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -45143,6 +54116,7 @@ Modules are explained in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Modules" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -45162,6 +54136,7 @@ See section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Local-Layout" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -45181,6 +54156,7 @@ The document font settings are described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -45223,9 +54199,11 @@ document \begin_layout Standard Note that \SpecialChar LyX will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on screen. - That would be impractical, often unreadable, and is not part of the WYSIWYM - concept. - However, it will be as you specified in the output. + That would be impractical, + often unreadable, + and is not part of the WYSIWYM concept. + However, + it will be as you specified in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -45271,6 +54249,7 @@ This dialog is described in sections \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -45278,6 +54257,7 @@ reference "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation" \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Document-Layout" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -45297,6 +54277,7 @@ Here you can adjust the page margins as described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Margins" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -45313,10 +54294,22 @@ name "sec:Language-encodings" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Language ! Encoding +Language +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Encoding +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -45328,13 +54321,10 @@ Language ! Encoding The document language and quote styles are set here. The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX (the \SpecialChar LyX - file - is always encoded in utf8). - All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will - be exported as \SpecialChar LaTeX + file is always encoded in utf8). + All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will be exported as \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands (this can fail if a \SpecialChar LaTeX --command is not known for - a particular character). +-command is not known for a particular character). \change_inserted -712698321 1557594829 \end_layout @@ -45342,16 +54332,18 @@ The document language and quote styles are set here. \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1557596095 -By default, \SpecialChar LyX +By default, + \SpecialChar LyX outputs \SpecialChar LaTeX - files in Unicode – or utf8, for that matter (which - is nowadays also \SpecialChar LaTeX + files in Unicode – or utf8, + for that matter (which is nowadays also \SpecialChar LaTeX 's default encoding). - This should normally fit your needs, since \SpecialChar LaTeX -'s Unicode support covers the - characters of most scripts. - Nonetheless it is not yet comprehensive, so there might be cases where - using one of the traditional, or + This should normally fit your needs, + since \SpecialChar LaTeX +'s Unicode support covers the characters of most scripts. + Nonetheless it is not yet comprehensive, + so there might be cases where using one of the traditional, + or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -45359,7 +54351,8 @@ legacy \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, encodings is necessary. +, + encodings is necessary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -45375,9 +54368,9 @@ Traditional (auto-selected) \family sans Encodings \family default - dropdown, \SpecialChar LyX - automatically selects the appropriate traditional encoding for - the given language(s). + dropdown, + \SpecialChar LyX + automatically selects the appropriate traditional encoding for the given language(s). \change_deleted -712698321 1557595310 @@ -45390,7 +54383,8 @@ If you use the option \family sans Language Default \family default -, \SpecialChar LyX +, + \SpecialChar LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text. \change_unchanged @@ -45402,8 +54396,7 @@ may get more than one encoding in the \SpecialChar LaTeX file. \change_deleted -712698321 1557595350 -If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use - exactly one encoding. +If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use exactly one encoding. Checking this option is the preferred setting. \change_unchanged @@ -45411,69 +54404,110 @@ If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use \begin_layout Standard -\change_inserted -712698321 1557596155 -As a third option, \SpecialChar LyX +\change_deleted 630872221 1621942852 +As a third option, + \SpecialChar LyX provides the \family sans ASCII \family default selection. - If this is chosen, any character outside the 7bit ASCII range will be output - as a \SpecialChar LaTeX + If this is chosen, + any character outside the 7bit ASCII range will be output as a \SpecialChar LaTeX command. +\change_inserted -712698321 1557596155 + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1557645585 -Finally, you can also select +Finally, + you can also select \family sans Custom \family default -, which lets you specify a specific (single) encoding for the whole document. +, + which lets you specify a specific (single) encoding for the whole document. Note that this encoding is then used for \emph on any \emph default language. - The custom list (which is spelled out below) consists of traditional encodings - and some special cases of Unicode for specific purposes (see explanation - below). + The custom list (which is spelled out below) consists of traditional encodings and some special cases of Unicode for specific purposes (see explanation below). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1557645268 The +\change_inserted 630872221 1621943769 + \family sans +...(no inputenc) +\change_deleted 630872221 1621943773 Do not load inputenc +\change_inserted -712698321 1557645268 + \family default - checkbox does what it states: It prevents \SpecialChar LyX - from automatically loading the - \SpecialChar LaTeX + +\change_deleted 630872221 1621943234 +checkbox +\change_inserted 630872221 1621943236 +selection +\change_inserted -712698321 1557645268 + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621943278 +in the next dropdown menu +\change_inserted -712698321 1557645268 +does what it states: + +\change_inserted 630872221 1621943783 +i +\change_deleted 630872221 1621943782 +I +\change_inserted -712698321 1557645268 +t prevents \SpecialChar LyX + from automatically loading the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold inputenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1557645185 \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! inputenc + packages +\change_unchanged + +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1557645185 +inputenc +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset . - This option might be useful if you use a class or package that pre-loads - inputenc or if inputenc must not be used for some reason. - When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually - in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign - languages in \SpecialChar TeX + This option might be useful if you use a class or package that pre-loads inputenc or if inputenc must not be used for some reason. + When using this, + you probably need to load some additional packages manually in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign languages in \SpecialChar TeX code. Note that this option is only available for the standard \family sans @@ -45492,28 +54526,28 @@ Traditional (auto-selected) \change_deleted -712698321 1557596063 \SpecialChar LyX - also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need - lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively. + also supports Unicode output, + which is particularly useful if you need lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, + respectively. If you want to use this (and your \SpecialChar LaTeX - installation supports Unicode), choose - one of the four utf8 variants from the list below. + installation supports Unicode), + choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below. Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard \SpecialChar LaTeX - is quite incomplete, so - it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine - with + is quite incomplete, + so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine with \family sans Language Default \family default (when \SpecialChar LyX uses its list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX --commands), but does not work with a fixed - utf8 encoding (when the list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX --commands is not used, because all - Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8). +-commands), + but does not work with a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX +-commands is not used, + because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8). The situation is much better with Xe\SpecialChar TeX and Lua\SpecialChar TeX -, two new alternative engines - to standard \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + two new alternative engines to standard \SpecialChar LaTeX . Both engines support Unicode natively. \SpecialChar LyX @@ -45525,7 +54559,8 @@ PDF (XeTeX) \family default -, +, + \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ @@ -45541,7 +54576,8 @@ DVI (LuaTeX) \family default -, see section +, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -45549,6 +54585,7 @@ DVI \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -45557,7 +54594,8 @@ reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" \family sans Language Default \family default - fails, you might try out one of these new engines. + fails, + you might try out one of these new engines. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -45572,8 +54610,7 @@ Language package \family default determines the \SpecialChar LaTeX --package that is used for hyphenation and the translation - of strings like +-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation of strings like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -45600,6 +54637,7 @@ Language Settings \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Prefs-Language" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -45607,19 +54645,30 @@ reference "subsec:Prefs-Language" \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export - format you will use. +Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export format you will use. In many cases this will be \series bold babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! babel + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +babel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -45631,11 +54680,23 @@ polyglossia \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! polyglossia + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +polyglossia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -45673,7 +54734,8 @@ Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice. \series bold ngerman \series default - (for German texts), type in + (for German texts), + type in \series bold \begin_inset Newline newline @@ -45712,40 +54774,53 @@ inputenc) Same as \family sans Language Default \family default -, but the \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + but the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold inputenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! inputenc + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +inputenc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset is not used. - When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually - in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign - languages in \SpecialChar TeX + When using this, + you probably need to load some additional packages manually in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign languages in \SpecialChar TeX code. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description -ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII). +ASCII the ASCII encoding, + covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII). \SpecialChar LyX converts all other characters into \SpecialChar LaTeX - commands, which may result in a big - file when lots of \SpecialChar LaTeX + commands, + which may result in a big file when lots of \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands are needed. -\change_inserted -712698321 1557596221 +\change_deleted 630872221 1621943931 This is the same as the \family sans ASCII @@ -45800,8 +54875,9 @@ Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same - as the ISO-8859-13 encoding +1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, + Latvian and Lithuanian, + the same as the ISO-8859-13 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -45813,8 +54889,9 @@ Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4 - encoding +8859-13) for Estonian, + Latvian and Lithuanian, + a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -45826,8 +54903,9 @@ Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the - ISO-8859-13 encoding +8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, + Latvian and Lithuanian, + a subset of the ISO-8859-13 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -45863,8 +54941,14 @@ European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, - Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian +8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, + Croatian, + Czech, + German, + Hungarian, + Polish, + Romanian, + Slovak and Slovenian \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -45876,9 +54960,10 @@ Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001 - this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 - is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX +(EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, + used especially on UNIX OSes, + since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, + as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -45899,11 +54984,11 @@ Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936 - except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially - replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX - you - should try to use the encoding Unicode +(GBK) for simplified Chinese, + is the same as the Windows code page CP 936 except for the Euro currency sign, + since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, + as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX + you should try to use the encoding Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -45947,7 +55032,10 @@ Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian +8859-5) covers Belorussian, + Bulgarian, + Macedonian, + Serbian and Ukrainian \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -45999,7 +55087,8 @@ Hebrew \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding +1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, + a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -46023,23 +55112,38 @@ Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX +(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, + uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold CJK \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! CJK + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +CJK +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset -, when using this, set the document language to +, + when using this, + set the document language to \family sans Japanese (CJK) \end_layout @@ -46053,12 +55157,15 @@ Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX +(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, + uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold CJK \series default -, when using this, set the document language to +, + when using this, + set the document language to \family sans Japanese \begin_inset space ~ @@ -46076,23 +55183,38 @@ Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX +(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, + uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold japanese \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! japanese + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +japanese +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset -, when using this, set the document language to +, + when using this, + set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout @@ -46106,12 +55228,15 @@ Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX +(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, + uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold japanese \series default -, when using this, set the document language to +, + when using this, + set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout @@ -46125,12 +55250,15 @@ Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -(SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX +(SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, + uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold japanese \series default -, when using this, set the document language to +, + when using this, + set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout @@ -46156,7 +55284,9 @@ European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish +8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, + Galician, + Maltese and Turkish \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -46172,9 +55302,17 @@ European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German, - Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed - to cover many languages and characters with diacritics +8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, + Croatian, + Finnish, + French, + German, + Hungarian, + Irish Gaelic, + Italian, + Polish, + Romanian and Slovenian, + is designed to cover many languages and characters with diacritics \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -46198,8 +55336,8 @@ Turkish \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the - Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones +8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, + is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -46218,16 +55356,29 @@ CJK \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! CJK + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +CJK +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset - (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean) + (for the languages Chinese, + Japanese and Korean) \change_inserted -712698321 1557596410 . This encoding is selected by \SpecialChar LyX @@ -46268,7 +55419,9 @@ Xe\SpecialChar TeX Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default -, which use Unicode directly, without the help of the \SpecialChar LaTeX +, + which use Unicode directly, + without the help of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold inputenc @@ -46297,20 +55450,35 @@ ucs \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! ucs + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +ucs +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset ( \change_deleted -712698321 1557596443 -comprehensive, +comprehensive, + \change_unchanged -including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts). +including Latin, + Greek, + Cyrillic and CJK scripts). \change_inserted -712698321 1557596475 This used to be more comprehensive than @@ -46321,7 +55489,8 @@ Unicode (utf8) \family default -, but meanwhile it is rather outdated. +, + but meanwhile it is rather outdated. \change_unchanged \end_layout @@ -46338,11 +55507,23 @@ inputenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! inputenc + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +inputenc +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -46350,8 +55531,7 @@ status collapsed . \change_deleted -712698321 1557596266 -Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts) - is supported. +Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts) is supported. \change_inserted -712698321 1557596400 This encoding is selected by \SpecialChar LyX with the default encoding ( @@ -46401,10 +55581,23 @@ European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch, - English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish, - Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15 - encoding instead +8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, + Catalan, + Danish, + Dutch, + English, + Faroese, + Finnish, + French, + Galician, + German, + Icelandic, + Irish, + Italian, + Norwegian, + Portuguese, + Spanish and Swedish; + better use the ISO-8859-15 encoding instead \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -46420,47 +55613,96 @@ European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency - sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish +8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, + but with the Euro currency sign, + the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish \end_layout \begin_layout Section Colors \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! main text +Color +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +main text +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! background +Color +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +background +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! Shaded boxes +Color +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Shaded boxes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! Greyed-out notes +Color +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Greyed-out notes +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -46473,7 +55715,9 @@ Here you can alter the font color for the \family sans Main text \family default - (default: black), for + (default: + black), + for \family sans Greyed \begin_inset space ~ @@ -46481,11 +55725,13 @@ Greyed out notes \family default - (default: light grey)for the background color for the + (default: + light grey)for the background color for the \family sans Page \family default - (default: white) and for + (default: + white) and for \family sans Shaded \begin_inset space ~ @@ -46493,7 +55739,8 @@ Shaded boxes \family default - (default: red). + (default: + red). The button \family sans Reset @@ -46510,14 +55757,13 @@ Default \family sans Change \family default - opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from - a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. - In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them - later more quickly. + opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. + In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note, if you change the +Note, + if you change the \family sans Main \begin_inset space ~ @@ -46541,7 +55787,8 @@ PDF properties \family default -, you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section +, + you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -46549,6 +55796,7 @@ properties \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:PDF-Properties" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -46575,8 +55823,7 @@ text \family sans Page \family default - background for every page in your document if you use these commands as - \SpecialChar TeX + background for every page in your document if you use these commands as \SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -46613,27 +55860,33 @@ You are restricted to one of \series bold black \series default -, +, + \series bold blue \series default -, +, + \series bold cyan \series default -, +, + \series bold green \series default -, +, + \series bold magenta \series default -, +, + \series bold red \series default -, +, + \series bold white \series default @@ -46661,8 +55914,8 @@ Objects \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset -If you have changed a text or background color, you can use the following - names to refer to them: +If you have changed a text or background color, + you can use the following names to refer to them: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize @@ -46734,7 +55987,8 @@ note_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To see how to define and use custom colors, see section +To see how to define and use custom colors, + see section \emph on Colored \begin_inset space ~ @@ -46753,6 +56007,50 @@ Objects manual. \end_layout +\begin_layout Section + +\change_inserted -712698321 1577206827 +Change Tracking +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1577206929 +Here you can do some settings related to change tracking (see sec. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Change-Tracking" +plural "false" +caps "false" +noprefix "false" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + +). + Alternatively to the menu or toolbar, + you can set here whether changes are being tracked and whether they are shown in the output. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1577207214 +Additionally, + you can advise +\change_inserted 630872221 1622044204 +\SpecialChar LyX + +\change_deleted 630872221 1622044196 +LyX +\change_inserted -712698321 1577207214 + to place a change bar in the margin of the output. + This might be useful to make changed passages more salient. +\end_layout + \begin_layout Section Numbering & TOC \end_layout @@ -46774,6 +56072,7 @@ Table of Contents \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -46785,10 +56084,8 @@ reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 5863208 1558620379 -You can typeset lines numbering in the output file by enabling the checkbox - at the bottom. - The functionality is handled by package lineno and and additional options - of this package can be used as well. +You can typeset lines numbering in the output file by enabling the checkbox at the bottom. + The functionality is handled by package lineno and additional options of this package can be used as well. The most common one are: \end_layout @@ -46801,8 +56098,8 @@ right Line numbers to the right margin \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 5863208 1558620589 -switch Line number to the outer margin (left – even pages, right – odd pages) - +switch Line number to the outer margin (left – even pages, + right – odd pages) \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -46813,12 +56110,18 @@ switch* Line numbers to the inner margin \begin_layout Description -\change_inserted 5863208 1558620780 +\change_inserted 5863208 1601989692 modulo Print numbers only on multiples of five lines \end_layout \begin_layout Description +\change_inserted 5863208 1601989752 +pagewise Restart numbering for each page +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + \change_inserted 5863208 1558620792 displaymath, \begin_inset space ~ @@ -46841,26 +56144,51 @@ biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! biblatex + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +biblatex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset -, +, + \series bold natbib \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! natbib + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +natbib +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -46871,18 +56199,31 @@ jurabib \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! jurabib + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +jurabib +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset should be used. If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX -, you can enable a +, + you can enable a \family sans Sectioned bibliography \family default @@ -46893,11 +56234,23 @@ bibtopic \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! bibtopic + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +bibtopic +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -46907,8 +56260,10 @@ status collapsed \noun on Biblatex \noun default -, you can select the style files and specify further options. - Finally, you can select a document-specific +, + you can select the style files and specify further options. + Finally, + you can select a document-specific \family sans Processor \family default @@ -46921,6 +56276,7 @@ Processor \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -46936,8 +56292,7 @@ Here you can define the \family sans Processor \family default - that will generate your index and you can define additional indexes (see - section + that will generate your index and you can define additional indexes (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -46945,6 +56300,7 @@ Processor \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -46964,6 +56320,7 @@ The PDF properties are explained in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:PDF-Properties" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -46983,131 +56340,247 @@ amsmath \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! amsmath + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +amsmath +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset -, +, + \series bold amssymb \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! amssymb + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +amssymb +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset , + \series bold cancel \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! cancel + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +cancel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset , + \series bold esint \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! esint + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +esint +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset -, +, + \series bold mathdots \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! mathdots + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mathdots \end_layout \end_inset -, + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +, + \series bold mathtools \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! mathtools + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mathtools +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset -, +, + \series bold mhchem \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! mhchem + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +mhchem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset -, +, + \series bold stackrel \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! stackrel + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +stackrel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset -, +, + \series bold stmaryrd \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! stmaryrd + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +stmaryrd +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -47118,33 +56591,48 @@ undertilde \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! undertilde + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +undertilde +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset -, or to use them automatically when they are needed. +, + or to use them automatically when they are needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX +amsmath is needed for many constructs, + so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors in formulas, ensure that you have this enabled. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -amssymb is needed for some special math symbols like bold or upright Greek - letters, so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX --errors in formulas, ensure that you have this - enabled. +amssymb is needed for some special math symbols like bold or upright Greek letters, + so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX +-errors in formulas, + ensure that you have this enabled. \end_layout \begin_layout Description -cancel is used for canceled formulas, see section +cancel is used for canceled formulas, + see section \emph on Canceled \begin_inset space ~ @@ -47160,7 +56648,8 @@ Math \end_layout \begin_layout Description -esint is used for special integral characters, see section +esint is used for special integral characters, + see section \emph on Big \begin_inset space ~ @@ -47176,7 +56665,8 @@ Math \end_layout \begin_layout Description -mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section +mathdots is used for special ellipses, + see section \emph on Ellipses \emph default @@ -47194,37 +56684,43 @@ mathtools is used for the math commands \backslash overbracket \series default -, +, + \series bold \backslash underbracket \series default -, +, + \series bold \backslash smashoperator \series default -, +, + \series bold \backslash adjustlimits \series default -, +, + \series bold \backslash splitfrac \series default -, +, + \series bold \backslash shortintertext \series default - and labeled arrows, see the corresponding sections in the + and labeled arrows, + see the corresponding sections in the \emph on Math \emph default @@ -47232,7 +56728,8 @@ Math \end_layout \begin_layout Description -mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section +mhchem is used for chemical equations, + see section \emph on Chemical Symbols and Equations \emph default @@ -47250,7 +56747,8 @@ stackrel is used for the math command \backslash stackrel \series default -, see section +, + see section \emph on Relations \emph default @@ -47272,7 +56770,8 @@ undertilde is used for the math command \backslash utilde \series default -, see section +, + see section \emph on Accents for one Character \emph default @@ -47360,7 +56859,8 @@ Here you can adjust the characters used for the itemize \family sans Level \family default -s, specify the +s, + specify the \family sans Font \family default @@ -47377,6 +56877,7 @@ Size \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Itemize" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -47394,7 +56895,8 @@ Bullet \family default by inserting in this field the \SpecialChar LaTeX command of the desired character. - For example to use the € sign, you have to insert the command + For example to use the € sign, + you have to insert the command \series bold \backslash @@ -47421,8 +56923,8 @@ $ circlearrowright$ \series default . - To find the command for a math symbol, create a formula and hover the mouse - over the desired symbol in the math toolbar. + To find the command for a math symbol, + create a formula and hover the mouse over the desired symbol in the math toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -47433,10 +56935,10 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default Some characters require to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX --packages in the preamble (menu - +-packages in the preamble (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -47482,6 +56984,7 @@ Branches are described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Branches" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -47512,7 +57015,8 @@ Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Format: The format that is used when you enter +Format: + The format that is used when you enter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -47520,7 +57024,8 @@ View \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -47528,7 +57033,8 @@ Update \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -, +, + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -47560,7 +57066,8 @@ File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File Formats \family default -, see section +, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -47568,6 +57075,7 @@ File Formats \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -47575,25 +57083,106 @@ reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted -712698321 1578647276 +Allow +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +running +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +external +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +programs If this is switched on, + \SpecialChar LaTeX + is run with the +\family typewriter +-shell-escape +\family default + option which is needed with some packages. + Note that this comes with security risks, + so please use this only when really necessary and if you know what you are doing. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted -712698321 1578647006 +LaTeX +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Output +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Options offers settings for the +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default + export. +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize + +\family sans Synchronize +\change_inserted -712698321 1578646679 + +\change_deleted -712698321 1578646679 + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + +\change_unchanged with +\change_deleted -712698321 1578646686 + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -Output settings for the menu + +\change_inserted -712698321 1578646686 + +\change_unchanged +Output +\family default + +\change_inserted -712698321 1578646719 +enables +\change_deleted -712698321 1578646729 +settings for the menu \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator + +\change_unchanged Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search +\change_inserted -712698321 1578646752 + \family default + and allows to customize the macro used in this process +\change_deleted -712698321 1578646757 . - For a detailed description see section + +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted -712698321 1578646759 +( +\change_deleted -712698321 1578646759 +F +\change_inserted -712698321 1578646759 +f +\change_unchanged +or a detailed description see section \emph on Reverse DVI/PDF search \emph default @@ -47605,9 +57194,56 @@ Additional Features \emph default - manual. + manual +\change_inserted -712698321 1578646762 +) +\change_unchanged +. +\change_inserted -712698321 1578647009 + \end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize + +\change_inserted -712698321 1578647929 + +\family sans +Put fragile content out of moving arguments +\family default + determines whether so-called +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +fragile +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + \SpecialChar LaTeX + constructs (such as labels or index entries) are placed outside of so-called +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +moving arguments +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + in \SpecialChar LaTeX + (such as sections or captions), + even if the corresponding insets are placed in such context in \SpecialChar LyX +. + This setting is on by default, + since it prevents nasty \SpecialChar LaTeX + errors. + If you rely on labels or index entries being kept inside the problematic macros, + you can uncheck this. + If you don't know what we are talking about here, + worry not: + just leave it checked. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper \begin_layout Description XHTML \begin_inset space ~ @@ -47680,8 +57316,7 @@ Format The option \family sans Save transient properties \family default - controls whether document settings that are frequently switched or that - are specific to the user are saved with the document. + controls whether document settings that are frequently switched or that are specific to the user are saved with the document. The properties that are affected by option are currently: \end_layout @@ -47699,8 +57334,7 @@ the recording of the document directory path. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Disabling the option can prevent issues in collaborative work and/or when - using a version control system (for instance unnecessary merge conflicts). +Disabling the option can prevent issues in collaborative work and/or when using a version control system (for instance unnecessary merge conflicts). \end_layout \end_deeper @@ -47714,13 +57348,11 @@ TeX \begin_layout Standard In this text field you can enter commands to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX --packages or to - define \SpecialChar LaTeX +-packages or to define \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands. The preamble is a thing for \SpecialChar LaTeX -experts. - You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are - doing. + You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are doing. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -47733,6 +57365,7 @@ An introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -47753,6 +57386,8 @@ name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -47785,20 +57420,44 @@ User Interface \begin_layout Subsubsection User Interface File \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Customization ! of toolbars +Customization +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +of toolbars +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Customization ! of menus +Customization +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +of menus +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -47807,8 +57466,7 @@ Customization ! of menus \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user - interface (ui) file. +The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user interface (ui) file. A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed. The file \emph on @@ -47844,16 +57502,18 @@ specifies the toolbar buttons \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these files - and edit the entries. +To create your own menu and toolbar layout, + start with a copy of these files and edit the entries. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: the +The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: + the \family sans Menubar \family default -, +, + \family sans Menu \family default @@ -47870,21 +57530,26 @@ End \family sans Submenu \family default -, +, + \family sans Item \family default -, +, + \family sans OptItem \family default -, +, + \family sans Separator \family default -, +, + \family sans Icon, + \family default and in the case of the \begin_inset Quotes eld @@ -47958,13 +57623,14 @@ Functions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For example, assuming you use the menu +For example, + assuming you use the menu \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Bookmarks \family default - quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the - line + quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, + you can add the line \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -48044,8 +57710,7 @@ The option \family sans Enable tool tips in main work area \family default - enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries - or footnotes. + enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries or footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -48084,8 +57749,7 @@ With the option Restore window layouts and geometries \family default \SpecialChar LyX -'s main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used in - the last \SpecialChar LyX +'s main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used in the last \SpecialChar LyX session. \end_layout @@ -48094,8 +57758,7 @@ The option \family sans Restore cursor positions \family default - sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of - the last session. + sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of the last session. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -48113,8 +57776,9 @@ The button Clear all session information \family default deletes all information from previous \SpecialChar LyX - sessions (cursor positions, names - of last opened documents, etc.). + sessions (cursor positions, + names of last opened documents, + etc.). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -48127,10 +57791,22 @@ name "subsec:Backup documents" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Backup ! Documents +Backup +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Documents +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -48143,8 +57819,11 @@ Backup ! Documents \family sans Backup original documents when saving \family default - creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when - it was saved the last time. + creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was +\change_deleted -712698321 1676618729 +opened or when it was +\change_unchanged +saved the last time. It is stored in the \family sans Backup @@ -48161,6 +57840,7 @@ directory \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paths" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -48174,26 +57854,112 @@ directory \family default is specified. The backup file has the file extension +\change_deleted -712698321 1676618692 + +\family typewriter + \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -\family sans +\change_unchanged .lyx~ +\change_deleted -712698321 1676618694 + \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676618670 + and the same name than the original file. + If a +\family sans +Backup +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +directory +\family default + is specified, + the file has the full path in its file name, + separated by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, + e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g. + +\family typewriter +!MyDir!MySubDir!Filename.lyx~ +\family default +. +\change_deleted -712698321 1676618585 . +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676622933 +If the option +\family sans +Make auto-save snapshots every X minutes +\family default + is checked, + LyX furthermore automatically saves snapshots of the current document (including unsaved changes) in the specified interval if there are unsaved changes. + These files which are stored as +\family typewriter +#.lyx# +\family default + in the document's directory are overwritten on each auto-save cycle and deleted when the document is closed normally. + Should \SpecialChar LyX + crash with unsaved changes and the restoration from the emergency file fail, + this file can be used as a resort. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676623063 +Please read section +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "sec:Safety-Nets" + +\end_inset + + for more details on \SpecialChar LyX +'s diverse backup and safety mechanisms. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1676619117 With the option \family sans -Backup documents, every +Backup documents, + every \family default -, you can specify the time between backup saves. +, + you can specify the time between backup saves. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -48209,12 +57975,44 @@ Save documents compressed by default \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Compressed" +nolink "false" \end_inset ). This applies to newly created documents only. The compression status of existing documents is not changed when saving. +\change_inserted -712698321 1676619181 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1676619393 + +\family sans +Save the document directory path +\family default + stores the path of the document in the \SpecialChar LyX + file. + This is particularly handy if you have included files (such as graphics or child documents) which are referred to with relative paths. + The option then allows moving the document elsewhere and still finding these included files if they are still in their original directories. +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_deleted -712698321 1676618508 +Apart from that LyX autosaves document in regular intervals. + It is used to restore unsaved changes in the document if the program crashes. + The temporary file name is +\family typewriter +#.lyx# +\family default +. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -48226,7 +58024,8 @@ If the option \family sans Open documents in tabs \family default - is not checked, every file will be opened in its own new instance of \SpecialChar LyX + is not checked, + every file will be opened in its own new instance of \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout @@ -48249,6 +58048,7 @@ See section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paths" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -48259,9 +58059,9 @@ Server pipes. \end_inset is specified. - If it is checked, \SpecialChar LyX - documents will be opened in the same running instance - of \SpecialChar LyX + If it is checked, + \SpecialChar LyX + documents will be opened in the same running instance of \SpecialChar LyX . Otherwise a new \SpecialChar LyX instance is created for each file. @@ -48272,7 +58072,8 @@ If the option \family sans Single close-tab button \family default - is checked, there will only be one close button ( + is checked, + there will only be one close button ( \family sans \begin_inset Info @@ -48284,8 +58085,8 @@ arg "closetab" \family default ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs. Otherwise every document tab has its own close button. - Regardless of this option, one can always close a tab by middle-clicking - it in the tab bar. + Regardless of this option, + one can always close a tab by middle-clicking it in the tab bar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -48296,6 +58097,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default For this option you have to restart \SpecialChar LyX before the change takes effect. @@ -48311,26 +58113,36 @@ With the setting \family sans Closing last view \family default - you one can decide if a document is closed or hidden when its tab or view - is closed. + you one can decide if a document is closed or hidden when its tab or view is closed. Hidden documents are accessible via the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Hidden \family default . - Not to close documents can be useful if you open files parallel in several - instances of \SpecialChar LyX + Not to close documents can be useful if you open files parallel in several instances of \SpecialChar LyX and only want to close the view in once instance. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Screen Fonts \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Font ! Screen +Font +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Screen +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -48358,6 +58170,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default This section only deals with the fonts \emph on @@ -48365,8 +58178,8 @@ inside \emph default the \SpecialChar LyX window. - The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts, and - set in the menu + The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts, + and set in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -48381,7 +58194,8 @@ Fonts \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -By default, \SpecialChar LyX +By default, + \SpecialChar LyX uses \family typewriter Times @@ -48390,7 +58204,8 @@ Times \family sans Roman \family default - (serif) font, + (serif) font, + \family typewriter Arial \family default @@ -48439,7 +58254,8 @@ points have the size of 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -inch, see Appendix +inch, + see Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -48447,6 +58263,7 @@ inch, see Appendix \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -48464,6 +58281,7 @@ pt were used. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Document-Font" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -48473,21 +58291,45 @@ reference "subsec:Document-Font" \begin_layout Subsection Colors \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Color ! \SpecialChar LyX +Color +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\SpecialChar LyX screen \end_layout \end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Color +Settings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Color +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -48497,8 +58339,7 @@ Settings ! Color \begin_layout Standard Here you can change the screen colors used by \SpecialChar LyX - by choosing an item in the - list and selecting the + by choosing an item in the list and selecting the \family sans Alter \family default @@ -48513,7 +58354,11 @@ Use system colors the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used. The colors \family sans -cursor, selection, table line, text, URL +cursor, + selection, + table line, + text, + URL \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -48529,10 +58374,22 @@ text \begin_layout Subsection Display \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Display +Settings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Display +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -48559,6 +58416,7 @@ Instant Preview \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -48588,10 +58446,22 @@ paragraphs \begin_layout Section Editing \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Editing +Settings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Editing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -48612,14 +58482,13 @@ The option \family sans Cursor follows scrollbar \family default - sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when - scrolling. + sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when scrolling. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can adjust the width of the cursor. - If you set the value to zero, the thickness of the cursor scales relative - to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts. + If you set the value to zero, + the thickness of the cursor scales relative to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -48643,6 +58512,69 @@ Ctrl+arrow key \family default the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word. Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning. +\change_inserted -712698321 1578924606 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1607270592 +The option +\family sans +Keep change tracking markup on copy and paste +\family default + is only relevant in documents that +\emph on +do not +\emph default + track changes. + In such documents, + change-tracked text will be copied and pasted as is (keeping +\emph on +addition +\emph default + and +\emph on +deletion +\emph default + markup) with this option selected. + It the option is not selected, + pasted text will be inserted without any markup (i. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +e., + as +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +unchanged +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + text). + This also applies to wrapping to\SpecialChar breakableslash +dissolving from insets. + In documents that +\emph on +do +\emph default + track changes, + pasted text is +\emph on +always +\emph default + marked as +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +new +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + notwithstanding the state of this option. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -48666,7 +58598,8 @@ The \family sans Edit math macros \family default - options determine the editing style for math macros, see the section + options determine the editing style for math macros, + see the section \emph on Math Macros \emph default @@ -48675,6 +58608,64 @@ Math Macros Math \emph default manual. +\change_inserted -712698321 1598509726 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1598509987 +The option +\family sans +Search drive for cited files +\family default + allows \SpecialChar LyX + to query your disk for cited documents when using the +\family sans +Try +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +to +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Open +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Citation +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +Content\SpecialChar ldots + +\family default + context menu on a citation. + The +\family sans +Pattern +\change_deleted 630872221 1622118829 +s +\change_inserted -712698321 1598509987 + +\family default + field determines the search pattern. + See sec. +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset ref +LatexCommand ref +reference "subsec:Opening-cited-documents" +nolink "false" + +\end_inset + + for details. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -48688,13 +58679,15 @@ Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode. Limit text width \family default you can specify the width of the text in fullscreen mode. - This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then - appears centered. + This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; + the text then appears centered. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Shortcuts \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -48705,10 +58698,22 @@ Key Bindings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Shortcuts +Settings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Shortcuts +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -48723,7 +58728,8 @@ Bind File \family default specifies the file to be used to bind a \SpecialChar LyX function to a key. - Several binding files are available, among them: + Several binding files are available, + among them: \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -48731,8 +58737,7 @@ cua.bind a typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts \end_layout \begin_layout Description -(x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs - +(x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs \family sans Emacs \family default @@ -48756,13 +58761,15 @@ OS \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -There are also binding files designed for special document classes, like - +There are also binding files designed for special document classes, + like \shape italic broadway.bind \shape default -, and binding files for special languages. - The names of language binding files begin with a language code, e. +, + and binding files for special languages. + The names of language binding files begin with a language code, + e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -48780,22 +58787,25 @@ pt for Portuguese. If you use \SpecialChar LyX - in a certain language, \SpecialChar LyX - will try to use the appropriate binding - file. + in a certain language, + \SpecialChar LyX + will try to use the appropriate binding file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Some binding files, like +Some binding files, + like \shape italic math.bind \shape default -, only have a limited scope. +, + only have a limited scope. When looking at the end of the file \shape italic cua.bind \shape default -, you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file. +, + you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -48811,8 +58821,7 @@ key-bindings containing \family default - allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function - in the selected key binding file. + allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function in the selected key binding file. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection @@ -48825,10 +58834,22 @@ name "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Key Bindings ! Editing +Key Bindings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Editing +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -48837,11 +58858,10 @@ Key Bindings ! Editing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -To add new or modify existing key bindings to your own taste you can use - the table in the dialog that lists all \SpecialChar LyX +To add new or modify existing key bindings to your own taste you can use the table in the dialog that lists all \SpecialChar LyX functions and the bound shortcuts. - To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog - provides the field + To find functions easily, + they are grouped by categories and the dialog provides the field \family sans Show key-bindings containing \family default @@ -48855,8 +58875,7 @@ paste \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different - functions that contain + and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different functions that contain \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -48865,7 +58884,8 @@ paste \end_inset in their name. - As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut. + As you can see, + one function can have more than one shortcut. All \SpecialChar LyX functions are also listed in the file \family sans @@ -48880,7 +58900,8 @@ Help \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -For example, to add the shortcut +For example, + to add the shortcut \family sans Alt+Q \family default @@ -48888,7 +58909,8 @@ Alt+Q \family sans textstyle-apply \family default -, select the function and press the +, + select the function and press the \family sans Modify \family default @@ -48900,22 +58922,28 @@ Modify \begin_layout Standard Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way. You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the \SpecialChar LyX - Function - definition with “command alternatives” and following it with the different - function names as a semicolon separated list. - \SpecialChar LyX - will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document - part. + Function definition with “ +\family typewriter +command +\change_deleted -131811572 1600337868 +\change_inserted -131811572 1600337869 +- +\change_unchanged +alternatives +\family default +” and following it with the different function names as a semicolon separated list. + \SpecialChar LyX + will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -If you don't like a particular shortcut, you can remove it. +If you don't like a particular shortcut, + you can remove it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with - a text editor. +Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with a text editor. The syntax of the entries is: \end_layout @@ -48945,20 +58973,25 @@ key combination \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Note, though, that the key combination definition uses a specific syntax. +Note, + though, + that the key combination definition uses a specific syntax. This applies to the designators of specific modifier keys (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -g., +g., + \family typewriter M \family default -, +, + \family typewriter S \family default -, +, + \family typewriter C \family default @@ -48966,30 +58999,32 @@ C \family sans Meta/Alt \family default -, +, + \family sans Shift \family default -, +, + \family sans Ctrl \family default -, respectively) as well as to the other keys. - Note particularly that you cannot use non-alphanumeric characters directly - in the definition of the key combination, but must use commands following - the Xlib standard instead (please refer to the existing bind files for - a model). +, + respectively) as well as to the other keys. + Note particularly that you cannot use non-alphanumeric characters directly in the definition of the key combination, + but must use commands following the Xlib standard instead (please refer to the existing bind files for a model). So if you wanted to bind a command to the key combination \family sans Alt+Shift+: \family default -, you needed to specify it as +, + you needed to specify it as \family typewriter M-S-colon \family default . - If you use the dialog to edit key bindings, you don't have to care for - these specifics. + If you use the dialog to edit key bindings, + you don't have to care for these specifics. \SpecialChar LyX transforms your input to the correct syntax. \end_layout @@ -49004,6 +59039,8 @@ name "subsec:Keyboard-Map" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -49014,10 +59051,22 @@ Keyboard Map \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Keyboard Map +Settings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Keyboard Map +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -49027,10 +59076,13 @@ Settings ! Keyboard Map \begin_layout Standard Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system. - For the case thatWhere this is not possible, \SpecialChar LyX + For the case where this is not possible, + \SpecialChar LyX provides keyboard maps. - If, for example, you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it - is a Romanian one, you can enable + If, + for example, + you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it is a Romanian one, + you can enable \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ @@ -49058,11 +59110,13 @@ First \family sans Second \family default - keyboard map and, if you use the + keyboard map and, + if you use the \emph on cua \emph default - bindings, you can select the first and second with + bindings, + you can select the first and second with \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "keymap-primary" @@ -49091,9 +59145,9 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default - Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all - systems. + Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all systems. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -49107,14 +59161,14 @@ You can also specify the mouse Wheel scrolling speed \family default . - The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones - slow it down. + The standard value is 1.0; + higher values speed up the scrolling, + lower ones slow it down. With the option \family sans Middle mouse button pasting \family default - you can determine if pressing the middle mouse button (or the mouse wheel) - inserts the content of the clipboard. + you can determine if pressing the middle mouse button (or the mouse wheel) inserts the content of the clipboard. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -49133,9 +59187,11 @@ wheel \end_inset zoom, + \family default you can select a key for zooming. - When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed. + When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, + the text is zoomed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -49151,6 +59207,7 @@ Input completion is described in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Input-Completion" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -49167,6 +59224,8 @@ name "sec:Paths" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -49177,10 +59236,22 @@ Paths \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Paths +Settings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paths +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -49190,8 +59261,7 @@ Settings ! Paths \begin_layout Standard The paths to the various resources used by \SpecialChar LyX - are normally determined during - the installation. + are normally determined during the installation. But there may be reasons why you might want to modify them. \end_layout @@ -49206,7 +59276,8 @@ directory This is \SpecialChar LyX \family sans Open \family default -, +, + \family sans Save \family default @@ -49294,6 +59365,7 @@ status open \series bold Note: + \series default The \family sans @@ -49317,10 +59389,22 @@ Backup directory \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Backup ! Directory +Backup +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Directory +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -49334,10 +59418,12 @@ Backup ! Directory \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Backup documents" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, the +, + the \family sans Working directory \family default @@ -49370,6 +59456,7 @@ pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe. \series bold Example: + \series default You add a Bib\SpecialChar TeX database @@ -49396,17 +59483,17 @@ External programs \family default . - If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in - + If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, + select it in \family typewriter JabRef \family default and click on the \SpecialChar LyX symbol. - The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position - in your \SpecialChar LyX + The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position in your \SpecialChar LyX file. - Of course, + Of course, + \family typewriter JabRef \family default @@ -49419,7 +59506,8 @@ The pipe is also used for the \family sans Single instance \family default - feature, see section + feature, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -49427,6 +59515,7 @@ Single instance \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Backup documents" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -49435,7 +59524,8 @@ reference "subsec:Backup documents" \end_inset To use the \SpecialChar LyX -Server-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name: +Server-Pipe on Windows, + you must use this pipe name: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @@ -49466,8 +59556,7 @@ Thesaurus \end_inset dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located. - You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want - to use custom/alternative dictionaries. + You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -49475,8 +59564,7 @@ Hunspell \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program - +dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program \family typewriter Hunspell \family default @@ -49485,15 +59573,13 @@ Hunspell \family typewriter Hunspell \family default - and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative - dictionaries. + and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries. For \SpecialChar LyX on Windows \family typewriter Hunspell \family default - is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying - a directory. + is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying a directory. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -49503,11 +59589,11 @@ PATH prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs. When \SpecialChar LyX - needs to use an external program, it looks in this list to see where - to find it on the system. + needs to use an external program, + it looks in this list to see where to find it on the system. The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when \SpecialChar LyX - - is configured; so you normally don't have to modify it. + is configured; + so you normally don't have to modify it. On Unix \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -49516,8 +59602,8 @@ prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external - programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH). +Linux systems, + the path list will need to be set only if there are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH). \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -49525,22 +59611,17 @@ TEXINPUTS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files - which are included in a \SpecialChar LyX +prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files which are included in a \SpecialChar LyX document via commands in \SpecialChar TeX - code or in the document - preamble. - This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by - a single dot '.'). - The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator - of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows). - If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be - scanned for the input files. - Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered - to be relative to the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX + code or in the document preamble. + This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by a single dot '.'). + The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows). + If files are included, + the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be scanned for the input files. + Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered to be relative to the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX file. - It is recommended that you always include '.' as one of the paths; otherwise - compilation may fail for some documents. + It is recommended that you always include '.' as one of the paths; + otherwise compilation may fail for some documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Section @@ -49557,8 +59638,8 @@ Name E-mail \family default address. - These will be used when you have enabled change tracking, as described - in section + These will be used when you have enabled change tracking, + as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -49566,29 +59647,55 @@ E-mail \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" +nolink "false" \end_inset -, to mark changes you make as yours. +, + to mark changes you make as yours. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Language Settings \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Language ! Settings +Language +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Settings +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Language +Settings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Language +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -49618,7 +59725,8 @@ interface language Here you can select the language for \SpecialChar LyX 's menus. - You can find its actual translation status here: + You can find its actual translation status here: + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://www.lyx.org/I18n" @@ -49627,6 +59735,16 @@ literal "false" \end_inset +\change_inserted -712698321 1563708959 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563708986 +LaTeX Language Support +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -49636,8 +59754,7 @@ Language package determines which \SpecialChar LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language issues. - Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation - as well as localization of dates and text strings such as + Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation as well as localization of dates and text strings such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -49660,38 +59777,62 @@ babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! babel + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +babel +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset -; it is the default language package in classic \SpecialChar LaTeX +; + it is the default language package in classic \SpecialChar LaTeX . More recent typesetting engines such as Xe\SpecialChar TeX and Lua\SpecialChar TeX - come with the alternative - language package + come with the alternative language package \series bold polyglossia \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! polyglossia + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +polyglossia +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset that is more suited to the multi-script support of these engines. - Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not - covered by + Furthermore, + there are also specific language packages for languages not covered by \series bold babel \series default @@ -49704,6 +59845,7 @@ babel \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Language-encodings" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -49715,21 +59857,72 @@ Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -start If a special \SpecialChar LaTeX +start +\change_deleted -712698321 1563708374 +If a special \SpecialChar LaTeX -package is needed to write in a certain document language, - you can here specify the command to start the package. - An example is the start command + you can h +\change_inserted -712698321 1563708374 +H +\change_unchanged +ere +\change_inserted -712698321 1563708377 + you +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563708382 +specify +\change_inserted -712698321 1563708384 +customize +\change_unchanged + the command +\change_inserted -712698321 1563708639 +that is used to switch to a different language +\change_deleted -712698321 1563708410 +to start the package +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563708611 +This might be useful if you want to use a different command with +\series bold +babel +\series default + (which provides several alternative commands with different behavior), + or if you use a custom language package with specific commands, + such as +\series bold +Arab\SpecialChar TeX + +\series default + +\begin_inset CommandInset citation +LatexCommand cite +key "Arabic" +literal "true" + +\end_inset + +, + which needs +\change_deleted -712698321 1563708616 +An example is +\change_unchanged +the start command \family sans \backslash begin{arabtext} +\change_deleted -712698321 1563708621 + \family default that is needed to write Arabic using the package \series bold Arab\SpecialChar TeX \series default -, see +, + see \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Arabic" @@ -49737,18 +59930,40 @@ literal "true" \end_inset + +\change_unchanged . The default is the \series bold babel \series default command -\family sans +\family typewriter \backslash selectlanguage{$$lang} +\change_inserted -712698321 1563708571 + +\family default +, + whereby +\family sans +$$lang \family default + is a placeholder that is substituted with the respective language name in the \SpecialChar LaTeX + output +\change_unchanged . + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563708571 + Note that with +\series bold +polyglossia +\series default +, + this setting is ignored. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -49756,16 +59971,72 @@ Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -end Counterpart to +end +\change_deleted -712698321 1563857836 +Counterpart to +\family sans +Command start +\family default +. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563857869 +Use this if the language switch set in \family sans Command start \family default + needs to be explicitly ended, + as in +\series bold +babel +\series default +'s alternative command +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{otherlanguage*}\SpecialChar ldots +\SpecialChar allowbreak + +\backslash +end{otherlanguage*} +\family default +. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563708866 +Some packages, + like the default, + don't have an end command since the start command toggles the package on and off +\change_inserted -712698321 1563858041 +Empty by default, + as +\family typewriter + +\backslash +selectlanguage{$$lang} +\family default + does not need to be explicitly ended (the switch remains valid until the next +\family typewriter + +\backslash +selectlanguage{$$lang} +\family default +) +\change_unchanged . - Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start - command toggles the package on and off. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563857868 + Note that with +\series bold +polyglossia +\series default +, + this setting is ignored. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563708996 Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -49774,11 +60045,12 @@ decimal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -separator Defines the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point - alignment). +separator Defines the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point alignment). \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563708996 Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -49789,6 +60061,8 @@ length unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in \SpecialChar LyX 's dialogs. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -49800,25 +60074,103 @@ languages \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will - be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be - used by all \SpecialChar LaTeX --packages. - Otherwise they will only be used as options for the +globally +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709051 +When +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709052 +If +\change_unchanged + this option is set, + the languages used in the document will be added +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709127 +as options +\change_unchanged +to the document class options +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709259 + rather than the language package options. +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709186 +, + +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709191 +so that they can be used by all \SpecialChar LaTeX +-packages +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709305 +Since the document class passes all options in gets to all loaded \SpecialChar LaTeX +-packages, + all language-aware packages will be informed about the used languages this way +\change_unchanged +. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709264 +Otherwise they will only be used as options for the \series bold babel \series default package. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709314 Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document - language. - When this option is not set, the +begin +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709328 +Set +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +language +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +explicitly +\change_unchanged + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709331 +When +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709331 +If +\change_unchanged + this option is set, + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709808 +the language switch defined in +\family sans +Command +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +start +\family default + is output at the beginning of the document, + thereby explicitly switching to the document language. + This assures that the correct language is used in any case. + This might be needed if you use a non-default +\family sans +Command +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +start +\family default + or if a package resets the document language. + If not set, + the language that is active at document start is used (this usually should be the document language). +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709548 +documents start with the chosen document language. + When this option is not set, + the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ @@ -49837,23 +60189,56 @@ Command start \family default than the default. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709354 Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -end Counterpart to +end +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709358 +Unset +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +document +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +language +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +explicitly +\change_unchanged + Counterpart to +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709361 + \family sans Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset begin +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709392 +Set document language explicitly +\change_unchanged + \family default . - When it is not set, the + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709618 +When it is not +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709618 +If +\change_unchanged + set, + the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ @@ -49861,7 +60246,30 @@ Command end \family default - is set to the end of the document. + is +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709625 +set +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709626 +output +\change_unchanged + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709628 +at +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709628 +to +\change_unchanged + the end of the document. +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709816 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection +\paragraph_spacing single + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709833 +Editor Settings +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -49869,15 +60277,84 @@ Mark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709847 +additional +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709845 foreign +\change_unchanged + \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document - language will be underlined in blue. +languages +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709877 +If set, + all +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709877 +T +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709878 +t +\change_unchanged +ext +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709882 +marked formatted +\change_unchanged +in a language different +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709886 +from +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709886 +to +\change_unchanged + the document language will be +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709907 +marked (by default with a blue +\change_unchanged +underline +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709911 +d in blue +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709911 +) +\change_unchanged +. +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709927 + \end_layout \begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563711969 +Respect +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +OS +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +keyboard +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +language If set, + \SpecialChar LyX + will switch the input language if the keyboard map is switched via the operating system. + This is particularly useful if you switch between languages with different scripts (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., + English and Hebrew: + in this case, + switching the keyboard to Hebrew will automatically switch the input language to Hebrew as well, + and vice versa). +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563709926 Enable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -49886,19 +60363,179 @@ RTL \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL), - like Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi. +support Enables the use of languages, + written from right to left (RTL), + like Arabic, + Hebrew or Farsi. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Description -Cursor + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563710132 +Right-to-left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys - move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically. - Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right - arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language. + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563710132 +C +\change_inserted -712698321 1563710132 +c +\change_unchanged +ursor +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +movement +\change_inserted -712698321 1563710265 +Here you can define how cursor movement (with the arrow keys) behaves +\change_deleted -712698321 1563710266 +W +\change_inserted -712698321 1563710267 +w +\change_unchanged +hen writing +\change_deleted -712698321 1563710171 +RTL +\change_inserted -712698321 1563710286 +scripts with right-to-left direction (e.g., + Arabic, + Hebrew or Farsi). + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456 +, + you can define if the left and right arrow keys move the cursor visually to the left or right, + respectively, + or logically. + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563859701 + +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\family sans +Logical +\family default + means that the cursor +\change_inserted -712698321 1563859940 +follows the logic of the text direction, + and the arrows' direction relates to the directionality of the main paragraph language. + E. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., + in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph (say, + Hebrew embedded in English), + the cursor starts at the right (that is, + at the +\emph on +beginning +\emph default + of the embedded passage in the right-to-left logic) when coming from the left. + The meaning of the key is thus swapped for that part; + right arrow in this specific case always means: + move +\emph on +forward +\emph default + in text (even if this means: + +\emph on +move left +\emph default +). + +\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456 +is moved to the left when pressing the right arrow key +\change_inserted -712698321 1563859705 +This setting might be useful in texts that mix left-to-right and right-to-left scripts, + since the cursor then follows a coherent +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +text logic +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563860084 + +\family sans +Visual +\family default + means: + always move to the direction towards which the arrows really point. + In this case, + in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph, + the cursor starts at the left (in the text logic: + +\emph on +from the end +\emph default +) when coming from the left. + The visual meaning of the key is thus maintained in all cases, + at the expense of the text logic. +\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456 +and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language. +\change_inserted -712698321 1563858627 + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563710235 +Local Preferences +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563776004 +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +decimal +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +separator Defines the default decimal separator for use in tables (decimal separator alignment). + By default, + the appropriate character for the current language is selected (e. +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} +\end_inset + +g., + dot for English, + comma for German), + but you can also specify a specific (static) custom character here. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\change_inserted -712698321 1563709001 +Default +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +length +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in \SpecialChar LyX +'s dialogs. +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection @@ -49914,6 +60551,7 @@ The spellchecker settings are explained in section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -49978,7 +60616,8 @@ dvips \family sans Postscript \family default -, see section +, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -49986,6 +60625,7 @@ Postscript \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -50023,8 +60663,7 @@ line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using - the menu +length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator @@ -50047,6 +60686,8 @@ Date format \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -50057,10 +60698,22 @@ Date Format \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Date format +Settings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Date format +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -50124,10 +60777,22 @@ name "subsec:LaTeX-settings" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! \SpecialChar LaTeX +Settings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +\SpecialChar LaTeX + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + \end_layout @@ -50165,15 +60830,18 @@ T1 \family sans T2A \family default -, +, + \family sans T2B \family default -, +, + \family sans T2C \family default -, +, + \family sans LCY \family default @@ -50182,21 +60850,22 @@ LCY X2 \family default are used for Cyrillic. - Combinations of the encodings are possible, like + Combinations of the encodings are possible, + like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans -T1, T2B +T1, + T2B \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . - The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages - \SpecialChar LyX + The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages \SpecialChar LyX sets up in the background. So there is no need to change the default encoding. \change_unchanged @@ -50224,13 +60893,14 @@ options They only have an effect when the program \family sans xdvi \family default - is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more. + is used as DVI-viewer, + read its manual to find out more. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors. - But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the - manuals of the applications. + But before you change something, + it is strongly recommended to read the manuals of the applications. \end_layout \begin_layout Description @@ -50238,7 +60908,8 @@ Bibliography \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section +generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -50246,6 +60917,7 @@ generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -50257,7 +60929,8 @@ Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section +generation Settings for the generation of the index, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -50265,6 +60938,7 @@ generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Index-Program" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -50276,7 +60950,8 @@ Nomenclature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section +command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, + see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -50284,6 +60959,7 @@ command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Program" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -50342,7 +61018,8 @@ in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that +files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, + that means that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset @@ -50364,6 +61041,8 @@ files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that This option is enabled by default when you use \SpecialChar LyX on Windows. \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -50374,10 +61053,22 @@ Paths \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -Settings ! Paths +Settings +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Paths +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -50434,6 +61125,8 @@ File Handling \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -50455,6 +61148,8 @@ name "subsec:Converters" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -50467,10 +61162,11 @@ Converters \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material - from one format to another. +Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material from one format to another. You can modify converters or create new ones. - To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the + To modify a converter, + select it, + change the entry of the \family sans Converter \family default @@ -50487,8 +61183,9 @@ flag Modify \family default button. - To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format - in the + To create a new converter, + select an existing one, + select a different format in the \family sans To \begin_inset space ~ @@ -50496,7 +61193,8 @@ To format \family default - drop-down list, modify the + drop-down list, + modify the \family sans Converter \family default @@ -50516,18 +61214,20 @@ Converter File Cache \family sans Enabled \family default -, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field +, + conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field \family sans Maximum Age (in days \family default ). - This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen - a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead. + This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen a document; + the converted images from the cache will be used instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter - definition, is described in the section +More about converters, + like the flags that can be used in the converter definition, + is described in the section \emph on Converters \emph default @@ -50548,6 +61248,8 @@ name "sec:File-Formats" \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -50558,6 +61260,8 @@ File formats \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -50590,7 +61294,9 @@ Default output format \family default that is used when you use \family sans -View, Update, View Master Document +View, + Update, + View Master Document \family default or \family sans @@ -50617,9 +61323,8 @@ Customization \begin_layout Standard Since all conversions from one format to another take place in \SpecialChar LyX -'s temporary - directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it - to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed. +'s temporary directory, + it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed. This is done by specifying a \family sans Copier @@ -50640,6 +61345,8 @@ Customization Units available in \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -50667,6 +61374,7 @@ Table \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Units" +nolink "false" \end_inset @@ -51440,7 +62148,8 @@ literal "true" \end_inset The \SpecialChar LyX - Team: + Team: + \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Credits" @@ -51475,13 +62184,15 @@ literal "true" \end_inset -Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: +Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: + \emph on The \SpecialChar LaTeX Companion Second Edition. \emph default - Addison-Wesley, 2004 + Addison-Wesley, + 2004 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography @@ -51493,13 +62204,15 @@ literal "true" \end_inset Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. - Daly: + Daly: + \emph on A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX Fourth Edition. \emph default - Addison-Wesley, 2003 + Addison-Wesley, + 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography @@ -51510,13 +62223,17 @@ literal "true" \end_inset -Leslie Lamport: +Leslie Lamport: + \emph on \SpecialChar LaTeX -: A Document Preparation System. +: + A Document Preparation System. \emph default - Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 + Addison-Wesley, + second edition, + 1994 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography @@ -51535,7 +62252,8 @@ The \SpecialChar TeX book. \emph default - Addison-Wesley, 1984 + Addison-Wesley, + 1984 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography @@ -51696,11 +62414,23 @@ biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! biblatex + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +biblatex +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -51747,11 +62477,23 @@ biber \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! biber + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +biber +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -51850,6 +62592,55 @@ https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi \end_inset +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119703 + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119754 +\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem +LatexCommand bibitem +key "xindex" +literal "true" + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset CommandInset href +LatexCommand href +name "Documentation" +target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/xindex/doc/xindex-doc.pdf" +literal "false" + +\end_inset + + of the program +\family sans +xindex +\family default +: +\begin_inset Newline newline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Flex URL +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout + +\change_inserted -712698321 1667119749 + +http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/xindex/doc/xindex-doc.pdf +\change_unchanged + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\change_unchanged + \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography @@ -51951,11 +62742,23 @@ caption \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! caption + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +caption +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -52002,11 +62805,23 @@ enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! enumitem + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +enumitem +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -52053,11 +62868,23 @@ fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! fancyhdr + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +fancyhdr +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -52104,11 +62931,23 @@ hyperref \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! hyperref + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +hyperref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -52151,15 +62990,27 @@ literal "false" of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold -microtpye +microtype \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! microtpye + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +microtype +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -52206,11 +63057,23 @@ nomencl \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! nomencl + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +nomencl +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -52257,11 +63120,23 @@ prettyref \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! prettyref + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +prettyref +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -52308,11 +63183,23 @@ refstyle \series default \begin_inset Index idx +range none +pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX - packages ! refstyle + packages +\begin_inset IndexMacro subentry +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +refstyle +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \end_inset @@ -52557,7 +63444,7 @@ https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese \begin_inset ERT -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout @@ -52580,7 +63467,8 @@ bibname}{ \backslash mybibname \backslash -; 2} +; + 2} \end_layout \end_inset @@ -52597,8 +63485,7 @@ The command bibname \series default is the name of the bibliography in the current document language. - It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following - bibliography is the second one: + It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following bibliography is the second one: \end_layout \end_inset @@ -52639,7 +63526,8 @@ pagedeclaration}[1]{ \backslash -unskip, +unskip, + \backslash hyperlink{page.#1}{page \backslash @@ -52653,7 +63541,8 @@ nobreakspace{}#1}} status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -This command makes the page number a clickable hyperlink, see sec. +This command makes the page number a clickable hyperlink, + see sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -52661,6 +63550,7 @@ This command makes the page number a clickable hyperlink, see sec. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Options" +nolink "false" \end_inset